Skip to main content

Full text of "Studies In The National Income"

See other formats


CAMBRIDGE 
UNIVERSITY PRESS 
LONDON: BENTLEY HOUSE 

NEW YORK, TORONTO, BOMBAY 
CALCUTTA, madras: MACMILLAN 

All rights reserved 



STUDIES IN THE 
NATIONAL INCOME 

i924-‘938 


Edited by 

A. L. BOWLEY, So.D. 

Emeritus Professor of Statistics in the 
University of London 


CAMBRIDGE 
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS 
1944 



First Edition 1942 

Reprinted with corrections 1944 


PRINTED m GREAT ERTTAIN 



Contents 

Introduction page vii 

Chapter 1 , The Definition of National 

Income i 

I. Introduction i 

0. a. List of Books and Articles 2 

2 b. List of Questions 3 

2 c. Summary and Criticism of Answers 6 

2 d. Answers of the Principal Authors 24 

3 a. Official Estimates: Dominions and Foreign 

Countries 32 

3 b. Semi-official Estimates 36 

3 c. Official Publications, United Kingdom 44 

Chapter IL Some Constituents of the 

National Income 54 

1. Money Income, 1924 to 1938 54 

2. Changes in Salaries in Great Britain, 1924 to 

1939 84 

3. Income from Agriculture 95 

4. Numbers of Earners 10 1 

Motes. Distribution of Incomes among Persons 1 13 

Valuation of Stocks and Partly Finished 

Goods 1 19 

Chapter IIL The Census of Production 122 

1. The Census Results 122 

2. The Censuses of Production and Total Income 127 

3. The Volume of Production 136 

4. Index of Production, 1924 to 1938 15 1 



VI 


CONTENTS 


Chapter IV. Price Movements: Index of Real 


Income page i8o 

Appendices to Chapter III 

I. Sources of Statistics in Part i 157 

II. Excise, Customs and Subsidies 165 

III. Numbers Employed and Net Output of Small Firms 174 

Bibliography 201 

Index 250 


For the reprint 1944 some score of typographical errors have been 
corrected, of a kind that careful readers have been able to detect. 
In addition three more important corrections have been made. 

In Table IX, p. 81, line 10, Pensions, should have included 
substantial sums for pensions to persons over 70, which since 1927 
have been wholly provided by the State. The addition affects A. Total 
but not B. Total. 

The second paragraph on p. 187 was not useful as it stood and 
has been replaced by a more thorough treatment. 

The method employed at the bottom of p. 197 for estimating the 
eifect of the ‘terms of trade’ did not allow for the reduction in 
exports during the period. The re-working of the figures on a 
revised basis has resulted in perceptible changes in line 4 of Tables 
A and B, and minor changes in other lines and in some of the 
numbers on pp. 191-3. 

For the first of these corrections I am indebted to Mr T. Brown, 
for the second and third to Mr J. L. Nicholson. 

To the bibliography two pages have been added relating to recent 
publications in the United Kingdom and the United States. 



Introduction 


In 1938 the National Institute of Economic and Social Research 
delegated to a Committee of the London School of Economics 
the task of reporting on the National Income of the United 
Kingdom in any detail that should- be found possible. I was 
appointed Director of the investigation with Mr H. S. Booker 
as Secretary and principal investigator. It was intended to 
make a comprehensive study of income as a whole and of its 
distribution, together with examination of definitions and of 
such special topics as depreciation. Owing to the outbreak of 
war, several of the investigations were necessarily suspended. 
The staff was transferred to other work and it became impossible 
to obtain information other than that already published relating 
to the period under consideration, namely 1924-38. Since 
September 1939 the investigation has proceeded, but inter- 
mittently as circumstances permitted. The Committee whose 
task it was to superintend the undertaking was unable to give 
more than a perfunctory attention to it. Consequently I have 
had to carry on the direction of the work as time and circum- 
stances permitted without the advantage of discussion. The 
result is that the opinions expressed and the method followed 
in this book are my responsibility alone. 

Since the investigation has been thus curtailed and some 
important aspects omitted altogether, the book is termed ^ Studies 
in the National Income’. It may serve some useful purpose to 
publish it in this incomplete form; at any rate there is no 
prospect of making it more complete. 

Though the whole is my responsibility, particular chapters 
are mainly due to others. Thus the main table on earnings in 
Chapter n is Mr Booker’s work, with slight modifications; also 
the study of income for the years 1937 and 1938 in Chapter ii 
was mainly prepared in consultation with Mr Campion. 
Mr Campion and Miss Marley compiled the section on salaries. 
The Chapter of definitions is the work of Dr M. J. Elsas, who took 
over the bibliography prepared by Miss Dessauer. Chapter m 
on the Census of Production is Dr A. Newman’s work so far as 
the main tables and their explanation are concerned. The Index 
was compiled by Miss B. Lawrence. 

V. It will be seen from Chapter i that the concept of national 
income is by no means simple. A questionnaire containing 
queries with 36 sub-divisions was hypothetically addressed 



Vlll 


INTRODUCTION 


to some dozen principal writers on the subject. A rough com- 
putation suggests that the possible alternative definitions would 
number over 200 milliards, i.e. more than half the number of 
sixpences in the national income. The authors, however, were 
not found to give explicit answers to very many of the questions. 
It would have been an advantage to firame the estimates of 
income in such a way that they could be matched with any 
possible definition, but in fact only a limited number of variants 
could be included. When decision is reached on definition there 
still remains a complete lack of statistics on some classes, and 
an element of approximation in nearly all classes. In the 
treatment here followed an effort has been made to indicate 
clearly the origin and nature of other factors involved and to 
give some estimate of its precision. It will be clear that there 
is no simple answer to the question: What constitutes national 
income? and no precise answer to the question: How great is 
the national income? 

The treatment in Chapters 11 and m follows conventional 
lines, but when in Chapter rv we come to the question of the 
measurement of real. income new methods have been adopted. 
Hitherto the custom has been to estimate money income over 
a series of years and then adjust it by a series of index-numbers 
of prices to obtain real income. In fact this process is only an 
indirect way of forming an index of quantity, and in Chapter rv 
the procedure is to estimate changes in quantity of the principal 
classes and weighting them by their importance at fixed dates 
to obtain the measurement of the change of the quantity of 
goods and services available to the nation in successive years. 
It is not possible to give any unique and consistent definition 
of real income; we can only show the result of following selected 
hypotheses. Apart from this there is a fundamental difficulty 
which necessitates a considerable element of uncertainty in the 
result. Half of the national income is received not in return for 
physical products that can be measured objectively, but in 
return for services for which in general there is no definite 
measurement of change. Consequently one can only show the 
result of particular hypotheses on the amount of services 
rendered per week, for example, in transport, in teaching, in 
clerical work, in administrative work, and incorporate it with 
the estimate of physical production. 

In some cases great detail of the statistics and working is 
shown, while in odiers the treatment is summary. Where firesh 



INTRODUCTION 


IX 


information was collected or unfamiliar methods were used, the 
whole operations are exhibited, even if the effect on the main 
totals was slight. But where the data were already published in 
accessible reports, it was thought to be sufficient to give references 
to the originals and to indicate only briefly the way they were 
treated, especially if it was evident that variation of treatment 
could not have any significant effect. There are, however, many 
quantities for which there are no definite statistics — ^for example, 
depreciation or the cost of transport or selling — here rough 
approximations are necessary and are a matter of judgment; 
all that can be done is to show the results of various methods on 
the final figures. 

While this book was passing through the press, new informa- 
tion was published about the distribution of Income among 
income-tax payers, in the White Paper Cmd. 6347 (referred to 
on pages 53, 121 below) and in a statement in the House of 
Commons circa 23, 1942. The former was discussed in the 
Bulletin of the London and Cambridge Economic Service, 
April 1942, p. 32; it is intended to analyse the latter in the 
Bulletin of the Institute of Statistics, Oxford, due August 29, 
1942. If these reports had been available, the treatment on 
pp. 115-17 below would have been modified and extended; 
but it remains impossible to show the distribution of wage- 
earners’ and other incomes under per annum, either per 
head or per family, or in relation to sex or age. 


30 July 1942 


A. L. B. 




Chapter I 

THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 
By Dr M. J. Elsas 
1 . INTRODUCTIOJ^ 

This study tries to give a survey of the literature on national 
income, or on parts of it. In the bibliography. Appendix, 
pp. 201-247, anattemptis made to catalogue the different authors 
in different countries. The arrangement provides for classifying 
the books and articles according to the specific topics on national 
income. Some of the authors have covered the whole field but 
others have only dealt with some of the items which come under 
the heading of national income. 

This list of books and articles, substantial as it is, cannot be 
considered complete, for the number of publications which in 
, one way or another are related to national income is so great, 
that their treatment would require a very great expenditure of 
time, and be too extensive to include here. 

Our next aim was to show the difference between the various 
definitions of national income. Only if we are sine of the exact 
definition which underlies a given estimate are we able to 
full use of it. 

No one of the estimates is based upon quite the same method 
as any other, unless it is built up purposely on the method 
. introduced by one of the leading authors on national income. 
Xhe differences in method we try to sum up in a question list, 
composed of 31 questions and 36 sub-questions, in all a total of 
67 questions. The questions are naturally not all of the same 
' importance; some are trifling compared with others. Some of 
them, on the other hand, are of outstanding importance and so 
relevant that an omission or insufficient de&ition of these 
points would make an estimate valueless for the purpose of 
comparison with others. For instance, an estimate should 
answer the questions whether indirect taxation or depreciation 
and the services rendered by unpaid domestic work are included 
or not. : * 

, ^he' relative import^ce of an item does, however, not always, 
cf^espond with' the leo^thic^ space some authors have devoted 
-Some, modem atethf^-ha^ feofflaedmes dwseh on TmmrriR 

v", Blit 



2 


THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

items whichj interesting though they ^may be, would not alter 
an estimate to a great extent, whether included or not in the 
total of national income; and sometimes it dooks as if the 
definition of national income has become hairsplitting, and one 
cannot help wondering whether this way of treating problems 
has not infrequently taken more the form of a hobby. 

Section 2 d contains the answers of the principal authors to 
the questions. Besides th& estimates there are others either by 
authorities or semi-officials or failing these often by private 
statisticians; those estimates are dealt with in Sections 3a and i. 
In Section 3^; we have given the answers deduced from British 
official publications to the questions with which they implicitly 
deal. 

In Section 2 ^ we have tried to give an account of the differences 
in the methods used. We have furthermore tried in a few instances 
to clarify the problem or to give our own answer to some points 
which it seemed to us have not yet been sufficiently treated. 

2 a. LIST OF BOOKS AND ARTICLES 

\ 

OF THE PRINCIPAL AUTHORS ON NATIONAL INCOME 

A. L. Bowley. The Change in the Distribution of the National Income^ 
1880-1930, Oxford, 1920. 

— ^ The Division^ of the Product of Industry. Oxford, 1919* 

The Definition of National Income. Econ. Journ. March 1922. 

■ Discussion to Stamp’s paper on ‘ Methods used in different 

countries’. 

Bowley and Stamp. The National Irwome^ 1924. Oxford, 1927, 
Edwin GannAn. Wealth. 3rd ed. 1928. 

Colin Clark. National Income and Outlay. London, 1937. 

National Income^ 1924-1931. Cambridge, 1932. 

W. H. Coates. The Citizen's Purse. Manchester Statistical Society. 
Dec. 1931. 

M. A. Copeland. Concepts of National Income. Studies in Income and 
Wealth. National Bureau of Economic Research. Vol. i. New 
York, 1937. 

S. Fabricant. Capital Consumption and Adjustment. New York, 1938. 
F. v. Fellner. Le revenu national de la Hongrie actuelle. Bull, de' 
ITnst. Int de Stat. xiv, 3, p. 30. 

I, Fisher. Der Einkommensbegriff im Lichte der Erfahrung. In 
Die Wirtsckqftstheorie der Gegenwart. Ed, by H. Meyer. Wien, / 
1928. 

The Nature of Capital and Income. New York, 1912. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 3 

A. W. Flux. Discussion on Stamp’s paper on ^Methods used in 
different countries’. 

C. Gini. La determinazione della Ricchezza e del Reddito deile 
-Nazioni nel dopo Guerra e il loro confronto col periodo 
prebellico. Bull, de Vlnst. Int. de Stat. 1931, xxv, 3, p. 358. 

Di alcuni circostanze che nei tempi modemi tendono a fare 

apprire I’incremento del reddito nazionale maggiore del vero. 
Bull, de Vlnst. Int. de Stat. 1931-325 Tome xxvin, 2, p. 248. 

J. R. Hicks. Value and Capital. London, 1939. 

S. Kuznets. Changing Inventory Valuations in Studies in Income and 
Wealth. National Bureau of Economic Research. VoL i. New 
York, 1937. 

Commodity Flow and Capital Formation. New York, 1938. 

National Income and Capital Formation, 1919-1935* New York, 

1937. (See Addendum, p. 53 below.) 

H. Leak. Discussion of Stamp’s paper on ‘ Methods used in different 
countries’. 

E. Lindahl. National Income of Sweden, 1861-1930. London, 1937. 

Alfred Marshall, Principles of Economics. 8th ed. 1922. 

Matolcsy-Varga. The National Income of Hungary, 1 924/ 2 5-1936/37. 
London, 1938. 

W. G, Mitchell and S. Kuznets. Current Problems in measurement 
of national income. Bull, de ITnst. Int. de Stat. 1935, xxvni, 2, 
p. 280.. 

K. Mori. Estimate of the National Wealth and Income of Japan 

proper. Bull, de ITnst. Int. de Stat. 1931, xxv, 2, p. 179. 

A. C. PiGOU. The Economics of Welfare. London, 1929. 

Lord Stamp. British Incomes and Property. London, 1920. 

Methods used in different Countries for Measuring National 

Income. Journ. of the R. Stat. Soc. 1934, xcvn, p. 423, 541. 

See also Bowley and Stamp. 

U.S.A. Department of Commerce. National Income in the United 
States, 1929-1935. Washington, 1936. 

C. A. Verijn-Stuart. Volksvermogen und Volkseinkommen in den 
Niederlanden, Bull, de ITnst. Int. de Stat. 1931, Tome xxv, 3, p. 457. 

A. Wagner. Statistik des Volks- und Nationaleinkommens. Bull, 
de ITnst. Int. de Stat. 1905, xiv, 3, 4, p. i. 

2 b. LIST OF QUESTIONS 

concerning the definition of national income 

1 a. IsNationalIncom‘ethat producedwithin the area of the nation? 

' b. Is National Income that accruing to Nationals (home produced 
and from abroad) ? 

c. Is National Income that consumed within the Area? 

d. Is National Income that consumed by Nationals? 



4 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

2. Valuation of the Product subject to Taxation. 

a. Axe Excise Duties included in the value of the product to 

which they apply? 

b. Are Import Duties included in the value of the product to 

which they apply? 

c. Axe rates on house property included in the value of the 

product to which they apply? 

3. Valuation of commodities, production of which is subsidized, 

(a) at cost (including profits), 
or (^) at selling price. 

4. Valuation of commodities and semces provided freely by the 

Government from the proceeds of taxation. 

а. How is public education valued? 

б. How are health services valued? 

c. How are police services valued? 

d. How are defence services valued ? 

e. How are the services of tax collectors, customs and excise 

officials valued? 

/. How are the services of the clergy valued? 

£, How are the services of State officials valued? 

5. Is allowance made for changes in the value of stocks and shares 

and other paper titles? 

a. Is any distinction made for services which are rationed or 

have the consumption controlled in ways other than by 
prices? 

6. Is a value added for the services of houses occupied by 

owners? 

7. Is a value added for the services of other durable consumers’ 

goods (not houses), e.g. furniture? 

8. Is allowance made for the value of services rendered to oneself 

or one’s family? 

, (a) Domestic services rendered by wives. 

(5) Produce of gardens and allotments. 

(r) Produce of farms consumed by farmers’ families. 

(d) Services rendered by oneself which could be done by 
paid work. 

9. Is allowance made for gifts 

(a) from or to persons in other countries, 

(b) between individuals within a country? 

10 a. (i) Treatment of income from Government debt. 

(ii) The case of war loans. 

b. Treatment of income from pensions, payments to the un- 

employed, etc. 

(i) Contributory. 

* (ii) Non-contributory. 

(iii) Special cases of pensions. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


5 


10 b, (iv) University teachers, etc. 

(1) Is contribution out of salary or addition by employer 
counted as income, as savings or omitted? 

( 2 ) After employment: consumption of capital or income? 
(v) Is income out of annuities counted as income, as savings 

or omitted as consumption of capital? 

11. Is any distinction made between Government expenditure from 

direct and indirect taxation? 

a. Government income from indirect taxation (local rates, health 
insurance, etc.). 

12. The valuation of income in kind for lodging, board and other 

perquisites 

(i) when in return for services rendered, 

(ii) when charity, 

13. Is any attempt made to value the net advantages of particular 
“ employments? 

14. Are increments or decrements in the money value of 

{a) durable capital, 

{b) materials, 

(r) stocks of finished goods, 

{d) goods in process of manufacture, 
allowed for, when quality and physical condition remain 
unchanged? 

15. Are undistributed profits included? 

16. Is allowance made for the destruction of irreplaceable com- 

modities? 

17. How are insurance losses by fire, wrecks, etc. and personal 

injuries treated? 
a. Insurance and saving. 

1 8. Is any allowance made for different costs of living in different 

parts of the country? 

19. How are savings defined and valued? 

The relation of income to expenditure and of these to 
production. 

20. The distinction between the production of capital and of 

consumption goods. ■ 

2 1 . The distinction between the production of material goods and 

of services rendered directly to consumers. , 

22. Is advertisement included as a cost or as an investment? 

23. Treatment of depreciation of 

{a) capital goods, 

{b) materials, 

(r) partly finished goods, 
yt) finished goods. 



6 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

24. Is Government expenditure divided into expenditure on goods 

and services and transfer expenditure and is the former 
divided into services rendered to entrepreneurs and con- 
sumers? 

25. Treatment of incomes of societies and other corporate bodies. 

26. Is any attempt made to sum up expenditure on particular 

commodities to derive a figure for national income? 

27. Totals arising from various sources. 

Comparison of inventory and aggregate method. 

28. Division of income among factors. 

29. Division of income among persons. 

30. Gross and net income. 

31. Price changes. 

Measurement of real income. 


2c. SUMMARY AND CRITICISM OF ANSWERS 

Although there is a vast literature about national income^ only 
a few authors have dealt even with all the main problems of the 
subject thoroughly. Among those we call the principal authors 
are a few who have not cared to give a full definition of national 
income, but have taken part in the discussion on papers on 
national income read by principal authors. The main authors 
do not all agree even on the chief points; it is. therefore obvious 
that their estimates on national income are only comparable if 
these differences are taken into consideration. Estimates on the 
other hand may be based on similar definitions, but the data 
for certain items may not have been available in a country and 
the author had therefore to impute figures if he did not choose 
to omit them altogether. Such a procedure only provides rough 
estimates for national income. 

Only a small number of authors, who rank according to our 
definition amongst the principal authors, and even fewer authors 
of less importance, have given an estimate of national income 
which can be compared with other estimates without substantial 
amendments or adjustments. Estimates for the same countries 
but for different periods also need careful examination whether 
comparison is permissible without corrections; it may be that 
the definition of income has undergone relevant changes in the 
meantime. This change may be due to different or changed 
opinion on the inclusion or exclusion of an item. It may be that 
data for an item, which could not be included before because 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 7 

the figures were not available, have in the meantime been 
computed by the authorities. Comparison has of course also to 
take into account the change in territory of a country as well as 
a change in the number of inhabitants. Finally an item, thought 
to be trifling in earlier periods, might have become an important 
one in later periods (e.g. war loans and war pensions or old 
age pensions) . 

Had there been the same or similar method underlying the 
various estimates of national^income in all countries concerned, 
even then not all the estimates would be comparable without 
corrections. In countries with different standards of living 
various items are of quite different importance. That also 
applies to the same countries for estimates of different periods, 
if the standard of living has changed in the meantime to any 
extent. 

Furthermore, in countries with large external debts or 
countries in which the profits of important industries or transport 
undertakings are paid to foreigners, or at least non-residents, 
the definition of national income must be different. Here the 
Inyentory method has to be adjusted accordingly. 

Finally, in a country like Soviet Russia a quite different 
concept of national income is stpplied by the authorities. In 
Russia the incomes derived from so-called unproductive occu- 
pations are not included in the total national income ; therefore 
professional services, although paid for, are excluded. Evidently 
comparison of the national income of Russia with that of other 
countries would necessarily be misleading. 

As to real national income, comparisons between different 
countries or different periods are beset with pitfalls. Besides, 
no wholly satisfactory method has been applied to turn the 
nominal value of national income into a real one. 

In a recent book on economic progress we ^e told that the 
ancient Greeks in Athens had been not worse off (at least those 
who were free men) than the people of to-day. The statistical 
data on which this statement is based are, however, neither 
plentiful nor convincing. In a review {The Quarterly Journal of 
Economics^ 1923) Professor Bowley wrote: 'Though there is every 
reason that the facts should be known, whether they are 
pleasing to us or not, it is inadvisable that very doubtful 
estimates should be given currency, whether they make for 
complacency or for discontent.’ 



8 


THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


WHAT ARE THE CHIEF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE 
DEFINITIONS OF NATIONAL INCOME? 

I . Most of the principal authors adhere to the definition i 
which Bowley-Stamp termed income accruing to residents. 
Colin Clark deducts firom the total of national income 'income 
belonging to foreigners’. Bowley-Stamp think it necessary to 
add an estimate for the income of soldiers and sailors abroad. 
Lindahl excludes services of foreign vessels in Swedish waters 
from Swedish national income. 

Bowley-Stamp {The National Income ^ 1924) give estimates for 
different types of income. 

Aggregate income ^ including war pensions, old age pensions, 
and employers’ contribution to insurance funds. 

Disposable income home and foreign, less inconje belonging 
to foreigners. 

Indimdual and corporate income; including undivided profits. 

Earned and unearned income; ignoring foreign debt and 
reparations. 

Social income; that is, aggregate income minus transfers' 
(transfers are pensions and national debt interest). 

Taxable income; this equals total income arising within the 
United Kingdom plus income from abroad. 

2 a, Whereas practically all main authors include excise and 
import duties, Fellner excludes them. Lindahl and Stamp both 
exclude excise duties in a closed community. The authorities in 
Germany include them also in official estimates but deduct cost 
of service. 

In Great Britain customs and excise duties amounted to 
roughly 28 per cent of total net tax revenue in 1931-32, in 
Canada to 25 per cent, in BHgium to 28 per cent. In the Irish* 
Free State and in India customs and excise duties amounted 
to 62 per cent of total net tax revenue in the same year, 1 931-32 

2 c, Only Lindahl refers to rates on house property. He 
points out that 'the agents of production employed in private 
production processes should be calculated inclusive of all rates 
and taxes paid but with a general deduction for the costs of the 
State’ {National income of Sweden^ Vol. r, p. 19). 

I Disposable in the sense that the income comes into the possession of 
individuals or corporations in the United^ Kingdom, and can be disposed 
in private or public expenditure or saved at their choice. 

Tax Sysiems of the World, New York State Tax Commission, 5th ed, 1934. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 9 

3. The literature about national income is not large as far 
as subsidies are concerned. Some writers who deal with this 
question are not certain how to treat it. Amongst the principal 
authors Copeland excludes subsidies as a transfer payment^ so 
does Lindahl and Matolcsy- Varga, the latter as far as the grain 
certificate funds are concerned. The British Census of Pro- 
duction excludes custom and excise duties from total net output 
but includes subsidies (but see Chapter iv below). 

4. Stamp includes Government services provided freely only 
when they are met by direct or tax payments charged on industry 
and reducing its profits, as it otherwise would be a problem of 
duplication. Bowley leaves the question open. 

Colin Clark includes all Government services provided freely 
at cost price. He refers to Marshall and points out: ^Marshall 
also seeks to exclude the services supply by public enterprise 
(road, water supply, education, defence and the like) but 
modern economists in every case now include the value of such 
services in the national dividend.’ But Marshall spoke only of 
public property. He wrote: ‘The benefit which he derives from 
using his own personal goods or public property such as toll- 
free bridges are not reckoned as parts of the national dividend 
but are left to be accounted for separately’ {Principles of 
Economics y p. 524). Clark’s reference to Marshall therefore seems 
erroneous, 

4 <2. Kuznets and Matolcsy- Varga think that public educa- 
tion eludes statistical approach. Lindahl includes it and gives 
detailed computation., Colin Clark reckons it at cost price. 

Fellner excludes the' services of State officials. 

5. Only a few of the principal authors answer the question 
whether allowance is made for changes in the value of stocks 
and shares and other paper titles. Colin Clark excludes the 
increase in value as part of national income, just as declining 
value is not debited. On the other hand, the income authorities 
in many countries are interested in this question. France, 
Germany, U.S.A., Austria and Italy, most of them with some 
reservation to lapse of time, take the increase of value into 
account; whereas the United Kingdom does not, except in 
death-duty assessment at current value. The tax authorities in 
those countries which take this item into .account are not so 
much interested in the logic of taxation as they are in the 
efficiency in regard to the amount it yields. 



lO THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

6 . The majority of the main authors include the value of 
services of houses occupied by the owner, with the exception of 
Fellner and most of the American authors. For instance, Irving 
Fisher thinks it wise to exclude the services of dwellings just as 
we exclude the service of a piano. Kuznets excludes owned 
farmhouses. W, 1. King ( The National Income and its Purchasing 
Power ^ igso) includes imputed rent of owned houses. The tax 
authorities of U.S.A., Canada and New Zealand exclude owned 
houses in their income estimates. German authorities include 
them. 

A house ranks amongst durable consumption goods as one 
which is generally used for more than one generation; in that 
it differs considerably from other durable consumption goods,, 
which have a more limited period of existence. The inclusion 
of this item seems therefore justified. On the other hand, where 
the annual service of a house is very small and where the 
habitation of the native should more suitably be termed a 
hovel (as in India and Africa), in these cases one might be 
justified in excluding the imputed value of its service, as this is 
neither of great money value nor the service rendered for a 
great length of time. * 

7. There is much divergence of treatment in connection 
with the exclusion or inclusion of services of durable goods other 
than houses. Matolcsy- Varga considers this question negligible. 
Amongst those who think it necessary to include it are Mori 
(Japan), Lindahl, Irving Fisher and Verijn-Stuart. The last 
named thinks that it makes no difference in money income 
whether somebody furnishes a house himself or rents a furnished 
house. Lindahl includes it or not according to the durability of 
the goods. Fellner, Colin Clark and Pigou exclude the item and 
so does Kuznets; Mitchell in collaboration with Kuznets are not 
decided. They are doubtful about the services of furniture, cars 
and clothing and they think no hard and fast rule can be 
established. 

None of the named authors in the various countries include 
this item. W, I. ICing gives two alternatives, with and without 
imputed income from durable consumers’ goods. He applies 
an interest rate of 6 per cent of the market value of goods other 
than houses. Lindahl takes as the value of the annual service 
rendered 5 per cent of the value of durable consumers’ goods 
other than houses. As the standard of living has been raised. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


II 


and therefore the equipment of the homes as well as the number 
of motor carsj the trend of the value of services rendered by 
other durable goods’ has increased considerably in inter-war 
years. , 

8. Practically all principal authors exclude services rendered 
to oneself. Fellner thinks these services should be included and 
so does Gini; no estimate, however, follows this advice. 

8 <2. Domestic services rendered by wives are excluded by 
Bowley, Stamp, Mitchell-Kuznets and Verijn-Stuart. Fellner 
and Matolcsy- Varga include them. Gini thinks they should be 
included. Lindahl includes women over 15 years of age, but 
thinks excluding this item might be preferable. He gives 
alternative estimates with and without unpaid domestic work. 
The difference between these two estimates is rather substantial. 


1921 

National Income of 
Sweden excluding 
unpaid domestic work 
Million kroner 
7,296 

National Income of 
Sweden including 
impaid domestic work 
Million kroner 

9,181 

1922 

6,459 

8,0^ 

7.987 

8,245 

1923 

6,482 

1924 

6,690 

1925 

6,916 

1926 

7,048 

8,588 

1927 

7,210 

8,760 

1928 

7,367 

8>932 

1929 

7,862 

9.447 

1930 

7,744 

9.324 


The first estimate, excluding unpaid domestic work, differs from 
the estimate including it by about 25 per cent in the years 
1921-25 and about 20 per cent in the years 1926-30. 

' The total income from paid domestic work in Sweden amounts 
to not much more than 10 per cent of the imputed income of 
unpaid domestic work in Sweden. 

In the Measurement of Social Fhenomena^ Bowley points out : 

The only basis for valuing this (women’s household work) would 
be to reckon the cost of having it done by paid help if the wife did 
none of it ; but apart from the fact that much of it would be different — - 
e.g. the difference between a mother’s and a nurse’s handling of 
children — ^the valuation would not be reasonable, for the paid work 
would not be directed in the same way to satisfy the most urgent 
needs, nor fitted into odd times. I do not think that any general 
attempt to value these services would result in valid measurementv 
We may evade the difficulty, however, by using two methc^s of 
reckoning simultaneously and applying that which is most suitable 



12 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

to any problem or classification in hand. One is to regard family 
income of two parts — one measurable and the other composed of 
incommensurable services ; so long as we are dealing only with a class 
in which the practice of having servants or of not having servants 
is universal, no difiiculty arises in comparison. The other method is 
to subtract the expenses of domestic help; this applies where the 
women go out to work, or work for gain at home, and in consequence 
pay for such help,^ which they would otherwise not need. Then the 
expenses of the help may be subtracted. 

In ^The Definition of National Income’, Economic Journal^ 
1922, Bowley writea: 

The ignoration of the value of women’s domestic services has been 
less plausible in recent years. During the war the domestic staffs of 
many houses decreased and well-to-do women rendered more 
services to their own households. If the housemaid left and made 
munitions and the housewife did her work, the total of goods and 
services was increased by the value of the munitions, but part is cut 
out of the reckoning because no longer paid for. If in 1 920 the former 
servant helped in her own home, when her wages were no longer 
needed, the total of services is still greater than in 1914 if her former 
mistress is still doing the housemaid’s work, but since there is no pay- 
ment to either income is decreased. Dr Dalton^ points out that 
though services rendered within the households can be omitted for 
some comparisons, yet in many measurements of the inequality of 
incomes proportional differences are involved and therefore the com- 
plete totals are needed. 

In consequence of these and other ways in which elements of in- 
come, w’'hich were ignored before the war as not affecting comparisons, 
have become of some importance, I question whether Sir J. Stamp’s 3 
dictum that ^the sum total of wages, salaries, profits and interest 
presents a fairly comprehensible idea, free from important ambigui- 
ties, for ordinary comparative purposes, is valid as between 1914 and 
1921’. 

Some authors have avoided taking sides in the discussion by 
stating that the services of wives and other family dependants 
are invaluable, and therefore have to be omitted. We cannot 
help feelingThat such an answer is somewhat hypocritical; an 
infinite value is not nought. There are better arguments why 
this item could be excluded. True, a country, formerly pre- 
dominantly agricultural, which has become an industrial one, 
seems on account of the decrease in unpaid domestic work and 
of the increase in paid jobs to have become richer than is really 

1 If a servant is kept eidy because there are lodgers, her expenses should 
be deducted from family income. 

2 Inequality of Incomes^ 168. 

3 British Incomes and Property y p. 416, 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 13 

the case. Many of those who formerly worked without pay are 
working for pay now. However, the whole concept of national 
income is based on the principle that only those goods and 
services are to be taken into account which are bought and sold, 
or can be exchanged for money, but on the other hand to omit 
all those which. are not. We have to keep to this rule, otherwise 
the definition of national income would become inconsistent. 
Those who are not satisfied with this, as far as unpaid domestic 
work is concerned, should remember that the exclusion of 
unpaid domestic work and the inclusion of the same job, if paid, 
is on the whole quite sound and logical, as the greater or smaller 
number of paid jobs available in a country is in itself one of the 
best yardsticks of national prosperity. Kitchen work, formerly 
done by the housewife, but now taken over by the cook, is 
usually proof of greater prosperity of the family. 

The trade cycle manifests itself in the ups and downs of 
the numbers of available jobs, and would become ‘meaningless 
if this criterion was not considered. The change from unpaid 
to paid work is by no means an illusionary increase of national 
income, if such a change is the expression of an increase of 
independence which is generally denied to those who have to 
perform unpaid jobs. In normal times the change from unpaid 
to paid work does not take place erratically. On the other hand, 
Bowley quite rightly questions whether between the years 
1914-20 this criterion was still as valid as before (‘ The Definition 
of National Income’, Economic Journal^ 1922); The answer to this 
is perhaps that rules and laws are often not applicable under 
abnormal conditions. Even in physics some vital laws, gas laws 
for instance, do not hold good in extreme cases. 

Rao, in his estimate for The National Income of British India, 
1940, deals with income of members of family workers in the 
farnily concern. He includes services of * working dependants’. 
Worldng dependants are defined as ' dependants following any 
occupation which contributed to the family maintenance and, 
not themselves receiving the wage or controlling the means of 
subsistence gained’. The last class really corresponds to the 
dependants engaged in — to borrow Mr Colin Clark’s phrase — 
family occupations, arid presumably have an imputed income. 
Rao assumes that the earnings of a working dependant, as also 
the earnings of one who follows agriculture as a subsidiary 
occupation, is one-third of that of one who follows it as his 
principal occupation. 



14 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

8 b. It seems that the German tax authorities alone include 
produce of gardens and allotments in national income. 

Bowley {Measurement of Social Phenomena^ poi^its out: 

Where vegetables, food, or flowers are grown in a garden or 
allotment their value is income, but before reckoning it, the rent of 
the ground (if that can be determined apart from the building) and 
expense of seeds and tools should be subtracted ; in amateur gardening 
it might easily happen that the remainder was negative, though 
possibly balanced by the pleasure obtained in anticipation and the 
health invigorated by cultivation. Practically the only important 
cases are allotments and cottage gardens of the nature of allotments, 
and in these cases estimates are not difficult to make correctly, 
within, say, six pence per week. 

8r. Farm products consumed by farmers' families are as a 
rule included. Differences, however, exist as to how they are 
valued. Colin Clark includes them at wholesale prices, Lindahl 
at market prices, which one may assume are identical with 
wholesale prices. The German official estimates also include 
them at wholesale prices. King (U.S.A.) includes them at 
average prices, a not quite clear definition. Poland and Eire^ 
include this item at retail prices. 

This item is open to major error. Most likely in agricultural 
countries, or countries with a large proportion of farming 
population, we may expect in the value of this item the com- 
paratively largest under-estimate of all items included. 

Rao computes the produce of farms in India by the formula 
(obtained by the Department of Agricultural Statistics of 
India) 

Standard yield x seasonal factor x area under cultivation. 
Harvest prices are used for the purpose of valuation. 

8 d. Services rendered by oneself which could be done by 
paid work are generally excluded by the main authors. Lindahl, 
who also excludes it, thinks it might be included if it could be 
done at market price. Stamp considers services of mutuality by 
co-operatives might be included. It is surprising that this item, 
services rendered by oneself, is discussed at such length in the 
literature, though in practice it is hardly of relevance. One 
man may stop going to’ the barber and shave himself, but 
another may just do the opposite. Besides, if he shaves himself 

I According to Colin Clark, Oonditions of EcoTwmic Progress p. 31. 



THE DEPINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 15 

he might spend nearly as much money for blades and other 
tools (electric shaver). The problem is, though theoretically of 
interest, comparatively trifling if it comes to putting it down 
in figures; If we start to add the value of service by shaving 
oneself, why not, if one wants to be consistent, add an imputed 
value for the service done to oneself by dressing oneself without 
the help of a valet, whom a certain number of people employ 
for that purpose? Other services of similar nature could be cited 
to show the absurdity of creating problems where there are 
none. 

9 <2. Nearly all principal authors include gifts from abroad. 
Lindahl seems to include only gifts from emigrants to the U.S.A. 
Copeland, however, excludes gifts. 

9Z>. All authors seem to exclude gifts within the country, as 
this is a transfer of income. 

The tax authorities in Great Britain consider this item for 
death duties, but only if a certain number of years has not 
elapsed between the date of the gift and the benefactor’s death. 
In Germany, on the other hand, all gifts are t^xed above a ' 
certain amount. 

10 a. (i) (ii) The American authorities, Copeland, Coats and 
Colin Clark include income from Government debts. Verijn- 
Stuart includes it also, but he excludes interest'from loans issued 
for covering deficits in the ordinary budget and Pigou excludes 
if loans have been employed unproductively. Lindahl excludes 
income from Government debts, Bowley-Stamp exclude interest 
of Government loans from total 'social income’, treating this 
item as transfer, but they include it in 'aggregate income’. 

All main authors exclude war loans. 

One might be doubtful whether it is sound to differentiate 
between productively and unproductively employed loans. The 
term ^productive’ is open to discussion. Why should the 
production of defensive weapons, say, 5,000 British aeroplanes, 
if we had produced them in the years 1935-39, and which would 
most likely have prevented this war, be called unproductive, but 
on the other hand the production of a pair of silk stockings, 
a luxury perhaps not lasting longer than a week, be termed 
productive? 

War loans, as mentioned before, are excluded by all authors, 
but not loans, spent for the same or similar purposes, issuefd 



l6 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

before the outbreak of war. Germany, for instance, spent and 
borrowed more for armament purposes between 1934 and 1939 
than in the first year of the present war. To differentiate between 
peace and war loans seems somehow arbitrary and not always 
justified. 

10^. (i) The American authorities, as well as Colin Clark, 
include employers' social insurance charges; Bowley-Stamp also 
include employers', but not Government, contributions. 

10^^. (ii) The majority exclude non-contributory social 
insurances, amongst them Mitchell-Kuznets; Kuznets, without 
collaboration, seems to include this item. 

105. (iii) Lindahl, Matolcsy- Varga, Colin Clark, Copeland 
and Irving Fisher include pensions. Fellner excludes them. 
Bowley-Stamp exclude pensions derived from public funds, ex- 
cept old age pensions, unless they are above the tax limit. 
They include it, however, as 'other income' in aggregate total 
income. 

1 1 <2. Services from indirect taxation are included in estimates 
by German authorities; the cost of these services is deducted. 
Colin Clark adds the proceeds of indirect taxation to total 
individual income. Flux includes it in the value of product. 
See also No. 2 <2, p. 8. 

12. (i) All authors include income in kind, but often not in 
its full value. Lindahl, therefore, suggests that addition should 
be made. 

0 

12- (ii) The, main authors exclude board and lodging, when 
charity, and treat this as transfer of income. 

1 4. Bowley, Matolcsy-Varga, Irving Fisher and the American 
authorities exclude increment in the money value of goods. 
Bowley thinks one may deal with this item in a supplement. 
Gini includes it, thdugh with reservations. 

The tax authorities in most countries allow the choice between 
current market prioes or cost prices, whichever is the lowest. 
The tax authorities in Germany and France Jnclude this item 
if a firm is sold or liquidated. 

Kuznets points out {Commodity Flow and Capital Formation^ 
Voli): 

It was considered advisable to see what results would be obtained 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 17 

if no effort were made to allow for changes in the ratio of construction 
materials to total value of construction. 

First, it may be assumed that the ratio of value of construction 
materials to total value of construction is constant when both are 
measured in fluctuating current prices. The implication is then either 
that both prices and quantities of materials, as compared with those 
of labour and of other production elements, change from year to 
year in exactly the same fashion or that if changes in prices 
and in quantities of the two groups of production elements are 
divergent, they are equally divergent in opposite directions. The 
latter implication is reasonable if it is assumed that the two 
groups of productive elements can be easily substituted for each 
other. . . . 

The other possible assumption is that the ratio of construction 
materials to total value of construction is constant when both are 
expressed in terms of a constant price level. This assumption, a 
direct opposite of that suggested above, implies that the technical 
conditions of construction activity are quite rigid with respect to 
the relative amounts of materials consumed as over against the 
amounts of the other groups of production goods used; and the 
variation of the ratio of the value of materials ‘to the total value of 
construction, when both are expressed in current prices, results 
exclusively from divergent changes in prices of these two groups of 
production goods. 

15.. Bowiey-Stamp, Colin Clark, Lindahl, Wagner and 
Kuznets include undistributed profits. Tax authorities in the 
United Kingdom, Germany, New Zealand, New South Wales 
and Japan include this item, provided they know of it. 

As undistributed profits may be book profits and may not be 
ready for distribution in form of dividends, their inclusion in 
the total of national income may sometimes lead to over- 
statement; for instance, when the trade cycle has turned and 
depression has set in which have used up the reserves. 

16. Lindahl, as well as Pigou, thinks allowances should be 
made for wasting assets of irreplaceable commodities. Matolcsy- 
Varga and Colin Clark disregard them in accordance with the 
practice of the tax authorities. 

18. Colin Clark, Lindahl, Matolcsy-Varga and Copeland 
think it advisable to make allowance for different costs of living 
in different parts of a country. 

There are, however, great difficulties, and division might 
therefore be impracticable. If a distinction should be made, 
the division into urban and rural districts would perhaps be the 
most important one. 


BNI 


2 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


l8 

20. Distinction between production of capital and consump- 
tion goods is not frequent. Kuznets differentiates between 

A. Consumers’ Goods 

I. Perishable II. Semidurahle III. Durable 

I. At destination i. At destination i. At destination 

c. Finished — ^bread, a. Finished — shoes, a. All finished — pas- 

coal \ised by house- clothing, etc., in hands senger cars, jewellery, 

holds, etc., in hands of households furniture, in hands of 

of households households 

aa. Residential 
buildings 
bb. AH other 

b. Unfinished — none b* Unfinished — ^none b. Unfinished — none 

J2, In circulation 2. In circulation 2. In circulation 

a. Finished — same as a. Finished — ^same as a. Finished — ^same as 

under A I, i but » under A II, i < 2 , but under A III, i a, but 

in hands of producers in hands of producers in hands of producers 

and distributors and distributors and distributors 

b. Unfinished — raw b. Unfinished — raw b. Unfinished — raw 

materials, fuels, sup- materials, fuels, sup- materials, fuels, sup- 
plies, so far as they are plies used for produc- plies used for produc- 

used for ' production, tion, transportation tion, transportation 

transportation and and distribution re- and distribution re- 
distribution resulting suiting in A II, la suiting in A III, i a 

in A I, la 

. B. Producer's’ Goods 

I. Perishable II. Semidurahle III. Durable 

None None i. At destination 

a. Finished — ^industrial, 
farmmachinery, build- 
ings, trucks, etc., - in 
hands of business units 
who will use them 

b. Unfinished — ^none 

2 . In circulation 

a. Finished — ^same as 
under B III, i a, but in 
hands of producers 
and distributors^ 

b. Unfinished — raw 
materials, fuels, sup- 
plies, etc., used for 
production, transpor- 
tation and distribution 
renting in B III, i a 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME I9 

Lindahl {National Income of Sweden) points out: 

A general differentiation has been made between non-durabie and 
durable goods. All goods that may be assumed to have been con- 
sumed within a year are non-durable goods. These include all raw 
materials and fuel, and — of consumers’ goods — ^provisions, clothing 
and household utensils of brief duration. Ail services come under 
this heading. Durable goods include all plants, dwelling-houses, 
machinery, implements, and generally all goods, the durability of 
which exceeds one year. 

See also No. 20 in Section (United Kingdom). 

22. Bowley, Colin Clark and Lindahl treat advertisement 
as a cost. Kuznets finds it impossible to distinguish which part is 
expense and which part is goodwill. 

23. The treatment of depreciation is beset with ambiguity. 
So far as ordinary depreciation takes place, deduction — equal 
amounts spread over several years — ^is generally accepted by 
the main authors as well as by the tax authorities. There is, of 
course, a variety as to the percentage allowed for the different 
items. 

Things, however, look quite different if replacement is con- 
cerned. A comparatively new machine, or even a new plant, 
has sometimes to be replaced only because technical progress 
or new inventions makes its further use uneconomic. In such 
a case many tax authorities, as for instance, the British, are 
open to a compromise. But there is, of course, no hard and 
fast rule about the procedure. This item sets problems to the 
entrepreneurs as well as to the tax authorities. 

24. In regard to the division of Government expenditure 
Mitchell-Kuznets point out: 

In estimating total income produced at its source in the busings 
establishment, one has the alternative of either deducting taxes or 
leaving them undeducted. In the first case, taxes are deducted 
because they constitute payments by business establishments to the 
government for services rendered, and are thus on a par with other 
business payments of the firm (for materials, labour, etc.). It is then 
necessary to cover separately the service activity of the government, 
i.e. to include in the national income total the value of services 
rendered by government employees and government creditors (in 
the form of wages to government employees and interest payments 
on government debt). In the second case, taxes are not deducted; 
but on the other hand, no allowance is made for any income pro- 
duced by government labour or government capital. This last 
procedure, however, rais^ two difficulties: (i) it does not yield a 



20 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

proper industrial allocation of income produced, unless it is con- 
sidered that government activity is a non-productive type of pursuit, 
constituting a pure draft upon the economic system of the country, 
(2) it is impossible to segregate income produced from income paid 
out. For both reasons the first procedure, namely, the deduction of 
taxes paid by business establishments and the independent estimate 
of income arising from government activity, seems to be preferable. 

But if this procedure is followed the possibility that some relief 
expenditures are paid by the government out of taxes on business 
establishments gives rise to a difficult problem. To the extent that 
relief is paid out of these business taxes, and the latter are subtracted 
from the net income of the business establishments, it constitutes a 
part of income produced but not accounted for, a part which is paid 
by business establishments to individuals via the government channels. 
This part should be included in both income paid out and income 
produced, preferably as a separate item. But any student who has 
ever worked with government data showing government receipts 
and expenditures can readily visualize the maze one gets into in any 
attempt to trace a specific government expenditure back to some 
distinct source. 

See also Lindahl, Question 2c. 

25 . The income of societies, charities and other corporate 
bodies is often omitted in official and other estimates. The 
great part, however, is included in the British accounts.^ Colin 
Clark suggests that these incomes have to be added back, when 
tax exemption has been made to charities and educational 
institutes. 

Fellner advocates that, when subjective method is used, not 
only the incomes of individuals have to be considered but also 
income of societies, corporations, communities, municipalities, 
foundations, churches and State, in other words ‘ des personnes 
morales’. 

Lindahl thinks income from capital, owned by idealistic 
associations, can be regarded as the income of the members 
of the associations. 

Stamp points out that the main difference between total 
income assessed and the aggregation of individual income is the 
income of clubs and societies not traceable to individuals. 

26 . A. E. Feavearyear^ analyses the national expenditure 
for the average of the years 1924-27, and 1932. He divides 

1 But see ff. Campion, Public and Private Property in Great Britain. 

2 ‘The National Expenditure, 1932*, Economic Journal, 1934. See also 
A. E. Feavearyear, ‘Spending the National Income’, ibid. 1931, and Myra 
Curtis, ‘National Income and Expenditure and the Measurement of Saving % 
ibid. 1935. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 21 

expenditure into food, maintenance of the home, clothes, direct 
taxation, liquor, smoking, trade, entertainments and sport, 
sickness, and accidents and State insurance, religions, reading, 
miscellaneous expenditure, saving including new houses and 
furniture. 

27. Kuznets compares distribution of national income 

{a) according to industrial organization, 

(6) according to type of income. 

In National Income^ 1929-32, he divides national income paid 
out into total labour income, total property income, total 
entrepreneurial income (net rents and royalties and entre- 
preneurial withdrawals). Then he gives figures for income 
produced by industrial divisions, and income paid out by 
industrial divisions. 

Colin Clark {National Income and Outlay^ p. 125) shows a table 
for the distribution of the Product of Industry divided first into 
wages, salaries below and above ;^i6o and rent, interest and 
profits. At the same time this table is split into manufacture, 
mining and building, railways, agriculture, ownership of 
dwelling-houses, other transport, commerce and services. This 
division into income arising from various sources shows also 
the number of persons occupied in the different industries. 
This table combines the answers to our Questions 27, 28 and 29. 

28. Bowley^ divides total gross income into 

Actual income: 

(i) Schedules A, B, C; (2) Schedules D, E. 

Wages and earnings. 

Unearned income. ^ 

Sundries: (i) Pensions; (2) Employers’ contribution; 

(3) Others. 

Bowley-Stamp, in The^ National Income^ 1924, make the 
following division among factors : 

Aggregate income. 

Disposable income. 

Individual income and Corporate income. 

Earned and Unearned income. 

Social income. 

. Taxable income. 

I 'Some Constitueiits of the National Income/ Journal of the R. StaL Soc., 
1940. 



22 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

In The Income of the United States, its Amount and Distribution, 
1909-19 (by the Staflf of the National Bureau of Economic 
Research) 3 VoL i, an analysis is made of the estimate by sources 
of production. 

In the second volume [Income of the People of the United States, 
1922) the national income is divided among persons receiving 
income under and over $2,000. 

See also No. 27, Colin Clark and Kuznets. 

29 . Division of income among persons is shown for U.S.A. 
by W. I. King [The Wealth and Income of the People of the United 
States, 1915) in an estimate of the distribution of income among 
families of the Continental U.S.A. in 1910, 

The table shows [a) the thousands of dollars income, and 
[b) the number of families classified according to income classes. 
Bowley, in an article ^ The British Super- tax and the Distribution 
of Income’ [Quarterly Journal, 1914), quotes super-tax yields and 
shows how it is divided among persons chargeable. The diagram 
of frequency, shown in this publication, corresponds to Pareto’s 
Law also for higher incomes between ^5,000 and (for 

the year 1911-12), but not above income limit of ;^555000. 
Colin Clark gives a similar table of surtax progress for a later 
year [National Income and Outlay, p. 105). See also No. 27, Colin 
Clark and No. 28, Income of the People of the United States, by the 
Staff of the National Bureau. of Economic Research, Vol, n, 
1922. 

In the 36th Report of the Commissioners of H.M. Inland 
Revenue for the year ended on 31 March 1920 there is a table 
showing income classes, and number of persons having the 
income of" the especial class. See also No. 29 in' Section on 
British answers, p. 51. 

30 . ^Gross’ and ‘net’ income: these terms are not always 
used in the same sense, Kuznets point out: 

Gross national product includes, besides income payments to 
individuals and net savings of enterprises, the amounts deducted by 
the users of durable capital goods as an allowance for the current 
consumption of these goods in the productive process/ If these 
deductions, which appear largely as depreciation and depletion 
charges, are added to net savings of enterprises, the resulting total 
repr^ents the share of gross national product retained by enterprise. 
If we designate this share as gross savings of enterprises, then gross 
national product, at the point of distribution, is equal to income 
payments to individuals plus gross savings of enterprises. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 23 

Colin Clark defines net national income = gross national 
income — maintenance and depreciation. . 

See also No. i in Section on British answers. 

3 1 . Real income is generally measured by using cost of living 
index or wholesale index as the denominator of money income, 
though this is, as every statistician knows, rather a rough method. 
Stamp points out that it would seem that a more detailed effort 
to suit the sectional indices to sectional parts of income is very 
desirable, and the use of cost of living index is also worth con- 
sideration. The recent official American estimate indicates that 
it requires an all-inclusive index covering wholesale and retail, 
and all groups of people, and such an index is not available. 

Colin Clark says : 

The basic idea is that such an index should incorporate an index- 
number of the current prices of goods and services for consumption, 
and that weighted additions should be made for the prices of visible 
and invisible exports and of home investment goods, and that then 
a negative weight should be given to the price of imports. 

According to Lindahl : 

As it is impossible to obtain a satisfactory price index, one of the 
available index series will, therefore, have to do. The choice has 
fallen on the cost of living index, as this is based on prices more in 
conformity with the prices of the finished products than the other 
indices, which are based on the prices of raw materials and semi- 
finished products. 

W. I. King recommends the use of five indices, the first for 
measuring the income for earned manual and clerical workers, 
the second for farm labourers, the third for farmers, the fourth 
for families spending for direct goods $5,000 and over, and the 
fifth for families spending $25,000 and over, 

Mitchell-Kuznets point out: 

Whatever price indices may be selected for making price adjust- 
ments, be they wholesale commodity and services indices in the case 
of national income produced, or cost of living indices in the case of 
national income consumed, we are faced with greater difiiculties 
not only because of drastic price changes which upset the ^ price' 
^system’ and make reliance on sample price quotations most 
dangerous; but also became rapid shifts are occurring in the quality 
of what appear to be identical commodities, ^and marked substitution 
of one cojnmodity group for another in the total output of our 
economy as well as in the consumption of its individual members. 

In the official estimates of Germany’s national income the 
cost of living index is applied, in that of Canada the wholesale 
price index is used. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


24 

In the Measurement of Social Phenomena Bowley writes about 
real income: 

An obvious, if crude, correction would be by the use of index- 
numbers of the purchasing power of money; but, even if we can get 
over the trouble of deducing retail price changes from wholesale, 
index-numbers still refer to commodities and not to services directly 
rendered. In particular ordinary index-numbers do not include rent, 
which affects all classes, and the poorer more closely than the richer ; 
nor domestic or professional services, which affect the rich rather 
than the poor 

Again, as the country becomes more densely populated, the free 
gifts of nature are appropriated and become marketable and their 
annual value is included in somebody’s income. Allowance is made 
in estimates of agricultural labourers’ wages for the free fuel they 
used to have; but no allowance is made for scarcity of blackberries, 
nuts, mushrooms, etc., when they are improved away by building 
for closer cultivation, nor for the greater or less enjoyment of fresh 
air or scenery. ... 

It should be observed that in all measurements of this kind changes 
in totals or averages may be so great as to make it certain that 
qualifications and corrections would not over-ride the change; while 
the small changes might easily be nullified by such corrections. The 
trouble from the point of view of scientific measurement is that we 
cannot always estimate any limit to the margin of error, so that an 
element of complete uncertainty or guesswork may remain. 

In Chapter iv below this subject is discussed in detail. 


2d. ANSWERS OF THE PRINCIPAL AUTHORS 


TO SUCH OF THE ABOVE Q^UESTIONS AS THEY CONSIDER 



A. L. Bowley 

Lord Stamp 

1 6 . 

Defines it as income 
accruing to residents. 

Adheres to it. 

2 a. 

Includes. 

_ — 

2 b. 

Includes. 

Excludes in a closed 
community. 

2 c. 

Includes. 


4. 

Leaves question open. 

Includes where met 


by direct or taxing 
payments reducing 
industrial profits, 

4 a. Includes. — 

4 3. Includes. — 


4 Includes, 
4 d. Includes^ 
6. Includes. 
8* Excludes. 
8 a. Excludes, 


Includes. 

Includes. 

Excludes. 

Excludes. 


Bowley-Stamp 
See Bowley. 


Not counted. 

Counted only under 
employers’ contri^ 
butions to insurance 
funds. 


Exclude. 

Exclude. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 25 


A. L. Bowley Lord Stamp 


Bowley-Stamp 


8 ^. 

Excludes. 

Excludes. 

8 c, 

Includes. 

Includes. 

Sd. 

Excludes. 

Generally excluded; 
possible exception; 
co-operatives. 

9 b, 

— 

Excludes unless busi- 
ness expense. 

10 a, \ 

(i) Excludes [1919 pub- 
lication]. 

Excludes. 1 

(ii) 

— 

— J 

10 b. 

(i) Excludes, but some- 
what undecided. 

Includes. 

(ii) 



— 

(iii) 

Includes; also soldiers 
pensions, but is 
somehow reluctant. 


11 a. 



13. 

— 

Omits it; follows 
Coates. 

14 

Should be treated 
separately. 

— 

14: b-d. Undecided regard- 
ing lowest value prin- 
ciple. 


15, 

Includes under 
Schedule D (in- 
come tax). 


17. 

Premiums to be de- 
ducted from net out- 
put figures. 


21 . 


Includes services 
rendered direct to 
consumers. 

22 . 

Treated as cost. 

— 

23, 

Gives a rough system. 

— 

25. 

— 

Not always possible 
to include. 

27. 

' 

Scheme for subjec- 
tive and objective 
method. 

31. 

Suggests computing 
index-numbers out 
of budgets for calcu- 
lating real income. 

Sectional indices for 
sectional parts of in- 
come and also con- 
siders cost of living 
index. 


Exclude. 

Include. 

Exclude. 


Exclude from 'social 
income’ . but in- 
clude in 'aggregate 
income’. 

Exclude receipts but 
include employers’ 
contributions. 
Exclude. 

Exclude, 


Include health in- 
surance but do not 
count insurance paid 
out to recipients. 


Include. 


Refer to 68th Report 
of Commissioners of 
Inland Revenue. 


Computation should 
be corrected by a 
number related to 
wholesale price and 
cost of living index. 



26 


1 h. 


4. 

4 

5. 

6 . 

7. 

' 8fl. 
8 tf. 

9 ^. 

10 

10 

10 b. 
10 b. 
10 b. 

lla. 

14. 

15. 

16. 
17 
18. 
19. 
22 . 
23 a. 

24. 

25. 

26. 
27. 

30. 


31. 


lb. 

3. 

6 . 

9 a. 

9 b. 

10 a. 

10 b. 
104. 

15. 


17. 

18. 
19. 


THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 
Colin Clark 

Adheres to it. ‘Goods and services which are cmtomarily exchanged 
for money.’ 

Includes at cost price. 
bs Ci d. At cost price. 

Includes 3 gives no details. 

No allowance made. 

Includes. 

Excludes. 

Excludes. 

Includes at wholesale prices. 

Excludes. j 

(i) Includes. 

(ii) Excludes. 

(i) Includes charges paid by employers. 

(ii) Excludes as relief payments. 

(iii) Includes pensions to retired employees of the State or firmsj but 

excludes old age and widows pensions. 

Includes; changed his opinion since 1932 regarding rates on business 
premises. 

Yes ; but has doubts about decrements. 

Includes. 

No; on account of technical difRcuities. 

Insurance is a kind of savings ; expenses are to be deducted. 

Yes; four areas in the U.K. 

Savings =£ excess of income over consumption. 

Treated as cost. 

4 per cent compound interest over 60 years for buildings, other 
property according to inland revenue allowance. 

Yes. 

Includes. 

Yes; where exemptions have been made they must be added. 

Yes. Checks his results by Feavearyear’s figures and refers to an 
article by Myra Curtis. 

Gross income —cost of repairing and replacing of capital instru- 
ments = net income. 

Suggests price index for comparison and makes various other 
proposals. 

M. A. Copeland 

Adheres to it. 

Treats it as transfer payment. 

Includes, 

Excludes. 

Excludes, but treats only college fees, 

(i) Includes. * 

(ii) Undecided. 

(iii) Includes pensioxas. 

Includes undistributed profits as far as non-corporate companies are 
concerned. 

Does not take into consideration. 

Thinks it advisable, but cannot recommend any method. 

Social income— consumption = savings. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


•27 


23 a. Follows accountants’ procedure. 

24. Takes subsidies as kind of transfer items. 

28. Suggests three indices: consumption index, index of wealth, index for 

inventories, etc. 

29. Gross social value— depreciation and depletion = net social value 

product, 

Irving Fisher 

1 h. Adheres to it, but does not stress the point regarding nationals. 

7. Includes. 

10 (iii) Includes. 

14. Excludes. 

19. Savings are not income. Interest of savings is income. 

23. In case of depreciation fund, uses it to reduce realized income to 
earned income. 

S. Fabricant 

17. Treated as losses on capital account, 

23. Takes the value of the current services rendered by capital goods 
and used up in production. 

31. Measures capital and capital consumption in current prices, but 
allows constant prices for the purpose of time comparison. 

F. V. Fellner 

1 b. Adheres to it. 

2 a. Excludes. 

4 g. Excludes from private income. 

6. Excludes as not produced in the period. 

7. Excludes as not produced in the period. 

8. Should be excluded. 

9 a. Includes. 

9 h. Excludes. 

10/2. (i) Includes. 

10 (ii) Excludes, but not quite decided. 

10 5. (iii) Excludes, but not quite decided. 

23 a. Depreciation percentage for machines 1*72 per cent of value of gross 
production, or based on horse-power. 

25. Must be added when using subjective method. 

27. Compares subjective and objective methods. 

3 1 . Proposes to measure in constant prices, for instance in pre-war prices, 

so as to be able to eliminate changes in the value of gold. 

Interest. Interest due inside the country balances and has to be left out. 


Edwin Gannan 

6. Includes. 

7. Excludes as a rule. 

8 a. Excludes as a rule. 

8 d. Excludes as a rule. 

9 5, Excludes to avoid double counting. 

11 a. Excludes. 

23 a. Deducts sum paid into the depreciation fund. 

25. Includes ordinary net mcome, but excludes gifts and legacies. 



28 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

C. A. Verijn-Stuart 

1 b. Adheres to it. 

6. Includes. 

7. Includes. 

8 a. Excludes because not quantitatively definable. 

10 ^ 2 . (i) Includes generally, 

10 (iii) Includes. 

2 ! . . Includes direct services to consumers. 

3 1 . Cost of living index seems the best although not satisfactory. 

CoNRADO Gini 

1 r. Adheres to it. 

3. Deducts Government subsidies from its expenditure. 

4 a. Deducts from public expenditure. 

4 r. Deducts from public expenditure. 

4 d. Deducts from public expenditure. 

6. Includes. 

8. Should be included. 

8 a. Should be included. 

10 a. (i) Interest should be computed in the private income of the nation, 
just as it is computed in individual incomes, and should be 
deducted consequently ftom the amounts paid in taxation. 

10 (i) Excludes. 

1 1 . Includes both generally. 

11a. Includes, unless it raises public revenue. 

13. Deducts railway fares. 

14 a. Includes changes in value which can be forecast, but with some 
doubts on revenue figures. “ 

17. Premiu m s are not to be deducted, but insurances paid out are to 
be deducted. 

31. Is not content with any existing index, as they do not consider 
services, but does not offer solution. 


S. Kuznets W, C. Mitchell-S. Kuznets 


1 b. 

Adheres to it. 

Adhere to it. 

la. 

— 

Give definition. (See also i b.) 

4 a. 

Excludes. 



6 . 

Includes. 

Include. 

•7. 

Excludes. 

No hard and fast rule. 

8. 

Excludes. 

No hard and fast rule." 

8 a. 


Exclude. 

8 a. 

Includes. 



10 (ii) Includes. (See Mitchell- 
Kuznets.) 

Exclude. (See Kuznets.) 

12. (i) 

Includes (no details given). 

^ 

14 a. 

Calculates in current as well as 
in constant prices. 

— 

14 L 

Gives two alternatives in fluc- 
tuating and in constant prices. 

, — 

15. 

Includes. 

' , 

17. 

Fire losses = capital consumption. 

. — 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 29 



S. Kuznets 

W. C. Mitchell-S. Kuznets 

19. 

Gives definition for gross and net 
savings. 

Income consumed 4 - sa\4ngs by 
individuals = income paid out. 
Income paid out 4 - net savings 
by business firms = income 
produced. 

20 , 

Consumers* goods = commodities 
used by ultimate consumers. 
Producers’ goods = used by 
business firms. 


21 . 

Includes (i) industries dealing 
with the production of com- 
modities, ( 2 ) commodity hand- 
ling, ( 3 ) service industries. 


22 . 

Thinks it impossible to distin- 
guish between cost and good- 
will. 


23 fl. 

Uses ‘cost or market whichever 
lower* principle for valuation 
of capital goods. 

Conservative accountant prac- 
tice may mislead during times 
of violent price changes. 

24. 

t 

If taxes are deducted from busi- 
ness incomes, the different 
Gk)vemment services are to be 
separated. 

27. 

Distribution by industrial organi- 
zation and type of income. 


28. 

Division by labour income, etc. 
See p. 2 1 . 

— 

30. 

Gross national income — value of 
commodities consumed in the 
process of production = net 
national product. 


31. 

Applies revaluation by means of 
various indices. 

Wholesale price index for national 
income produced and cost of 


living index for national in- 
come consumed. 


Erik Lindahl 

1 < 2 . Adheres to it; excluding services of foreign vessels in Swedish 

waters. 

2 a. Includes. 

2 h. Excludes (in a closed community). 

3. Not considered in calculating the value of commodities produced, 

but deducted from public expenditure. 

4. Includes 'with certain exceptions. (See 4 ^, ^ lOa.) 

4 a. Gives a detailed system. 

4 by Cy dy e. Valued under the heading public administration. 

4/. Values at the sum of the expenses occurred. 

4 g* Includes at cost. 

6 . Includes. 

I 7. Includes. 



30 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

8 a. Includes all women over 1 5 years, but thmlcs exclusions would be 
preferable. 

8 b. Not quite decided. 

8 c. Includes at market price. 

8 d. Excludes unless measurable at current prices. 

9 a. Excludes generally, but includes gifts from emigrants to U.S.A. 

10 <3. (i) Excludes. 

10 b, (iii) Includes pensions. 

12. (i) Includes, based on special enquiry. 

12. (ii) Excludes when charity. 

13. Adds allowances for public servants. 

15. Includes. 

16. Gives formula. 

18. Differentiates only regarding dwellings. 

20. Refers only to durable and non-durabie goods. 

22. At cost. 

23 a. Gives list of depreciation ratios for buildings and machinery, 

23 c, d. Calculates it as capital gains or losses which must be debited or 
credited to the income. 

25. Includes. 

27. Compares national income inclusive and exclusive of income from 

buildings and inclusive and exclusive of unpaid work. 

30. Gross national income— (services which have been double counted 

-H raw materials and the goods used in the production process) = net 
national income. 

31. Uses cost of living index, and for real investments the best available 

price index, but is not satisfied. 

Entrepreneurial income. Entrepreneurial incomes are the amount by 
which the exchange value of the productive contribution exceeds the total 
of the contractual income. 

K. Mori 

1 a. Adheres to it. (See also i b.) 

1 b. Adheres to it. (See also i a!) 

7. Includes. 

12. (i) Includes ; doubles money wages. 

28. Multiplies total number of units with estimated average market price. 

W. H. Coates 

8 d. Excludes. 

10 < 2 . (i) Includes. 

10 Includes. 

11a. Includes employers’ contributions. 

13. Omits as too difficult to find out. 

J. R. Hicks 

1 h. Adheres to it, 

1 9. Saving = income — consumption. 

23 a. Thinks exact calculation will hardly be possible to match expenditure 
and consumption* 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


31 


Alfred Marshall 

1 a. Adheres to it regarding his main concept, but on account of his 
treatment of foreign investments may also be counted under i h, 

, i b. See also i a. 

8, 8 d. Not reckoned as part of the national dividend, but should 
be reckoned separately. 

9 b. Excludes. 

10 ^z. Excludes. 

23 Allows for depreciation, but does not specify. 

30. The net income is found by deducting the outgoings that belong to 

its production from gross income. 

M. Matolcsy-StVarga 

1 b. Adheres to it. 

2 a. Includes. 

3. Adds net receipts, of state monopolies (Grain Certificate Fund not 

added). 

4. Excludes when objective system applied. 

4 a. Includes theoretically as immaterial wealth, but thinks it statistically 
not approachable. 

4 g. Includes if paid out of indirect taxation. 

6. Includes. 

7. Considers it negligible. 

8 a. Includes. 

9 Includes; also remittances of emigrants. 

10 (iii) Includes, but excludes it from taxes. 

11. Makes no distinction. 

1 1 <3. Includes taxes which tend to raise prices. 

12. (i) Includes for farm workers. 

14. Excludes. 

16. No; on accoimt of statistical difficulties. 

18. Differentiates between rural and urban areas. 

23 a. Deducts 10 per cent from house values. 

27. Makes comparison between seven concepts. 

31. Valueing has been carried out at current prices, and revaluated in 

the 1925-26/27 price level. 

A. C. PiGou 

1 h* Adheres to it. 

2 a* Includes main part. 

4. Excludes. 

4 d. Includes. 

6. ' Includes, 

7. Excludes. 

8. S a, d.^ Excludes, but should be accounted for separately. (See 

Marshall.) 

9 b* Excludes; also allowances received by children from their parents, 

10 (ii) Excludes. 

10 (iii) Excludes old age pensions, but includes pensions received by 
civil servants. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


32 

1 1 . Makes a distinction between income from public services and income 

tax and death duties. 

16. Yesj with reservations. 

23 Depreciation is made good by the provision of the original money 
value of new machines. 

28. Suggests corrections, but makes no proposal. 

A. W. Flux 

1 a. Adheres to it. 

1 1 . Includes only customs and excise duties, but does not deal with direct 

taxation. 
ll a. Includes, 

21. Wants to include derivative services. 

27. Compares factors of production and goods and immaterial services 
produced. 

A. Wagner 

1 b. Adheres toit. Defines it as the income of a population of a certain area. 
4. Includes. 

9 b. Excludes. 

1 1 a. Excludes. 

15. Includes. 

25. Includes. 

31. Computation in one and the same unit seems impossible. (Makes 
no suggestion.) 

3zz. OFFICIAL ES TIMA TES 

COUNTRIES WITH, AND AUTHOR’S IN'i^ERPRETATIONS 

Canada 

1 b. Adheres to it. 

2 b. Includes. 

6. Rental value of owned houses are not included in income-tax returns, 

7. Excludes. 

8. Excludes. 

8 <2. Excludes. 

8 b. Excludes. 

8 c. Only included if persons derive their main livelihood from such 
activities. 

12. (i) Includes. 

23. Certain deductions have been made to arrive at the net national 
income regarding the material consumed in the process of pro- 
duction. 

30. The ofiicial wholesale price index has been used to compute the real 

national income. 

31. Net income = gross income — deductions connected with the main^ 

tenance of the industrial equipment of the country, not only 
providing for depreciation but also for obsolescence and replace- 
ment by new and improved apparatus of production. 

Explanatory Motes: 

Sources : 

Domimon Bureau of Statistics, the Canada Tear Books, particularly the 
Canada Tear Book for 1934/35 giving the national income for 1920-32. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


33 

Statistics of service and repair work were not collected after 1922, and to 
effect comparability, the totals for the year were repeated in 1923 and 1924. 
The totals for 1925 and 1926 were estimated according to the percentage 
change in data for manufacturing. 

The survey of production does not include transportation, refrigeration 
and merchandising. Personal and professional services, for instance teachers 
and doctors, are also not included in the survey. 


Germany 

1 h. Adheres to it. 

2 a. Includes excise duties. 

2 h. Includes import duties. 

4 fl, h. Ail expenditure for public services are to be considered at cost. 

5 . Increments in the value of stocks and shares are included (with 

certain exceptions). 

6. Includes. 

7 . Excludes. 

8. Excludes services rendered to oneself. 

8 a. Excludes. 

8 b. Includes. 

8 c. Includes. 

9 a. Excludes. 

9 b. Excludes. 

10 (i) Includes. 

10 b. (i) Includes unemployment assistance. Also includes contributions 
of employers towards social insurances. 

10 (iii) Includes pensions (and war pensions) ; also those paid by the 

Government and by local authorities to foreigners wherever 
their domicile may he. 

11 a, , Includes government income from indirect taxation, but deducts 

cost of services paid out of indirect taxation. 

12 . (i), (ii) Includes. 

14 . Includes profits derived from increments in the money value of assets 

when a firm or corporation is sold or liquidated. 

15 . Includes. 

\1 a. Savings are included. 

22 . Advertisement is reckoned as a cost. 

23 - Depreciation of goods is deducted. 

25 . Includes. 

31 . To arrive at real income for 1928 cost of living index is applied. 

Explanatory Notes: 

Sources: 

Einzelschrift zur Statistik des Deuischen Reiches. Nr. 23: Intermiionaler 
Steuerbelastungsvergleich. Nr. 24: Das Deutsche Volkseinkommen. 
Statistisches Jahrbmh fUr das Deutsche Reichy 1936. 

Wirtschqft und Statistik^ Nr. 22. Das Deutsche Volkseinkommen, 1932. 

The definition of income refers to the years 1925 to 1931. That of the 
Statistisches Jahrbuck to the years 1913 and 1927 to 1935. 

Payment for ‘ reparations ’ resulting from the peace treaty are also included 
as income. 


BNI 


3 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


34 

According to Wirtschaft und Statistik the major error in the estimates 
results from the valuation of agricultural produce consumed by farmers’ 
families, owing to the difficulty of assessment. 

The agricultural produce consumed by farmers’ families is included at 
wholesale prices. 

National income, spent by the Government on certain public services, are 
excluded from Germany’s official estimates. These items are expenditure for 
the sole use of the state and for purposes other than production. Thus, for 
instance, expenditure for road maintenance and for armament, spent out of 
taxation, are not included [see Statistisches Reichsamt^ Sonderheft 24]. Up to 
the year 1933 these items were relatively small, compared with the total 
national income; later on, however, they became more important, when 
expenditure for armament etc., spent out of taxation, increased. 

Japan 

1 b. Adheres to it. 

4 . Earnings of public services are included. 

7 . Excludes. 

8. Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes. 

9 a. Remittances from nationals abroad are included. 

10 a, (i) Includes income from Government bonds. 

10 '^. (iii) Pensions and annuities are included. 

12 . (i) Includes. 

25 . Income of State undertakings and State properties are included. 
Explanatory Notes: 

The above refers to the estimate of the national wealth and income of 
Japan proper {Bulletin de VInstitut International de Statistique, 1931) by K. Mori, 
chief statistician of the Bureau of Statistics in the Imperial Cabinet, Tokyo. 

The estimate is for the year 1925, 

The estimate includes income entirely evading the income tax. Mori 
assumes this to be 10 per cent of the total income below the exemption limit. 

The above estimate gives little detailed explanation although it is 
authoritative. It can be supplemented by definitions given by Professor 
A. Shiomi as follows : 

2 Excludes excise duties from industrial net profit. 

2 b. Taxes are included. 

15 . Undistributed profits of corporations are included. 

23 . Depreciations of plant and equipment are allowed for. 

Explamtory Notes: 

Sources: 

S. Shiomi, ‘ On Japan’s national wealth and income Economic Review ^ 
Kyoto University, VoL rv, No. i. 

S. Shiomi, ‘Survey .of the distribution of the people’s incomes in the 
light of the household rate’, ibid. VoL vm. No. i. 

‘Japan’s national income in 1930’, ibid. VoL ix. No. 2. 

The first two articles refer to the income of the year 1^2^125. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


35 


New Zealand 

6. Excludes. 

7. Excludes. 

8. Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes. 

9 b. Gifts from parents or relatives are excluded. 

10 b. Pensions under the Pension Act, superannuations and such like are 

included. 

1 1 All forms of public income are excluded. 

12. (i) Payment in kind, free housing, etc. is excluded- 
12. (ii) Gratuities are included. 

15. Undistributed profits of companies (inclusive state taxation) are 
included. 

Explanatory J^otes: 

Sources : 

Dominion of New Zealand Population Census, 1926, VoL ii, Incomes 1930. 
New Zealand Official Tear Book, 1935- 
In the Population Census we find the following explanation: 

This is not the total private income of the population but only an 
aggregate derived from Census data in the case of lower incomes and from 
the statistics of incomes of persons and firms assessable for income-tax 
purposes in the case of higher incomes. 

The income of the Maoris is estimated as being mn. 

The Official Tear Book of 1935 explains: 

In the two later estimates, although not in that derived chiefly from 
the 1926 Census records, certain non-monetary emoluments (e.g. free 
housing, free fuel and lighting where such are in reality part payments for 
services) are given a monetary equivalent and treated as income. 

1 a. National income within the country (outflow to other countries not 
deducted, nor income added coming to New Zealand). 

6. Includes owner-occupied dwellings. 

7. Excludes. 

8. Excludes. 

8 <2. Excludes. 

10 a. (i) Includes income from Government debts. 

10/2, (ii) Excludes interest on war loans. 

10 (iii) Excludes pensions. 

15. Includes undistributed profits. 

17 a. Includes savings of companies in the form of reserves. 

25. Includes profits of municipal State trading services of clubs and 
charitable societies. 

30. Net income = total income - war loan interests and pensions. 

Explanatory Notes: 

The above estimate refers to F. B. Stephens (Department of Internal 
Affairs, Wellington), National Income of New ^937^ reprinted from 

the Economic Review, 1936. 

The estimate does not deal with incomes awaiting income tax. 

The income estimate for farming is ‘rough’, according to the authors 
explanation. 

Two-thirds of the interest on the national debt are State trading ventures. 

3-2 



36 


THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


U.S.A. Department of Commerce 

i b. Adheres to it. (See Kuznets.) 

4 a. Includes. (Gives no detail.) 

*6. Excludes. 

7 . Excludes. 

8. Excludes. Thinks there is no satisfactory basis. 

8 a. Excludes. Thinks there is no satisfactory basis. 

9 b. Excludes. 

10 ^. (i) Excludes. 

iO (i) Includes. 

10 (iii) Excludes. 

12 . (ii) Excludes. 

14 . Excludes. Exception, professional dealers in assets whose profits and 
losses are held to measure the compensation for their services. 

1 7 . Public insurance treated as transfer of income. 

19 . When income produced exceeds income paid out, the business 
enterprises of the nation retain the residual portion of the net 
product, which is termed ‘positive business savings*. 

30 , Income produced is derived by adding positive business savings to, 

or deducting negative business savings from, income paid out 
(except for agriculture). 

31 , Price index of finished products for gross product of industry, cost 

of living index for income paid out. 

Entrepreneurial income. Net rent royalties and entrepreneurial with- 
drawals are entrepreneurial income payments. 

36 . SEMIOFFICIAL ESTIMATES' 

COUNTRIES WHERE INFORMATION IS INDEFINITE 
Australia 

1 6. Uses income method. 

6. Includes 5 per cent of capital Value, less repair and maintenance. 

7 - Excludes. 

10 6. (i), (ii), (iii) Includes pensions and superannuation, but excludes 

Commonwealth old age pensions and invalid pensions. Excludes 
also retiring gratuity. 

5 . Includes undistributed profits. 

25 . Includes income of institutions, as churches, schools, literary in- 
stitutes and sports clubs, and gives the total estimate for these 
items as £600,000. 

Explanatory Motes: 

The above refers to G. H. Knibbs, The Private Wealth of Australia and its 
Growth, published under the' direction of the Commonwealth Bureau of 
Census and Statistics in 1918. The material is based on the war census of 
30 June 1915. There is* an income estimate for Australia by Colin Clark 
and G. Grawford, Mational Irwome of Australia for the years 1901—3, 1914-15 
up to 1937/3^* It refers to real national income at 1923-27 prices. 

1 6. Refers to income of residents. 

2 . Includes indirect taxation. 

4 * Includes salaries of civil servants. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


37 


6. Includes. 

7 . Excludes, 

10 a. (i) Interest of national debt paid in Australia is deducted so as to 
avoid double counting. 

10 (ii) War debt interest is excluded, as transfer. 

15 . Includes undistributed profits of companies. 

27 . Gives two methods: (i) income produced, (2) income available.* 

Belgium 

1 L Adheres to it. (Income method.) 

2 . Land tax is included. 

4 . Salaries of officials are included. 

6. Includes. 

7 . Excludes. 

10 (i) Includes income of state loans. 

15 . Includes undistributed profits of limited and public companies. 
Explanatory Notes: 

The estimate refers to Fernand Baudouin, ‘Le revenu national en 1930’, 
Bulletin dHnformation et de documentation, banc national de Belgique, Vol. v, No. 10, 
and F. Baudouin, ‘Les finances Beiges en 1937’, Bulletin de Vinstitut de 
reckerches konomiques, 1937/38. 

The latter publication gives estimates for the years 1934, 1936 and 1937. 
British India 

1 h. Adheres to it; but owing to the lack of statistics uses' a mixture of 

inventory and income method. 

2 a. Includes excise duties. 

2 h* Includes import duties. 

6. Includes houses occupied by owners. As rental value of huts in 
villages Rupees 6 is taken; most of the houses in villages are, 
according to the author, hovels and command no rental value. 

8. Excludes value of services rendered to oneself. 

8 a. Includes services rendered by dependants. 

10 <3. (i) Includes, but deducts part of the debt used for unproductive 
purposes. 

10 (iii) Includes pensions. 

\ \ a. Includes. 

23 . Deducts depreciation of goods. 

Explanatory Notes: 

Sources : 

The estimate is computed by V. K. R. V. Rao, 1940. The estimate 
refers to 1931/32. 

»As the nature of Indian statistics is inadequate, the available official 
statistics have been supplemented by the results of enquiries. 

I Available income is equal to income produced less amount payable 
overseas as interest or dividends on public or private account, plus the 
(considerably smaller) sums drawn by Australian interest or dividends from 
capital invested overseas. 



38 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

The income of urban and rural unskilled workers is reckoned under the 
assumption that the income of two males equals the income of three females. 

Four working dependants are assumed to have the same income as one 
principal earner; and three part-time workers (subsidiary workers) the same 
as one principal worker. 

The estimate of the income of earners engaged in professions and liberal 
arts is full of pitfalls, of which the author himself is aware. 

The estimate per capita income of 206,000 people occupied in letters, 
arts and science comprises 16,000 who were horoscope casters, astrologers, 
fortune-tellers, wizards, witches and medicine men and 14,000 conjurers, 
acrobats, reciters and ^diibitors of curiosities and wild animals. 


France 

1 h. Adheres to it. 

2 h. Includes. 

4 g. Valued at salary cost. 

6. Includes. 

7 . Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes unpaid domestic services. 

10 a, (i) Includes. 

10 b, (iii) Includes pensions in national income, but excludes it in ‘social 
income*. 

12 . (i) Includes food for domestic servants, but excludes lodging and tips. 

17 . Insurance for fire accidents at work, etc. has to be deducted, also 
special insurances for the harvest and stock, in order to arrive at 
the gross production of agriculture. 

30 . Net agricultural production = gross production— general expenses 

and —seed. 

31 . Real income is computed by using cost of living index. 

Explanatory Notes: 

The above refers to La population de la France pendant la guerre avec un 
appendice sur les revenusprivis avant et aprh la guerre^ by Michel Huber, director 
of the Statistique generale de la France. 

Sources: 

This estimate is based on Revenus du travail des ouvriers industrielles 
et agricoles (La statistique gaa^rale de la France). Published for 
191 1 and 1921 and every year since 1924 in October. 

Les contributions directes pour Fetablissement de Fimpot foncier, 
public par Fadministration. 

Salaire des employes de commerce: Tribime des employes; Salaire des 
domestiques : des enquetes de la statistique generale de la France. 

Salaire de chemin de fer: la Statistique officielle des chemins de fer 
fen^ais. 

Huber computes the total of ‘revenus prives* for the years 1913 and 
1920-28. This total he calls ‘conception fiscale*. 

Furthermore, he computes ‘social national income* in the sense as 
employed by Bowiey-Stamp. Social income = total income — interest of 
state loans and — war pensions. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 39 

Two other estimates for France are by Duge de Bernonville, ‘Les revenus 
prives’ and ‘Les revenus prives et les consommations’. Revue d' economic 
politique, 1933 and 1935. 

Duge de Bernonville is Sous-directeur k la Statistique generale de la 
France. His first estimate refers to 1913 and 1920-32, his second refers to 
1913 and 1920—34, The estimate of 1913 ^refers to the pre-war territory of 
France and from 1920 onwards to the post-war territory. His definition, 
although less complete, tallies with that of M, Huber. 


France 

1 a. Adheres to it. 

2 a. Includes excise duties. 

2 h. Includes import duties, 

4. Includes salaries of officials. 

6. Includes annual value of owned houses. 

7. Excludes. 

8. Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes. 

8 h. Excludes. 

8 c. Excludes. 

10 Includes pensions. 

12. (i) Includes board and lodging and calculates lodging as 10 per cent 
of the money wage, but lodging for farm labourers is excluded. 

15. Excludes undistributed profits of limited companies. 

31. Thinks that index figures could be used to arrive at real income but 
only uses food indices to compare income of 1903 with income of 
1911. 

Explanatory Notes: 

The estimate refers to Rene Pupin, La Richesse de la France, 1916. The 
estimate is for the year 191 1. 

There were 4*8 mn. farmers in 1911. Their consumption together with 
that of their families of farm products is given as 3,500,000,000 francs. This 
amount is excluded, as pointed out in 8r. 

Greece 

1 h. Adheres to it. 

4. Public services are included. 

7. Excludes. 

9 a. Includes remittance from emigrants. 

10 <2. (i) Includes interest on public loans. 

10 d. Includes pensions. 

27. Apart from the estimate of commodities produced and services 
rendered there is also an estimate of the consumption of com- 
modities by the Greek people. 

Explanatory Notes: 

The estimate refers to Pericles D. Rediades, ‘The Greek National Income 
and Wealth in 1929% Metron, 1930. The estimate of the income of industry 
is based on the figures of the Ministry of National Economy for 1928. The 
income from houses is based on taxation figures on income from houses. 



40 


THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


Hungary 

1 b. Adheres to it. Defines ^pure’ national incomes total— interest of 
debts to foreign countries. 

6 . Excludes. 

7 . Excludes. 

6 and 7 are not considered to be income, but derived from wealth. 

8 . Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes. Gives figures for it separately, but does not add it. 
Explanatory Notes: 

F. V. Fellner, Das Volkseinkornmen Oesterreichs und Ungams ^ ^ 9 ^ 7 * 

Personal services (doctors, lawyers, clergy, teachers, judges, officials, etc.) 
are not considered to be elements of national income. Figures are given for 
it but not added to national income. 

Source : 

Many data are taken from the Statistical Tear Book for Hungary, 

Fellner also gives an estimate for Austria and uses the same method. 

- Irish Free State 

1 b. Adheres to it. (Income method.) • 

4 . Cost of public administration is included. 

6 . Includes. 

1 , Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes. 

9 a. Includes remittances from emigrants. 

9 b. Excludes charitable gifts. 

10 ^. Pensions to army, police and civil officers are included; old age 
pensions are excluded as transfers. 

12 . (ii) Excludes. 

17 a. Insurance premiums paid to companies abroad are included in the 
gross total but excluded in the net total. 

30 . .Net incoine=: gross income— assurance premiums paid to companies 
abroad and —profits remitted abroad. 

Explanatory Notes: 

The estimate refers to T. I. Kiernan, National Income of the Irish Free State, 

The material is based on the Census of Industrial Production of 1926 
and 1929. 

The evasion of income tax, the author suggests, can be estimated to amount 
to 4 per cent of the income of Schedules G and D combined. 

The remittances from emigrants for 1926 are assumed to amount to mn. 

Pensions paid by the United Kingdom to Irish Free State residents 
(ex-soldiers) are included. And pensions paid by the Irish Free State to 
residents in the United Kingdom are deducted. 

Italy 

1 Adheres to it. 

6* Includes income from urban buildings. 

7 . Excludes. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


4r 

8. Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes. 

9 a. Includes remittance from emigrants. 

10 a. (i) Includes interest from Government debts. 

Explanatory Motes: 

The estimate is by Gonrado Gini, A Comparison of the Wealth and National 
Income of Several Important Nations before and after the War, 1925. In former 
publications by Gini (see list of references and Gini’s answers in our list of 
the principal authors) he answers 8 and 8^ differently, ‘should be included’. 

See also Leonardo Meliado, II reddito private degli Italiani, nel 1928. 


New South Wales 

1 a, (i) Net income of resident individuals and also (ii) income accruing 
to absentees {a) from private investment and property and {b) from 
investment in Government loans. 

10 <2. (i) Includes interest from Government loans. 

10 b. (iii) Includes old age pensions and invalid and war pensions. 

15 . Includes undistributed income of local companies. . 

31 . Existing data as to price levels are insufficient to enable a satisfactory 
measure of comparison. 

Explanatory Notes: 

Source : 

The Official Tear Book of New South Wales (1936/37). 

Appreciable amounts of income derived by various Governments from 
State lands, forests, and mines, and from Governmental business enterprises 
are excluded from account. 


Spain 

2 a, b. Import and excise duties are included (the revenue due to the 
Government on tobacco is deducted from the income of the 
tobacco industry). 

6. Includes. Takes 4 per cent of the value of houses as rent. 

7 . Excludes. 

8. lExcludes. 

8 a. Excludes. 

10 a, (i) Interest from internal debts of Government and municipalities 
only are included. 

30 . Net income = gross income — the debit of balance of payments. 

Explanatory Notes: 

The above reference refers to the estimate of Jose A. Vandellds, ‘La 
richesse et le revenu de la Feninsule Iberique’, Metron, 1925. It refers to 
the year 1913. 

The income of trade !s taken as 20 per cent of the income of agriculture 
and mines and 30 per cent of the industrial production. 

The second estimate is given ffir the year 1923. This is obtained by a 
rough estimate that the value of production increased from 1913 to 1923 in 
the ratio 106 : 225. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


4f2 


Sweden 

In the National Income of Sweden^ by Erik Lindahl, Vol. i, p. 318, there is 
a table of the national income of Sweden for the years 1930-34, giving an 
estimate which has been made in the Department of Finance. It should, 
therefore, be considered as an ofBcial estimate. 

Lindahl points out that for this estimate the same method was employed 
for the main part as was used by the Institute. Lindahl says the method 
differs only in one or two points, but he does not mention the points in 
question. But this difference in method has caused a difference of about 
700 mn. kronor, or 8 per cent^ between the two estimates for the year 1930. 
In considering these figures allowance must be made for the net contribution 
of certain industries having, in this calculation, been assumed to be constant 
throughout the period. Nor has, in this calculation or in that of the Institute, 
any allowance been made for changes in the stocks, which in some industries 
were of importance during these years. 

The estimate gives figures for gross income as weU as for net income. 

Soviet Russia 

The estimate of the national income for the U.S.S.R. excludes personal 
services, also domestic services and professional services. 

It excludes services performed by public authorities. It excludes rents 
of dwellings, and finally it excludes non-productive services. 

This refers to the U.S,S,R, Handbook^ London, 1936. It is pointed out in 
the preface: ^This book has been compiled from the latest information 
received from the U.S.S.R. and our special thanks are due to the following 
distinguished Soviet scientists and writers, who have kindly supplied the 
material for the present volume (here thirty-two names are quoted).’ 

The estimate gives the national income in 1926-27 prices. The share of 
the socialized sector of national economy in the national income since 1928 
is shown in the following table: 

Percentage of National Income 


1928 

44 

1929 

56 

1930 

74*3 

1931 

90 

1932 

93 

1933 

95 

1934 

96 

1935 

97*5 


(See also Colin Clark, A Critique of Russian Statistics, I939-) 

Switzerland 

1 b. Income method used includes income of Swiss capital abroad. 

4 . Includes salaries of officials. 

6 . Excludes income of houses where the owner is- the sole Occupier, 
because there is no revenue from such property. 

I Compared with Lindahrs National Income of Sweden^ alternative 2, 
VoL i, p. *237. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


43 


8. Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes. 

8 c. Includes farmers’ consumption of agricultural produce. 

10 a. (i) Includes loans of the State, Cantons and Municipalities. 

10 (iii) Excludes pensions. 

15 . Excludes undistributed profits. 

12 . (i) Includes cost and lodging in return for services rendered. 
Explanatory Notes: 

This estimate is by P. Mori (Berne), *Das Schweizerische Volksein- 
kommen’, Z^itschrift fur Schweizerische Statistik und Volkswirtschaft^ 1926. 

The estimate refers to the years 1913 and 1924. The method for 1913 
differs from that of 1924 in so far as the incomes of institutions are omitted 
in the estimate for 1913. 

Union of South Africa 

1 h. Adheres to it. (All goods and services produced.) 

4 . Includes Government services. 

6. Houses owned by farmers included, as it is part of national income.* 

The rent of farm houses for the year ending 30 June 1918 is 
estimated bX £1^ mn. (The value of farm houses = £162 mn.) 

7 . Excludes. 

8. Excludes. 

8 a. Excludes. 

23 . Takes 2 per cent depreciation allowances on the value of buildings 
including land, and 6 per cent on plant and machinery; for other 
deductions £ i mn. is allowed. 

Explanatory Notes: 

Estimate is made by R. A. Lehfeidt, The National Resources of South Africa^ 
1922. It relates to the national income for the year 30 June 1917 until 
30 June 1918. 

Nearly all interest on capital invested in railways was payable to bond- 
holders abroad. Incomes therefore, derived by South Africa from railways, 
consisted chiefly of salaries and wages. 

Another estimate was made by S. Herbert Frankel and S. D. Neumark, 
‘Note on the National Income of the Union of South Africa’, The South 
African Journal of Economics , 1940* 

1 b. Adheres to it. 

4 . Includes public services. 

6. Includes. 

10 Includes Union Government contribution to pension funds as well 
as the pensions. 

Explanatory Notes: 

This estimate refers to the years 1927/28, and 1932/33 and 193^35* No 
allowance is made for amounts payable overseas as interest or dividends on 
public or private account or sums drawn on by South Africans from invest- 
ment or income outside the Union. 

* 7 to 8 per cent of the valuation of houses are considered as an average 
imputed rental for urban and rural districts. Most of the houses, occupied 
by the owners, have no recorded rent. 



44 


THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


United States of America 

6. Includes owned' houses. 

7 . Gives alternative estimates: (a) including imputed income from 

durable consumable commodities, valued at 6 per cent of the 
market value, and (b) excluding imputed income from this item 
(apart from residential property). 

8. Excludes services rendered to oneself or to one’s family. 

8 a. Excludes domestic services rendered by wives. 

8 c. Includes farm products used by owner, valued at the average price 
at a given date. 

10 Includes pensions. 

12 . (i) Includes income in kind, 

17 . Includes compensation for injuries. 

27 . Gives two kinds of estimates (see 7 above)'. 

3 1 . Five different price indices used for different classes of the population : 

(a) urban manual and clerical workers, (b) farm labourers, 
(tf) farmers, (d) families spending for direct goods, $5,000 annually, 
(e) families spending for direct goods, $£25,000 annually. 
Explanatory Notes: 

The estimate refers to W. I. King, The National Income and its Purchasing 
Power ^ published by the National Bureau of Economic Research, 1930. It 
refers to the income for the years 1909-28. It also gives an estimate for the 
same years but in terms of dollars’ purchasing power of 1913. 

He excludes income from odd jobs, that is to say, jobs outside regular 
duties. The term ^realized income’ which he uses is applied only to the 
income of individuals and not to that of business enterprises. 

See also W. 1 . King, The Wealth and Income of the People of the United States, 
1915. In this book he uses the wholesale index to arrive at real income. 
This estimate is based on the United States Census. The 1850-60 Census'did 
not include slaves as persons, therefore the income per capita = output of 
free men. 

3r. OFFICIAL PUBLICATIONS 

UNITED KINGDOM 

HOW BRITISH AUTHORITIES DEAL WITH THE 
QUESTIONS WITH WHICH THEY ARE 
CONCERNED 

Reports of the Commissioners of H.M.’s Inland Revenue 
Reports on the Censuses of Production 

Agricultural Statistics, 
i b. Adheres to it. 

Inland Revenue Report divides incomes from abroad to 
British residents into three groups: 

Group L Dominion and foreign interests and dividends paid 
through paying agents in this country or received by encashment 
of coupons through bankers, etc. in this country. 

Group IL Income arising from business controlled in this 
country but mainly carried on abroad and with assets situated 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INGOxME 45 

abroad, interest and dividends payable abroad (not included 
in Group I) and income from other foreign possessions. 

Group IIL Income arising from trading operations carried on 
abroad by British concerns trading mainly at home but partly 
abroad. 


The Inland Revenue Report points out that Group I is 
identifiable; Group II is in part identifiable; Group III cannot 
be identified. The Inland Revenue Report, 1930, explains: 
\ . the following estimates of the actual income of this group 
(i.e. Group II) as distinct from the statutory income as assessed 
have been made for the last nine years: 


1920/21 

Actual income 
in £ 000,000 
124 

21/22 

70 

22/23 

70-5 

23/24 

93*5 

24/25 

96-5 

25/26 

120 

26/27 

135 

27/28 

130 

28/29 

130 


It should be borne in mind that these estimates, which are based 
on annual samples of representative cases, may be subject to 
an appreciable margin of error, and that they include income 
arising abroad which, although chargeable to tax here, may 
not be remitted to this country.’ Group III is included in 
assessed income and in taxed income. 

2 a. Excise duties are excluded in aggregate income method 
but are included in inventory method. 

2 b. The same applies to import duties. 


Totals from the Census of Production in £mn. 


Net Excise 
(Finance 
Accounts) 
1923/24 126*0 

1929/30 15-3 

1934/33 89-8 


Net Customs 
(Finance 
Accounts) 
90*4 

94-1 

126*5 


Total Net Output 
of large firms 
(Fin^ce 
Accounts) 

1924 1,54^'^ 

1930 1,505*2 

1935 1.599*5 


^ Excluding laundry and excise customs, but including subsidies.^ 


I Subsidies* in £mn. 

1923/24 X5'4 

1929/30 * 27-9 

1934/35 28-6 

They include coal-miiiing, sugar and road funds. 



46 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

4g, Salaries of State officials are included in Tax Schedule E. 
They amounted in the year 1926/27 to 9-5 per cent of the gross 
income (arising out of Tax Schedule E), and 7*2 per cent for 
the year 1937/38. 

5. Change in value of stocks and shares is, as a rule, not 
taken into consideration; except as part of profits of professional 
dealers. 

6. The value for services of houses, occupied by owners, is 
included. Property vested in, and in occupation of, the Crown, 
cathedrals and churches, etc. is not subjected to valuation of 
income tax under Tax Schedule A. 

Farm houses of an annual value of ^20 and upwards which 
are occupied by persons other than tenant farmers or their 
farm servants are included as houses; other farm houses are 
assessed under ‘lands, etc.’ 

7. The value for services of other durable consumers’ goods 
(not houses) is excluded. 

8. The value of services rendered to oneself or one’s family 
is excluded. 

8 a. Domestic services rendered by wives are excluded. 

8^. The produce of gardens and allotments is estimated in 
some accounts of the Censuses of Production, but is excluded 
from the usual agricultural statistics. 

According to the report on the work of the land division in 
the year 1936 (quoted by the Agricultural Register for 1937/38, 
Oxford, 1938), the Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries points 
out: after making due allowance for four authorities who failed 
to make a return, it is estimated that the total number of 
allotments in urban areas in England and Wales at the end of 
year 1936, excluding railway allotments, was 606,000, covering 
an area of 59,250 acres. In 1934 railway allotments amounted 
to 75,887 plots on 4,677 acres both in urban and rural areas. 

8 c. Produce of farms consumed by farmers’ families are 
included implicitly in Tax Schedule B, as profit from the 
occupation of land is equal to the annual value, with certain 
exceptions, since 1924/25. Formerly they were reckoned to be 
equal to one-third of the rent. In the Census of Agricultural 
Production allowance is made for produce consumed on the 
farms. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 47 

9a, Gifts from or to persons in other countries are excluded. 
Gifts may be included in balance of payments. 

9b. Gifts between individuals within the country are ex- 
cluded; but they are subject to death duty if a certain period 
has not elapsed. 

10 a. (i) Income from Government loans is included. 

10^. (ii) Income from war loans is also included. 

10 b. (i) Pensions and amenities are included. 

10 Z?, (iii) Voluntary pensions are included as well as war 
pensions. 

10 (iy) (i) Contribution out of salary in the case of 
University teachers, etc. is counted as income. Its addition by 
employers is not counted as income. 

10 (iv) (2) After their employment has ended recipients 
have the choice whether to receive a capital sum or annuity. 
Ajinuities are treated by the income-tax authorities as income. 
It goes without saying that interest on capital sums is taxed.* 

10 (v) Income out of annuities is counted as income. 

11. In the case of the road fund in its early years, and 
possibly other cases, distinction is made between Government 
expenditure from direct or indirect taxation; excluding cases 
where Central or Local Government collects payments for 
services rendered.^ 

1 1 See answer to Question 2 a and 2 h, 

12. (i) On the whole, board and lodging, provided by the 
employer and which cannot be exchanged into money by the 
employee, is not taxed and is therefore not included in the 
income-tax assessment. Where, on the other hand, the terms of 
employment stipulates that the salary is paid gross, less deduc- 
tion for board or lodging (e.g. a teacher at a boarding school), 
the assessment is based on the gross amount. 

A house occupied rent free is assessed under Schedule A on 
the annual value. 

12. (ii) Income in kind, when charity, is not included as 
income. 

14. See No. 23. 

15. Undistributed profits are included. 

-1 This is a case of double taxation (see G. W. Guiilebaud, ‘Income Tax 
^nd the Double Taxation of Saving’, Economic Journal, 1935). 
a Such as B.B.G. 



48 


THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 


16. No allowance is made for the destruction of irreplaceable 
commodities; for instance^ the products of mines. 

\1 a. Savings are included in actual income, but, in some 
cases, income tax is reduced. 

18. No allowance is made for different costs of living in 
different parts of the country. 

20, 21. In the Report on the Census of Production. (Cd. 6320 , 
pp. 2 i~ 34 ) ^ the national income is estimated by adding up the 
value of goods produced, services and net imports. The following 
table shows the various items, which are admittedly only 
approximate: 

Income^ 1907 

Gross output of industry, mining, and agriculture, excluding 
duplicates, but including imported materials to value 

of ;^ 38 o mn. 

Carriage, merchanting and retailing of home goods ... 

Duties on home goods ' 

Imports ready for consumption, valued at ports 
Duties on carriage, merchanting and retailing of imports ... 

Subtract exports 

Total value to purchasers of material goods available for con- 
sumption, maintenance of capital or saving 
Subtract maintenance of plant, etc. mn.) and of 

consumers’ stock (;^I5 mn.) 

Remainder, available for consumption or saving 
Add value of personal services and occupation of houses 
Add new investments abroad 

Total income 




1.370 

430 

50 

220 

140 

2,210 

465 


1:745 

190 

1:555 

375 

ICO 


2,030 


Consumption and Savings 1907 

Personal consumption: Material goods 

Ser\dces and houses 

Additions to capital and stock at home 
Additions to investments abroad ... 

Total 

See also Chapter in, passim. 


£mn. 

1=325 

375 

I57OO * 

230 

100 

2,030 


22. Advertisement is treated as a cost, 

23. Depreciation of goods is deducted from ‘gross total 
national income" to arrive at ‘actual" national income (see 
No. 29 ). Deduction for wear and tear amounted in 1926/27 

I Quoted from The Division of the Product of Industry ^ 1919, by A. L. Bowley 
(Appendix, p. 59). The figures were rearranged from the Final Report on 
the Census of Production, 1907. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 49 

to 5*3 per cent of total gross income, and 10*4 per cent in 
1937/38 of total gross income from profits, pensions and pro- 
fessions, etc. (Schedule D). 

Flux estimated and subtracted in the Report of Census of 
Production for 1937 for maintenance of plant, £175 mn., and 
of consumers’ stock ^15 mn., in all :;Ci90 mn. That is roughly 
1 1 per cent of the total value to purchasers of material goods 
available for consumption, maintenance of capital or savings 
o£ £1,745 mn. 

The income tax authorities have to make allowances for the 
wear and tear of plant and machinery used in trade and 
industries. In most cases the allowance is made in the form of 
a certain percentage of the value of plant and machinery em- 
ployed in business. Any costs of repairs incurred will generally 
be allowed as an expense of the firm. 

The usual method followed is the annual allowance of wear 
and tear, but there are cases in which allowance is given in a 
lump sum. Such a renewal allowance is granted in certain cases, 
when old plant is scrapped and replaced by new. (Renewal 
allowances are given for certain plants and machinery used by 
the railway companies.) Where such an allowance is given by 
way of renewals it does not appear in the wear and tear figures 
of the Census and it is a deduction in computing the profits. 

See also Nos. 21 and 22. 

24 . Government expenditure can be divided into ex- 
penditure on goods and services and transfer expenditure. The 
division of Government expenditure on goods and services into 
services rendered to entrepreneurs and consumers has not been 
made. 

25 . Incomes of societies and other bodies are included, but 
co-operative trading income is excluded. The incomes pf 
charities and friendly societies, schools, colleges and hospitals 
are included in gross income, but deducted so as to arrive at 
taxable income. 

There are some charities in receipt of profits from trading 
activities (e.g. schools) which would be normally assessed under 
Schedule D. Such profits would, however, not be assessed if 
the statutory conditions as to exemption were fulfilled. 

H. Campion points but in Public and Private Property in Great 
Britain, 1938 (Chapter: Public Property not assessed for income 
tax) : ' Government securities held .by charities and Government 

4 


BNI 



50 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 

departments can be readily valued, and real property and 
certain kinds of trading undertakings can be capitalized on 
approximately the same bases as if under private ownership. 
There are, however, no satisfactory methods of valuing certain 
kinds of the property of state and local authorities not yielding 
money income. While, it is true, as Sir Robert Giffen stated, 
there is no property which ought more properly” to be taken 
into account, it is difficult to find an adequate basis of valuation, 
and we have been compelled to omit roads and armaments 
from our estimates of public property on that account.’ 

Lord Stamp has estimated the value of the property of the 
State and local authorities not covered by assessments for income 
tax at 5^1^900-1,500 mn. in 1928 and ^1,050-1,650 mn. in 1930 
for Great Britain and Northern Ireland. 

In regard to charities H. Campion points out (p. 100) : 'The 
total number of endowed charities in England and Wales under 
the supervision of the charity commissioners and the Board of 
Education is estimated at approximately 90,000.^ While this 
number includes educational charities and the charities of the 
London livery companies, it does not include the Ecclesiastical 
Commissioners or Universities which are recognized for income- 
tax purposes. Endowed charities are those entitled to property, 
real or personal, the capital of which is settled upon permanent 
trusts and the income only ifrom such capital applicable for 
charitable purposes ’ 

No details are available of the aggregate investment of 
Universities, but according to the Reports of the Universities 
Grants Committee, the income of Universities (excluding, the 
colleges of Oxford and Cambridge) from Government and 
other securities has amounted to nearly £i mn. per annum in 
re<ient years. 

26 . No attempt has been made by British authorities to sum 
up expenditure on particular commodities to derive a figure 
for national income. 

27 . No comparison of inventory and aggregate method has 
been made by the authorities. 

29 , There is complete division as far as surtax is concerned. 
Earlier information gives account of exemption and abatement. 

I Annual Reports of the Charity Commissioners for England and Wales 
and Report of the Home Office Departmental Committee on the Super- 
vision of Charities (Cmd. 2823, 1927). 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 5I 

In the 36th Report of the Commissioner of H.M. Inland 
Revenue, for the year ended 31 March 1920, it is pointed out: 
'At the request of the Royal Commission on the Income Tax 
an estimate was prepared, showing for the year 1918/19 the 
approximate distribution for the estimated amounts of taxable 
incomes, allowances, etc., among tax-payers, classified according 
to the amounts of their total incomes in each class.’ 

The income dealt with is income as computed for purposes 
of income tax and is, therefore, in part computed by reference 
to the income of the year and in part by reference to the income 
of the preceding year or of an average of preceding years. The 
income dealt with does not therefore correspond with the actual 
income of tax-payers for the year. A table follows with income 
classes of ;£‘i30-i6o, ;^i6o and over, £200 and over and £300 
and over, etc. This table excludes non-personal income and 
income accruing to non-residents, estimated at ^^230 mn. 

30 . According to the Report of the Commissioner of Inland 
Revenue four definitions are applied : 

1. Gross income means income before adjustments are made 
in respect to lands, houses, etc., empty property, wear and tear 
of macHnery, overcharges in assessment, etc. It includes certain 
income belonging to individuals whose total income is below ’ 
the effective exemption limit. 

2. Actual income means the statutory income of the tax- 
payer, estimated in accordance with the provisions of the 
income-tax Acts, after deduction of the income of the individuals 
below the effective exemption limit and of the adjustments 
referred to under the definition of gross income. 

3. Assessable income is the actual income less the earned 
income allowance or, in the case of a person aged 65 years and 
upwards, the age allowance granted by section 15 of the 
Finance Act, 1925. 

4. Taxable income represents that part of assessable income 
upon which income tax is actually calculated. It is thus the 
assessable income less the personal allowances and deductions. 

The Census of Production (Final Report, 1935, part 3) gives 
the following explanation: 

Valuation of gross output equals selling value of all goods 
manufactured in the year, whether sold or not* 


4-2 



52 THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAE INCOME 

Net output results from the deduction of the aggregate costs 
of materials and fuel used and the amount paid for work given 
out from the total value of the gross output, minus allowance 
of depreciation of plant and machinery. 

Net value was defined as the actual amount charged to 
customers after deduction of discounts and payments to railway 
companies and other transport undertakings for carriage out- 
wards. 

The White Paper entitled 'An Analysis of the Sources of 
War Finance and Estimate of the National Income and Ex- 
penditure in 1938 and 1940 (Cmd. 6261), April 1941 ’ gives for 
the first time an official estimate of National Income from the 
Income (as contrasted with the Production) aspect. 

In the great majority of cases the answers to the questionnaire 
based on this paper would be the same as in the preceding 
pages, but the classification is different from that of the Inland 
Revenue Reports and is brought into line with that of Table IX, 
Chapter n below. The exact relationship between these two 
accounts is discussed on p. 84. 

Besides estimates of income the White Paper analyses ex- 
penditure and saving. 

The essential statistics can be arranged asTollows: 


National Income^ 1938, ^mn. 


1 . Rents 352 

2. Profits and interest 1,178 

3. Salaries / 980 

4. Wages 1,820 

5. Other Income 85 

6 . Total I 454*5 


Total I 454*5 * 

Add: 

7. National Debt interest, Old 

Age Pensions, Insurance 
Benefits 490 

Deduct : 

8. Direct tax liabilities — 492 

9. Undistributed profits, In- 

vestment income of charities, 
miscellaneous Government 
income — 265 

10. Total II 4,148 


No. 2 includes National Defence Contributions and Excess 
Profits Tax, but excludes income due to foreigners and National 
Debt interest. The former are subtracted under No. 8, the last' 
is added in No. 7. 

Total I is then comparable with Total B, Table IX, p. 81 
below. 

Total II is then the aggregate of personal incomes (after 
deduction of direct tax liabilities), and is available for personal 
expenditure and savings. 



THE DEFINITION OF NATIONAL INCOME 53 

The expenditure table is in two parts, corresponding to 
Totals II and I, 

Expenditure in 1938 , £mn. 

Food, drink, tobacco 1,648 

Rents, rates, fuel, light, do- 
mestic services, household 
goods 959 

Clothing and laundry 469 

Private motors 118 

Other travel 169 

Other goods and services 634 

Total personal expenditure 
at market prices 3j997 

Balance: gross personal sav- 
ings 15 I 

Total II 

Depreciation and repairs are allowed for in lines i and 2 of 
the first table. 

Indirect taxes are not counted as income in Total I in the 
first table, but since they are part of personal expenditure they 
are deductive from Total II in the second table to obtain 
Total 1 . 

Notes are given in the White Paper which explain the contents 
of the various items more in detail. 

A similar White Paper (Cmd. 6347) was issued in April 1942. 
Tjbe table on p, 52 (opposite) was modified by distributing item 5 
among other items and by a new treatment of allowance for 
change in value of stock (see p. 121 below); with other minor 
unexplained revisions the Total I becomes mn. instead 

of ^4^415 


Personal expenditure 3j997 

Central and Local Govern- 
ment expenditure 849 

Deduct indirect taxes, rates, 
etc. — 643 

Balance, net investment at 
home and abroad 212 

Total I 43415 


Addendum 

U.S.A. Kuznets, National Income and its composition, 1919-38 
(National Bureau of Economic Research, 1941). 

The same definitions are used as in 1937 (see pp. 28, 29 above), 
but, owing to a revised treatment of 'net savings’ and other 
revisions due to additionaP data, the totals are modified. In 
Volume II there are detailed comparisons, both of definition 
and of estimates, with the Department of Commerce’s and W, I* 
King’s accounts (pp. 36, 44 above). 

New Zealand. E. P. Neale, Recent New Zealand data 
regarding the Incomes of Individuals (Economic Record, Jime 1941* 
Melbourne). 



Chapter IP 


SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE 
NATIONAL INCOME 

L MONET INCOME, 1924 to 1938 

THE NUMBER OF ‘PERSONS GAINFULLY OCCUPIED* 

The Population Censuses of Great Britain show in considerable 
detail the numbers of persons classed as gainfully occupied at 
the Census dates. For intermediate years it is necessary to 
estimate them by interpolation and hypothesis. 

The procedure adopted is to take the Registrar-Generals’ 
estimates of numbers of all persons and their age and sex distri- 
bution each year, and apply to each grade the percentage of 
occupied to all recorded for the year 1931. In Table I it is seen 
that there have been significant changes in some of these 
percentages in recent decades, and it is interesting to speculate 
on their causes. For boys under 18 years, and especially under 
16 years, the percentage has diminished, it may be hoped for 
the reason that more continue their education or training after 
16 years. On the other hand, for girls and young women in the 
grades up to 25 years the percentages occupied have increased, 
presumably a transfer firom ‘helping mother’ to paid work. In 
other age-groups below 65 years for males and 55 years for 
females there has been little change. In the higher age-groups 
for females the reduction (at least between 1911 and 1921) is 
due to lower employment of married women and widows. For 
males the reduction is only since 1921; this is possibly due to 
old age pensions, possibly to greater reluctance to employ 
elderly men, possibly to changes in age-grouping within the 
grades. These changes apply to the relatively less important 
age-groups, while in the central grades, which include the bulk 
of the occupied population, the changes have been small, and 

I This chapter is a reprint of an Address to the Royal Statistical Society, 
18 Jiane 1940, with some minor additions and corrections which incorporate 
more recent information. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 55 

smaller for the numerically more important males than for 
females. 

The age-grouping in respect of occupation is not the same 
under 25 years as that in the Registrars’ Annual Estimates, and 
adjusted percentages have been used as shown in the lower part 
of Table I. 

The Census of Northern Ireland has not been taken at the 
same dates or in the same detail as that of Great Britain, but 
some estimate is available every year. The numbers computed 
as occupied in Great Britain have been raised year by year by 
a fraction, falling from 1*0288 in 1924 to 1*0277 in 1931 and 
rising a little after 1931. 


Table I 


Occupied Persons as Percentage of all Persons 


Great Britain 

n 


Age 

Males 

Females 

1911 

1921 

1921 

1931 

1911 

1921 

1921 


14- 

16- 

18-- 

25“^ 

45-1 

55-J 

65-1 

70-J 

[ 

[ : 

1 

72*8 

02*0 

96-8 

98-5 

1 

94*1 

56-9 

64-8 

96- 8 

97- 9{ 

94-9{ 

59-o{ 

64*8 

91*5 

96*8 

97*9 

97-8 

96-8 

90-8 

79-8 

40*2 

63-2 

89-8 

96-6 

98-4 

98-2 

96-7 

gi*2 

65-4 

33-4 

47-8 

69-4 

65-4 

}29-3 

I21-6 

}ii'5 

447’ 

66*5 

28*4^ 

20- 1 -j 
I0*0-j 

f 

L 

r 

L 

r 

L 

44-7 

yj-s 

66-5 

33-6 

22-8 

20*8 

19-2 

15-2 

6*5 

50-6 

75-6 

70-9 

36-5 

24-4 

1 21-0 
! 177 

i 12*2 
5*5 

Aggregate 

14- 

92*7 

91-8 

91-8 

90-5 

35-4 

33*7 

33*7 

1 

1 

34*2 


Computed from the 22nd Abs, of Lab, Stat. pp. 2-3. 


Percentages Applied to Annual Estimates of Population to 
Approximate to JSfumber Occupied 


Age-group 

Males 

Females 

14- 

51*6 

40*0 

15- 

92*3 

70*6 

25- 

98-4 

36-5 

35 ~ 

98-2 

24-4 

45 - 

96-7 

21*0 

55 - 

91-2 

17*7 

65- 

47*9 

8*2 



§6 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

Table II 

Estimated Numbers of Occupied Estimated Numbers of Wage* 

Persons (pooo^s omitted) Earners (oooo’i* omitted) 

Great Britain and Northern Great Britain and Northern 
Ireland Ireland 


Year 

Males 

Females 

Total 

Males 

Females 

Total 

1921 

1,401 

583' 

1.984 

1,068 

401 

1,469 

1924 


627 

2,040 

1,060 

429 

1.489 

1925 

i 1,426 i 

630 

2,056 

1,068 

431 

1.499 

1926 

1.438 

63a 

2,070 

1.075 

431 

1,506 

1927 

i 1.456 

635 

2,091 

1,086 

434 

1,520 

1928 

1.467 

637 

2,104 

1,092 

434 

1,526 

1929 

1.481 

641 

2,122 

1,100 

437 

1,537 

1930 ! 

! 1.495 

642 

2,137 

1,109 

437. 

1,546 

1931 

1.519 

643 

2,162 

1,124 

437 

1.561 

1932 

1.537 

642 

2,179 

1. 135 ! 

438 

1.571 

1933 

1.543 

638 

2,181 

1.137 

432 

1,569 

1934 

1.549 

633 

2,182 

1.139 

429 

1,568 

1935 

1.589 

i 639 

2,208 

1,152 

' 433 

1.585 

1936 

1.587 

645 

2,232 

1,163 

438 

1,599 

1937 

1.595 

647 

2,242 

1,166 

437 

1,603 

1938 

1,613 

653 

2,266 

1,177 

44^ 

1,618 


Estimated Distribution by Age of Occupied Persons 
Great Britain and Northern Ireland 


Age-group 

Males 

Females 

1924 

1931 

1938 

1924 

1 1931, 1 

1938 

14-21 

164 

151 ' 

141 

299 

286 

274 

21-55 

683 

681 1 

679 

626 

626 

626 ^ 

55-65 

112 

122 , 

127 

54 i 

83 

71 

65- 

41 

48 ; 

53 

21 

25 

29 


r,ooo 

1,000 

1,000 

1,000 

1,000 • 

1,000 


The numbers of occupied persons in the United Kingdom 
exhibited in Table II have been computed by the methods 
described in the preceding paragraphs/ 

I Dr Frankel, in an unpublished memorandum, estimates that there were 
changes between 1931 and 1939 in the proportion of persons occupied at 
various age-groups, namely increases both for males and females under 
16 years, a slight rise for males aged 16-65 ^.nd a fall for males over 65, and 
slight increases for females aged over 16. The total for males of all ages is 
unaffected, while that for females Is increased by 4 per cent. The whole 
occupied population in Great Britain is thus computed as 22*9 mn. in 1939, 
while. Table II above, the whole occupied population in the United 
Kingdom was 22*7 mn. in 1938. The effect on the National Wage Bill 
might be an increase of i per cent. Dr FrankeTs estimates are based on 
a close study of the statistics published in connection with National Health 
and Unemployment Insurance and the Registrar-G^enerals* Reports. 




SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 57 
CHANGE IN AGE DISTRIBUTION 

The well-known changes in the age and sex distribution of the 
population are naturally reflected in the ages of the occupied. 
The result is summarized in the lower part of Table IL 

For both sexes the proportions under 2 1 years have diminished, 
those for the central group 21 to 55 years have changed little, 
and those in the higher age grades have increased. 

■ Since gainful occupation diminishes rapidly among women 
after the age 25, the effect of this change is shown in a slow rate 
.of increase in the total occupied in the whole period 1924 to 
1938, and an actual fall from 1932 to 1935, when the low birth- 
rates of 1916-19 were effective. 

NUMBER OF WAGE-EARNERS. EARNING STRENGTH 

It is important to emphasize that for purposes of estimating 
the National Income by the method of aggregating individual 
incomes it does not matter much whether a person is counted 
as a wage-earner or as salaried and in the intermediate group 
so long as the number concerned is small, since the income in 
marginal cases is much the same in the two groups. But for 
purposes of estimating the wage bill we must have some 
hypothesis on which to base the change in the number of wage- 
earners, and obtain factors to apply to a better-founded estimate 
at one date, in this case at 1931. 

In my Wages and Income in the United Kingdom since i860, 
Appendix E, I classify the occupational groups in the Censuses 
as Wage-Earning and Others, and obtain 

Percentage of Wage-Earners to All Occupied 

Males Females 

1921 75*5 68-7 

1931 74*0 68-0 

Here shop-assistants are excluded from wage-earners. 

I have assumed that the fall in the percentages here shown 
has continued uniformly from 1924 to 1938; e.g. the percentage 
for males is taken as 75*05 in 1924 and 72*96 in 1938. These 
percentages are applied in Table II to the numbers occupied to 
obtain estimates of the numbers of wage-earners in each year. 

Allowance is now to be made for the numbers of unemployed 
wage-earners. For this purpose the usual percentages of insured 
persons unemployed are averaged annually for males and* 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 


ci [rt cn O * 

Sfi § g 
&i|o.a 4 


icoxcursokoooicooiciifiloo 

O^C^COvC«S<Siftrt<i-(Th«^O^OOI>a^ 

'<*fkC'rJHimOkC'^fCC0CCTH'^W)v0'O 


O mc<^OCD OCO o o o o o 

o •-< ctto c7>J>»cr>motjD cm co 

0 0 0^0 0 0 (3^00 CO CO O) O O 


OinC<OC£»OCOr> OiCO CO <0^ C3^ m 
O « O Wto CTiiXJJCOt^COO CO 

O O O O O O CTSCO CO CO <J> O »-* 


o coco <j> CO o no o CO a)C 0 cm o cm 
o •-< o Ti^co'^t<r-*>-< Cjo cot^'^^ CO 
O O O O O O OiOiCO CJi 0)0^0 ^ ^ 


CC£5 CMC£) 1-4 CM Tj4ir5CM COlO 

o -4 -H o ctscooocjd Tj4 mco ^ m 
O O O O C7^<7)Cr)<7)ij5(0)C7^C75C7)0 O 


o w cric< 05050 

o »-. o o cor^cio 'sh^coco oc m 

OOO0OOC35C7)a5O5C35C75 05 0 0 


O 05 O 05 CO O5C0 CO 05 O5C0 CO Cl 

O 05 05 CO Cl COTO (M d lOCO « lOCO 
OC3505000C75CJ505C35050000 


I LOCMCO-^Cir^CM C35CD !>* CO O CO) l>"^ 

1 CO CO l> O CM d to o -^co d O 

% CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CM d d CO CO CO rh 


i d -^co i>* '(f loco 05 coco *-4 CO CO o 

fXi I 05 <05(X) O O O m r>CO CO C75 C?5 O 05 

CO CO CO rh CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO 


coco O r^CO dC£5 o 05Thl>*05w 

^ CO COCO lot^d Tj405d m 

05 <35 <05 CJ5 05 05 05C0 CO CO 05 <35 <35 O O 


CO <;p d O ^cp ^ O CO CO 

cb cb chcb CO w 6 65<» ^ 


* » 

lO ^ 

p d p ^<o ^co d coco CO CO 
w dco'^ d^io d ibcoojr^'^^^d co 


t0<0 J>CO 05 O »-< d CO ''5^ lOCO x^co 
SlSlS12L512L^<^<^c^<=ocococooo 
<3>05C55O5<35<35a5<35O5O5<35O)05O5O5 


* Adjusted from the published figures to allow for the change in the method of enumeration and for the inclusion of additional 
occupations. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 59 

females separately, with some adjustment in 1937 and 1938 to 
eliminate the effects of change in the method of enumeration 
and the inclusion of additional occupations (Table III). 

The numbers of wage-earners thus discounted are shown as 
'Employed wage-earners’ in Table III. The numbers for the 
year 1 926 were placed in brackets and are subject to modifica- 
tion in the sequel, for the percentage unemployed that year, 
excluding as it does the men actually involved in the coal- 
stoppage, does not measure the whole reduction in employment; 
nor is it probable that it allows sufficiently for reduction of 
work in other industries. 

It is noticeable that with the increase in female unemployment 
since 1936, the number at work is lower in 1938 than in 1924. 

The index-numbers of wage rates used as one factor in 
estimating the National Wage Bill make no allowance for change 
in distribution of the labour force by sex or age or between 
industries. 

From details given on p. 68 below it appears that the average 
wage of males under 21 years is about 45 per cent of adult 
wages. It may be taken for granted that the average earnings 
of men over 65 is lower than that of men aged 21 to 65, but 
it does not seem possible to judge how much lower. In the 
following table the effect on average wages of the change in age 
distribution of males over the whole period 1924 to 1938 is shown 
on various hypotheses.^ By adult wage rates is meant the average 
for men aged 21 to 65; by 'elderly’ is meant over 65 years, by 
'juveniles’ under 21. 


Effect of Changes of Age Distribution of Males on Average 
Wages (1924 to 1938) 


Percentage 
elderly to 
adult wages 

Percentage of juvenile to adult wages 

40 I 

45 

50 

50 

1*009 

1*007 

I *006 


1*012 

1*01 1 

1*009 

80 

1*013 

i*ori 

1*010 

S5 

1*013 

1*012 

1*012 

100 

1*015 ' 

1*014 

1*012 


I For example, the central entry is computed from the lower part of 
Table II, thus: 

141 X 0*45 + 806 X 1 4* 53 X 0*80 
i64 X 0*45-f 795X 14-41 xo'8o 



6o SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

The effect of the relative diminution of the young is therefore 
an increase of about i-i per cent spread over 14 years. 

For females the average wage over 21 years is about 64 per 
cent of average adult wages. If the average wage over 55 years 
was also 64 per cent of average adult wages, no correction would 
be needed between 1924 and 1938. If we assume that the 
average under 21 is 64 per cent of the average 21 to 65, while 
over 65 the average is half that for 2 1 to 65, the correcting factor 
is 1*0057, ^^5 about half that for males. The correction is 

in any case so small that it is unnecessary to aim at greater 
precision. 

The effect of the increase in the number of male earners 
relative to female is of more importance. 

I Write Aw for the average wage of females, where w is that 
of males. 

Write /for the index-number of wages, allowing for no change 
in age or sex distribution. 

Use the figures for employed wage-earners in 1924 and 1938. 

Then a little consideration will show that when changes in 
sex and age distribution are taken into account, we should have , 
for the change of the National Wage Bill from 1924 to 1938: 

1,014 X I *01 1 “h390x I *006^^ 

943 + 392^ 

insttadof 

943+392^ 

k is known to be in the neighbourhood of 0*5, and the ratio of 
these two fractions hardly changes as k varies from 0-45 to 0*55. 

The first fraction is nearly i *4 per cent greater than the second, 
and this is the whole increase to be applied over the period to 
allow for increased earning strength. 

To obtain an index of earning strength we have therefore to 
increase the total numbers of employed wage-earners (Table III) 
progressively about o-i per cent per annum, and it is not 
worth while to try to adjust this regular progression. This having 
been done the column is transferred to the base 1,000 in 1924 
to give the index of earning strength in Table III/ ‘ 

THE INDEX OF WAGE RATES 

In Table III are given two index-numbers of wage rates: 
Ai that computed monthly for the London and Cambridge 
1 For example: the figure for 1938 is 1,000 x 1,404 x 1*019“ 1,335 =:»i'o72. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 6l 

Economic Service and explained in detail in Memorandum 28 
of that Service; Bj that published by the Ministry of Labour, 
and discussed by Mr Ramsbottom in the paper to the Royal 
Statistical Society (1935, Part IV) and brought up to later dates 
in the Journal^ 1938, p» 202, and 1939, p. 289. The structure of 
these numbers is well known. depends on a wider range of 
industries than does and it is adopted in the sequel. It is 
remarkable that they march closely together and are nearly 
identical in 1937 (compared with 1*924). 

Both index-numbers are on the basis of unchanged numbers 
and age and sex distribution and should therefore be applied 
to the index of earning strength to obtain an index of the 
National Wage Bill, not to the unadjusted numbers of 
earners. 

They also neglect any change in the relative importance of 
industries. I have examined this effect in my Wages and Income, 
pp. 107-10. From 1924 to 1931 it is negligible, and from 1931 
to 1935 the computed effect is an increase of under i per cent 
in the industries covered by the Census of Production. But 
when mining and agriculture are included there may be some 
modification. I have combined this change with the more 
important adjustment that I proceed to discuss. 

' Tt is clear that index-numbers which depend primarily on 
changes of time and piece rates do not necessarily give an exact 
measurement of earnings. For apart from complete unemploy- 
ment, for which allowance has already been made, there are 
facilities for increased earnings on piece and for overtime and 
less broken time, when industry is prosperous. Further, it is well 
known thfet an arranged change in piece rates is not necessarily 
proportional to the corresponding change in earnings. These 
relationships can be tested by the general returns of earnings 
published by the Ministry of Labour for 1924, 1928 and 1931, 
supplemented by information regarding coal-mines, railways 
and agriculture. On the basis of thesfe data I estimated average 
earnings for males and females separately in my Wages and 
Income, p. 51. It remains to combine these by the help of the 
numbers of occupied wage-earners. 

Here the index-numbers first given are proportional to 
average earnings; B^ is that firom Table III, and B3 is 
adjusted for the greater change in ‘earning strength’ than in 
numbers occupied, a change which has already had its effect 
on the estimates of average earnings. 



62 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 


Average Earnings 


Year 

Males 

1 Females 

1 All wage-earners 

Num- 
bers 1 
(ooo’s) 

Aver- : 
age 

Num- 
bers ! 
(ooo’s) 

Aver- 

age 

Average 

Index- 

numbers 


B3 . 

1924 ; 
1931 : 
1935 1 

943 

870 

949 

54.45. 

53'7^* 

54*7-f. 

392 
i 359 

39 J 

27-5^. 

26-95. 

"27-35. 

46-5^.= 

45 - 9 ^- \ 

46- 7s. 

100-0 

98-7 

100-5 

lOO-O 

96-5 

95-5 

1 00-0 

97-0 

96-3 


We find then that earnings of employed wage-earners had 
decreased rather less than rates between 1924 and 1931, and 
increased between 1931 and 1935, when rates dropped. 

We can make a rough test of the relation between wage rates 
and earnings by comparing the details of Mr Ramsbottom’s 
index with records of earnings in eight industries, viz. Cotton, 
Wool, Boots, Bricks, Pottery, Goal, Railways and Iron and Steel 
Production, The first five depend on the statistics of numbers 
employed and earnings, given monthly in the Ministry of Labour 
Gazette. For this purpose the average earnings shown each 
November, as compared with those a year before, have been 
computed for comparison with Mr Ramsbottom’s December 
figures. For Coal the average earnings per shift in the fourth 
quarter of each year are taken; for Railways the annual report 
on earnings for March or April each year; for Iron and Steel 
Production the annual earnings as computed by the Iron and 
Steel Institute. There are many minor and some more important 
difficulties in making the comparison, and it does not seem to be 
worth while to do more than give rough averages (see Table IV) . 

The series of general averages agree so closely till 1932 that it 
seems best not to modify the original index-numbers in Table III 
prior to 1934; but in the years of improving trade adjustment 
seems to be justified. The industries selected probably contain on 
the whole a larger element of piece rates or greater opportunities 
of overtime (in the case of Railways) than do industries in 
general, and a smaller increase than that suggested by the 
figures here is probably justified.^ The following paragraphs 
throw some, light on the problem. 

I In Table IV it is noticeable that from 1935 to 1936 the general averages 
earnings increased less than rates. It appears from more detailed records 
that rates were raised at a later stage in the period of improving trade than 
the increase of earnings, as indeed we might expect. 



Table IV 

Index-numbers of Approximate Earnings (E) compared with Constituents of Wage Rates Jlumbers B for December 


SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 63 


r-lt« HlUJrHlel | 

oo'r)cr>cnooo 
o o <T) 0 :i 05 <jjaicna)cr)cn 


O o r^oo cn t^oo w CO | 
0 0 0^0) cnoo CT) o) cn o o 


o 100 o oc£> cr>cic£) oc 
o cn a> CD cnco co cn cn ^ 


CT) CO (M r^oo »-< CO CO 

cncncnoo cn^^ o 


w oofiDcocorrio muo cn cn 

^ PQ o o Cl cn cn cn cn cn cn 

03 l- M j 


ocoorcioioiox^cnotio 
W ooooocncnaicnoo 


^ o cn !>• to rjh » 

PQ o cnco cocooococo cnoxn 


o I i^-r^oo r^r^oo mcoco 

O ODCOCOCOOOCO 0^0 o 


O O O O ^ toco o o 
0000 cncnooia^o o 


o o CO coco cn mo cn 
o « o o cnco cn 05 cn O) cn 


00000000000 


oco moo m'^<o cncoo 
O on cn cnco on cn cn o o 


o coco coco coco*-* CIO cn 
o o o>ocnoicncncncno^ 


o ^ CO o 03 mco t>* •-< 

o o 00 oicncncnooo 


o o o cn»-* '«j<ci<Nf 0 ^O 5 cn 

000 Oi cnoo CO CO 03 CO CO 


coo <N comcf mcno mco 
0000 Oiocncno cno 


O O O o N 

o o o cn cnco 00 00 co <n cn 


o o o'-^^moo o>»^coo 
0 0)0 cnco CO CO 00 o> cn I 


'^ooo cno or xihmco r^co 
or or cr ct co co co co co co co 
ocnocnoxncncncncncn 



64 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

THE WAGE BILL AND INCOME TAX, SCHEDULE D 

There is a close relationship between the computed index- 
numbers of the Wage Bill and 'Actual Income' under the 
Income Tax, Schedule D. The data for the years 1924 to 1935 
are given in Table V and in the accompanying diagram. 1926 
is omitted from the computation, since the average number of, 
occupied wage-earners in that year is doubtful. 

Table V 

Wage-Bin Index and Schedule D 

X, Schedule D. Actual Income ;^^mn. x x 1925/26 placed under 

1924, etc. 

F, Index of National Wage Bill. 1924= 1,000. o o. 

r' = 4364-o*57X-h4-6^, where t is nujnber of years after 1930. 


_ 1 Wage-Bill index estimates computed 

Schedule D 1 from formula 


Year 

Actual 

income 

(;CXmn.) 

Year 

r 

Y ' 

Y \ 

1925/26 

LO33 

1924 

1,000 

995 

1,004 

1926/27 

1,064 

1925 

* LOI5 

1,017 

1,021 

1927/28 

1,013 

1926 

— 

993 

996 

1928/29 

1,065 

1927 

1,040 

1,027 

1,024 

1929/30 

1,078 

1928 

1,016 

L039 i 

1,032 

1930/31 

1,032 

1929 

1,020 

J5018 ! 

1,010 

1931/32 

922 

^930 

968 

959 i 

95 ^ 

1932/33 

802 

1931 

897 1 

8g6 1 

896 

1933/34 

756 

1932 

879 

1 874 ; 

874 

1934/35 

829 

1933 

896 

920 

912 

1935/36 

858 

1934 

949 

94 ^ 

928 

1936/37 

944 

1935 

1,005 

995 

973 


By the usual method of partial correlation, in which the effect 
of the time element is separated, we obtain the equation 

F=436-f o-57X-i“4-6^, ±12, 

where F is the wage-bill index, £X mn, is the actual income in 
Schedule D* and t is the number of years measured from 1930* 
The mean square deviation of T' as computed from Y the 
given index is approximately 12, or 1*2 per cent: 

The fit of the computed line {Y') to the given line is very 
close from 1929 to 1934. 

Y* is computed from values of Y raised in 1934 and 1935 on 
a priori evidence that earnings increased more than rates. 

^ The assessment of, each year, e.g. 1925/26, is compared with the Wage 
Bill of the previous year (e.g. 1924). 



Wage-Bill Index and Schedule D 



1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 


X, Schedule D. Actual Income x x 1925/26 placed xmder 

1924, etc. 

Y, Index of National Wage Bill. i924==niooo. o o. 

y'=436-h3*57X+4*6^, where t is number of years after 1930. 


See p. 64 




SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 65 

If, however, we use the original values of B2 in these years, 
we obtain a modified equation 

Fi = 490 + 0-505Z -f I -agt. 

Neither equation should be regarded as representing a per- 
manent relationship between the Wage Bill and Schedule D. 
Different periods of years yield different coefficients. But a 
close relationship between the movements is demonstrated, and 
explanations may be sought in years where the divergence is at 
all considerable. 

On the evidence of these figures I propose to adopt the 
number 993 as the Wage-Bill index for 1926, 

For the years 1934 to 1938 the evidence is somewhat con- 
flicting. 

Using a provisional estimate for Schedule D for the year 
1939-40, we have alternative estimates as follows: 


Estimates of Wage-Bill Index 


Year 

A2 1 

B 2 

! 


Adopted 

* 1934 

939 i 

934x1-016= 949 

941 

928 

950 

1935 

978 

973 X 1-036= 1,008 

995 

973 

1,000 

1936 

1,04a 1 

i,039x 1-034=1,064 

1,048 

1,019 

1,060 

1937 

I, no 

1,109 X i'Oi8= 1,129 

1,082 

1,044 

1,120 

1938 

1^132 

1,135 X 1-018=1,155 

1,087 

1.045 

1,130 


Here the multiplier applied to B2 is obtained by assuming that 
the general excess of the movement of earnings over rates is half 
that indicated by Table IV. For 1935 the excess is in the same 
proportion as that indicated by the Wage Census (p. 62 above) . 

During the time of expanding employment, 1935 to 1937, 
the wage index-numbers show a stronger movement than does 
Schedule D, and are I think to be preferred. 

In 1938 there was a reaction in industiy and employment, and 
it would be anticipated that the factor to be applied to Bg would 
be less than unity, but the tendency to increased wage rates was 
continued. 

From these considerations I adopt the figures shown in the 
last column with considerable hesitation. 

The results are shown under D in Table HI. 

For completeness at this stage the Wage-Bill index is applied 
to the estimate of earnings in 1931 discussed below and the 
results are shown in the last column of Table III. So far the 
earnings of shop-assistaiits are excluded. 


BNI 


5 



66 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

It is interesting to compare the estimate for 1924, here 
/lAQismn., with that made in The National /wcome, 1924 
(Botky and Stamp), which (excluding shop-assistants) was 
Si 48o^mn. The present estimate is based pnmarily on repor s 
fn SrnS^s in 1931, worked back by index numbers of wage 

rates and earning strength. The earher the 

the Wage Census of 1906, worked forward by estimates ot tne 
occupied and employed population, and wage indices computed 
"aSrfrom the Wage Retmns of 19.4, but 

sources. A possible error of ± 5Per centwas jiggestedfor W- 
very remarkable that the two estimates differ by 

The whole series from 1924 to 1931 about i per cent ^ 

)S4igs indMd of the number occupied for 1936 ^es the 

newecLate . P- cent lower .Kan dr. odmhy^ 



Sincetliataatemeivxuii=>Lxy ------ — iT 

of earnings in October 1938 {Ministry of Labour Gazette, 1940, 

^^meVGrouM IV to XVI (excluding Railways) and Local 
Government (XVIII) are combined from Table VII, below, we 
get asnearly as possible the industries included in the ' 

The average weekly earnings thus computed for 19^ are 48 is. 
From the W Bill (D) and the number of employed wage 
earners in the table, the increase in average earnings, 1931 to 
1938, is 10-5 per cent. Apply this to the average for 1931 and we 

^^Whe^the Ministry of Labour’s figures are weighted by the 
number of insured workers in- the Industries, the average in 

^ S^dose^n a^Jreement is partly accidental, since vanous 
doubtful factors are involved; but it confirms the general 
accuracy of the estimates here used. 

note on wages of juveniles 

There is need for a systematic, study of the rates ^ 

boys, girls and young persons up to the age at wMch fuU adu 
rates are received, and indeed of the profession of 
for younger adults when the maximum is not reached till ^_ter 
sLe yeis of experience. I have put together the da a relating 
to the subject ‘m Standard Time Rates and Hours of Labour, 1Q29, 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 67 

a publication which was kindly annotated for me at the Ministry 
of Labour in connection with another investigation, so that 
most of the figures used apply to the year 1937. 

The table and diagram given should be regarded as the 
results of only a preliminary and rough investigation, the main 
purpose of which was to estimate the effect on ^earning strength’ 
of the relative falling-off of young earners.* On any reasonable 
hypothesis that effect was found (pp. 60, 61 above) to be trifling. 

The averages in Table VI are simple averages based on 
262 entries for males (including 49 for Agriculture) and 128 for 
females. The entries are not distributed in accordance with the im- 
portance of industries, but nothing appeared to be gained by any 
system of weighting; one which I applied did not affect the result. 

Table VI 

Juveniles^ Weekly Wage Rates ^ 1937 


(shillings) 


Age 

1 

1 '5 

16 

Males 

17 

i 

1 19 

\ 

1 20 

1 

1 21 

Bricks, chemicals 

13-1 

15-8 

ig-i 

23*2 

28-9 

34*i 

39*3 

— 

Metal, engineering 

1 1*2 

13-4 

15*9 

19-4 

^^5*3 

29-8 

34*3 

— 

Textiles 

1 1*3 

13-2 

16-7 

20*9 

26-3 

31*1 

36*2 

— 

Clothing 

11*4 


19*5 

24*1 

29*0 

32*9 

35-8 

— 

Boots (minimum) 

12*0 

i6*o 

20-0 

25-0 

30*0 

36-0 

44*0 

— 

Food 

12*6 

14-7 

17*6 

21*5 

27-5 

33*9 

42*0 

— 

Wood, furniture 

— 


15*5 

17*1 

25*6 

34-1 

41*5 

— 

Paper, printing 1 

1 1-3 

15-0 

19*2 

24*4 

30*2 

36-4 

44*5 ^ 

: 

Building, artisans 

9.8 

11*3 

14-2 

17*2 

21*5 

28-5 

40*8 ' 

— 

„ labourers 

1 14*4 

14-4 

21*5 

21*5 

28*7 

28*7 

43*1 1 

— 

Transport 

i6-o 

i6*o 

20-0 

25-0 

30*0 

35*0 


— 

Distribution 

12*1 

14*6 

18*4 

23-0 

28*7 

36*1 

42*5 

— 

Agriculture* 

11-2 

13*9 

16*8 

20*4 

^3-9 

26-6 

29*0 


Miscellaneous 

— 

15*2 

1 8-0 

22-6 

28*6 

34*2 1 

39-8 


General average 

I 2 -I 

14-3 

i8-o 

21*8 

27-4 

327 

1 39-0 

^ — 


Females 


Chemicals 

1 1*8 

13-8 

16*1 i 

19*4 i 

22*2 

24*2 

26*0 

28*1 

Metal, engineering 

10*5 

12*3 

14*6 

17-2 ! 

22*0 

24*6 

25*2 

25*3 

Textiles 

10*8 

13*4 1 

1 6*4 ! 

20*1 

24*0 

26-3 

27*9 

28*5 

Clothing 

i lO’I 

13*0 1 

17*0 

21*1 1 

257 

28-3 

30-6 

31*8 

Boots 

1 12*0 

i6*o 1 

20*0 

25*0 

30*0 

30*0 

30*0 ! 

30*0 

Food 

1 11*8 

14*7 

i6-7 

20*9 

24*5 

27*3 

29*5 


Furniture 

1 10*7 

12*8 

i6-6 

21*9 

29*0 

33-8 

38*6 1 

38*6 

Paper, printing 

8*9 

11*4 

15-9 

22*3 

25*6 

27-3 

29*0 ! 

31*6 

Distribution 

. 10*2 

12*4 

15-1 

1 8*2 

23*1 

26-9 

30*2 i 

32*7 

Miscellaneous 

— 

11*8 

14-4 

18*1 

22*4 

25-5 

1 29*0 ; 

30-9 

General average 

10-6 

13*2 

16-3 

20*4 

24*9 

27*4 

29-6 

31*1 


* In the year 1933. 


5-2 



68 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

There is considerable variety in the upward steps in wages 
year by year in different occupations, and there is often a 
distinction between apprentices and others. On the whole the 
statements confirm thu general impression that in unskilled 
male occupations wages start higher, increase at first more 
rapidly and reach their maximum at an earlier age, than in 
skilled occupations. In the latter the wage at 20 years is 
considerably below the standard rate for adults, and it appears 
that there is a sudden jump at the age 2 1 . 

From the table and diagram it is seen that girls start at nearly 
the same rates as boys, but make slower progress especially after 
1 7 years of age, and by the time they are 2 1 are usually receiving 
adult wages. The actual age at which adult rates are payable 
varies from trade to trade. 

The dotted lines in the diagram are intended to indicate 
progress towards an average adult wage of 55^. to 605. for men 
and 33^. to 36^. for women. 

The general averages for females agree closely with those 
recorded in the New Survey of London Life and Labour^ Vol. vi, 
pp. 82-4. There earnings in factories, workshops, etc. average 
13^. 6 d. at 14 to 16 years, i 8 s. 6 d. at 16 to 18, 25^'. 6 d. at 18 to 20, 
30^. 6 d. at 20 to 25, and 33^. 6 d. for all ages 20 to 65. It might 
have been expected that London wages would be higher than 
provincial, but the figures here assembled do not support this view. 

TOTAL WAGES IN 1931 

The Popujatibn Censuses of England and Wales and of 
Scotland in 1931 and that of Northern Ireland in 1926, together 
with some subsidiary information, enable us to classify gainfully 
occupied persons as follows : 


United Kingdom, 1931 
(ooo’s) 



Males 

1 Females 

Totals 

Wage-eamers 

Shop-assistants, etc. 

Salaried and employers in Agriculture 
Others 

Workers on own account 

9=035 

606 

215 

2,548 

965 

3.793 
494 : 
20 
1,211 

12,828 

1,100 

235 

3.759 

1,326 

Total 

Unemployed 

13,363 

2,014 

5,879 

575 

19,248 

2,589 

Total 

15,383 

6,454 

21,837 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 69 

In this total is included an estimate of the number of fishermen 
and seamen absent on Census night, and some other slight 
modifications are made which result in a greater number of 
wage-earners and a greater total than in Table III. 

In the present section shop-assistants are distinguished from 
other wage-earners and subsequently from the rest of the 
salaried group, since the various sources of information about 
their earnings do not allow any clear distinction in their case 
between manual operatives and salaried or administrative. 

For weekly earnings we depend primarily on the returns for 
"^Average Earnings in the Principal Industries in Great Britain 
and Northern Ireland’ in the week 1 8 to 24 October 193X5 
summarized in the Ministry of Labour Gazette^ 1933 (pp. 8, 45, 82) . 
These, when supplemented by the periodic returns of coal- 
miners’ earnings, cover the Industrial Groups III-XIV in 
Table VIL Other sources are used for agriculture and railway 
earnings. For domestic servants a small special investigation 
was carried out, which gave sufficient information to allow of 
a fairly reliable estimate. For other occupations we depended 
on known wage rates for particular occupations or for the class 
of labour employed. Allowance was made for the value of 
board, lodging and clothing in the cases where it was relevant. 

In the main group covered by the Ministry of Labour’s 
returns there were in some cases difficulties in judging the 
relative importance of firms employing less than ten persons 
and of larger firms, for which the returns were separately given. 
In all cases there was a little doubt whether the returns, which 
were on a voluntary basis, were closely typical of the whole 
industries. 

The total numbers of male and female wage-earners in 
Table VII are those given above from the Census of 1931 sub- 
divided into XXII groups, with sub-groups. The annual earnings 
were obtained by the application of two assumptions. First 
some reduction must be made from the Census numbers, since 
persons away from work through sickness or other interruptions, 
as well as those temporarily stopped, or changing firom one 
employer to another, would not necessarily record themselves 
as unemployed — a term which they might regard as seeking 
employment. On p. 103 it is shown that there is a perceptible 
deficit, attributable to the category ‘temporarily stopped’, and 
the usual estimate for absence through sickness is about 3 per 
cent. On these grounds the numbers of earners are decreased 



Table VII 

Estimate of Earnings and of Salaries under per annum in 1931 


w crco>-i »-< ^cp M '^cc Oi ^ ^ 

666666 >^6 wmw6w666 '^66 wco66 


o ococ£>to t^o (N f^co Tj-'iocMOfac'fincoooo 
CO CO CO CO CO iT^co jc^to i>* i> r^co r^co cr.co 


o o Loiotniomo o o o mocooococo o o lo-^o 
coco i>- f^co ^ CO CO CO CO Of-'CO co co co co rococo to 


w ox^r^w i-^cocp ipco wcpco^-^co 

6 6 ^ 6 cO^ coco CO CO f-v CO CO 

i-K com 


(NCO to X^ CO 


O O O O O Cl O COmO oooto O ooo o m 

x^ x^ x-v t>.co CO to CO r-. x^ '^to x^ x^ x^ x^ x^ x^co co co x>. 


ootototooco'-'OCNco T^to ooicxcMotm'^ci'st'O 

eiej,-,^.,t-icii^o(ci>-*'-' 0 ('-«oiCNr<MC(Ctor'-<»-«ciCM 


m *-• cr CO Cl to m 


-to o cTticrto •^j^cTJCoci a> 


wto oto m 

<M 


-to Tt- m x^ O) co o mto o moo cn x^ x>. Tj-to 
-«t!}-.-*tococowto *-Mci mco cm 


Th* moo x^ CTico x^ Cl o x^co m Tf- r^co O) o x^ t}^ m '«t* 
too*-* i-wt-Tt'cico^-'m co^-iciM mco*- 


o o o m Cl m ^co m o^cp w w to m co ojto mcp ^ 
w m -^tb oi w r-- w to Kcb to a to K r-tb A}- oi f>tb cotb 

dCIOICIClCMCICIOICICfCMOICMCICICIClOICfClCICO 


*- Cl tJ^CI « x^to *■ 

m ^ 5 }^ CO 


a)mcoci*-'*-cr 5 *-<M>-*'-* mto i> cj> 
*-'^01 o^wtocimcrcfcoci-'ci 
d 01 


O O o ^ d ^cp ^ ^tp (pep pep p p p p ^tp d <pcp 
mi-cb Ahd 6 6 { t^mascooiid coco to cb 

CO mto mmmmmmmmm-^''!h“':t‘''^mmmmm 


co 00 o *- o coto ento mo o »- mx^d d cococod 
cox^d cj^'^oo'- d d com'-sj-o d moo o x^ ^ o Oi x^ *-* 

r^C) wMwco»-d-'TiH M •- d*- 


Ctj 

d o g 

-M O _ . 1- r- 

« 3 f^o a. .5 
•'TJ a M 

o«i2S“|»S 

h g.s 


“ s ■> ■ 
§ 




cs bs y 


.S 3 fc(0o2!S-d-i=J P U 0*55^0^ o is o 

p 3 <OOSp 3 QwWW>SO(£a?:OQ)^OfeQH 


XWQ . ^ 

o „ L ho O' 

^ S .S o 

3 S. 3 'a-ST 3 ’^ « 

0 -s g.i^l-s'g 



^j^cp -^co 0 O ^ p 'ip 
toib o^woocjcoowcbo 

i 

9 

6 

CO 

tooO'-<moot^oo cocic<i^icooi>-oinoco 

O) oir^ 0^ aioococo 1 oco rococo 

77 

, Hn 

oooctoiOiDioooor^tnmio^-^ coco 0 0 10 m ' 
00 CD CO 00 o^co CD lO 0^00 r^t^cc t^co 

CM 

CD 

CD C)Cp -^cp 0 wcp ^cp ^0 p^p^'^cp . pep ocpcp p^cp 

01 M M J>.w CD ID lO CO CO 0 

P 

05 

0 

CM 

- 

irtLOOCOiOOOiOOOOOO’^ '^CD O'-* 1 CM 0 lO lO 0 
l^CD D CD CO CD CD t^CO 

CO 

i>. 

OiOtOCf-'t'OOiOO OOCO lOCO ICOOOIOO 

Ofw(NWt-iCOCO'-*'-*COCICM^-' CM*-* l*~* CMIMCO 

JC- 

CO ^<xi ^ ^cb CO c-cb CO ib Oi «b co c-cb ihcb cb 

CO CD 0^ CM coco '-!f* IT) CM CD CO COCO CD CD CO '!^'00 

tJ* CM CM *-* 

0 

cb 

uo 

cT 

1 

r}*CD CD lO *-• CO »-* CO '^CO CO CO lOCO i i i CO i CO 

Of CO « w Of lO coco CO lO 1 1 1 I-* 1 CM 

% 

CO 

CO p5Cp CMOOO^pcpOppOp5p, , Jp.ppp 
ebebeb cor^f^cbeb 6 w r^b«6cb a>cb j co to 

CfCMCMCMCMCMCfCMCOCOCMCICfOfCOCl' Cl CfCICM 

CM 

CM 

lO Of CO CM ri^CO 0 COCD CDCDCOOlCOOCOf i iCOjCO '« 4 *C 0 
«« wCD||jcX5|*-*^ 

3.793 

9p*:*-^pp5p)c0^ppp9 ^cp cp . p . p p p 

(M r>cb r-cb KbofcbcMiobb ineb cm 6 cMcbcb 

m lO 10 lO 10 toco cDCDioio»OTh'io«o 'm tococo 

CD 

iO 

-f — •i— 

•^co CM oco cnr^co O'/CO lOcicDcicOf 1 ia>{»ot>.ci 

CO COCMCO CjJCfCDCO lO lOCO 0'«3^COCOO CD iOOCO 

lO 

CO 

0 

CO 

XI, Wood, furniture 

XII. Paper 

Stationery 

Printing 

XIII. Building, contracting 

XIV. Rubber 

Other manufactures 

XV. Gas, water, electricity 
XVI. Railway transport J 

Road transport 

Other transport 

XVII. Distribution 

Banking, etc, 

XVIII. Defence' 

Central Government 
Local Government 

Police 

XIX. Teachers 

Nurses 

Professions 

Others 

XX. Entertainments, sport 
XXI. Personal service 

XXII. Other 

Total 


* Employers (farmers) are excluded from the agricultural numbers, 
t Including fishermen^ sailors and soldiers at sea or abroad. 

X Including railway shop and artisans as does the Population Census here and not in Group VI. 

§ In Wages and Income^ pp. 22, 51, 1 13, 45-2^. is taken as the average for 52 weeks, while here it is 49*0.?. to be multiplied by 48 for 
annual earnings. 



72 SOME* CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

by 4 per cent before applying them, to the weekly earnings. 
Secondly, statutory and other customary holidays amount to 
about two weeks per annum, and in 1931 at any rate they were 
paid in few cases, so that 50 weeks’ work is to be attributed to 
the reduced numbers. 

We thus have: Numbers of earners x x 50 ( = 48) x weeks’ 
earnings = annual earnings, so that the actual numeration in the 
table is the multiplication of numbers, weekly earnings and 48, 

This factor 48 is, of course, not to be considered as exact, 
but the error resulting can hardly exceed i per cent for 1931. 
But in the most recent years the factor should perhaps be 
increased to 48 1, or even 49, since payment for holidays has 
become wider spread. 

The whole of the data were treated independently by Mr 
Booker and myself. His first estimate of the total was 3I per cent 
below mine; of this difference {£4.J mn.) mn. was due to 
coal-miners’ earnings, where I found evidence of a higher 
average number of shifts, mn. to his use of minimum rates 
(instead of earnings) in agriculture, £1^ mn. to an allowance 
for deficiency in the returns from small building employers, 
where the earnings were at lower rates than in larger firms, 
and the remaining £14. mn. came from a number of industries, 
and principally from the assumption that small firms were 
insufficiently represented. I have not had the opportunity of 
collating these estimates with him completely, but I think that 
we would agree to at least half of my additions, so that we might 
write the total wage bill at £iy^^o ±10 so far as this 
variation of estimate is concerned. In this paper, however, 
I have taken the higher quantity, 1,340 mn., as the principal 
estimate. 

Apart from this difference of interpretation of the data there 
is the possibility of small errors in every factor and estimate 
involved. These are independent of each other and tend to 
cancel out, and would in that case give a margin of some 
I per cent or less in the total. 

Another consideration is that the earnings returns are for one 
week in October, and may not be applicable as the average of 
the year 1931. Actually changes in wage rates were very small 
during the year, and the fluctuations in employment were not 
such, as to lead us to expect any important difference in the 
relation between earnings and rates, when October is compared 
with the whole year. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 73 

There is, however, the further consideration whether the 
number recorded in the Census as employed in April was equal 
to the average number employed during the year. Among 
insured persons the percentage unemployed was 20*4 in April 
and 21-3 as the average for 1931 (21*9 in October), so that the 
percentage not unemployed was 79*6 in April and 78*7 for the 
year. But the insured population increased by 3 per cent during 
the year, and the number of insured persons employed was very 
nearly the same in April as the average for 1931. In the occu- 
pations outside insurance the relationship may have been 
different, and on the whole it seems best not to adjust the main 
estimate, but to realize that here is a further error of less than 
I per cent. It may be added that various systems of weighting 
the separate returns within the total have been tested, and that 
they give very nearly the same results. 

The White Paper issued by the Financial Secretary to the 
Treasury in April 1941 (‘An Analysis of the Sources of War 
Finance and an Estimate of the National Income and Ex- 
penditure in 1938 and 1940^) estimates wages (including 
payments to armed forces and earnings of shop assistants) at 

1,820 mn. in 1938. It is learnt that ^^54 mn. was attributed 
to shop-assistants, as on p. 81. Other wages {£i^j 66 mn.) were 
computed by taking the numbers employed on the same 
principle as in Table III, p. 58, deducting 3*5 per cent for 
sickness and unpaid holidays, thus following the Ministry of 
Labour’s allowance for loss of time through ‘sickness and other 
forms of unrecorded non-employment apart from recognized 
holidays’. After a trifling allowance for days lost through trade 
disputes had been made, the remainder was multiplied by 
average earnings based on the Ministry of Labour’s enquiry (as 
above) supplemented by other information, and modified by 
minor adjustments. This ^1,766 mn. is 4*4 per cent higher than 
the ;iri,690mn. in Tabk III, which is intended to cover 
precisely the same ground. 

Since the average earnings corresponding to Table III of all 
employed has been shown above to correspond very closely with 
that based on the same data as are used in the White Paper, the 
difference must be sought in estimates of the number occupied 
and the number of weeks worked per annum. While 5 per cent 
is allowed in the White Paper for absence from all causes, so 
that 49*4 weeks at earnings is allotted per annum, the estimate 
in Table III allows 4 weeks’ absence and 48 weeks’ work. This 



74 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

accounts for 2*9 per cent of the difference. The remainder is 
I *5 per cent. Part of this may be due to the increase of payment 
during holidays; if one-third of the wage-earning population 
was paid during one week’s holiday, the addition to the National 
Wage Bill would be o-6 per cent. This reduces the unaccounted 
difference between the estimates to about i per cent. 

Considering that the earlier estimate was built up from the 
data of the year 1931 by index-numbers, while the latter is 
the result of independent work on the 1938 wage returns, the 
agreement is very satisfactory. 

After studying all the factors it seems reasonable to regard the 
estimates of the total as subject to an error of less than 5 per cent. 
It is thought that the figure for 1931 is more likely to be over- 
than under-estimated, while that already given for 1938 is a 
central result. 

Thus the Total National Wage Bill, excluding shop-assistants, 
may be written as between ;^i,28o and ^^15370 mn. in 1931 and 
between ;^i,630 and mn. in 1938. 

SALARIES BELOW THE INCOME-TAX EXEMPTION 
LIMIT 

As in the years 1911 and 1924, a direct investigation was 
made into salaries by questionnaires issued to employers. We 
were successful in obtaining a great deal of information, and at 
least for the purpose of Table VII, which is to obtain the total 
of earned incomes other than wages below the exemption limit 
the returns were sufficient. 

In the computation which leads to the total {fyo mn.) there 
are a very large number of independent estimates of percentages 
and averages, and so fir as these are concerned the majority of 
the entries are unlikely to be more than 10 per cent in error and 
the total should be correct within 5 per cent. But there is some 
doubt about the numbers to which these percentages should 
be applied. The columns .headed 'Numbers All’ include the 
entries in the Population Census under Employers and Managers 
(except in Agriculture), as well as estimates of the numbers of 
non-manual operatives, and it is doubtful how far the returns 
to the questionnaires included the superior group. Also in some 
cases there were included rather arbitrary estimates for quite 
small employers. Taking all these uncertainties into considera- 
tion, we may with some confidence write the total as between 
£80 and ;^ioo mm, keeping 5^90 mn. as the most probable 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 75 

estimate. This margin includes an allowance for the small 
variation of salaries (p. 92) between 1931 and 1938. Since 
salaries were rather lower in 1931 than in 1938 (the year of 
computation), ^^90 mn. may be a little too high. 

Of course we have not in this table the material for computing 
average salaries of all employed, but only the average of the 
lower 17 per cent of the men and the lower 62 per cent of the 
women. Since the men include beginners preponderantly, while 
the women include many who have reached their maximum, 
it is not surprising that the average in these sections is greater 
for women than for men. 

The numbers of those with small salaries are not stated in the 
table, to save space. The last line may be written : 



Under £12^ per 

annum 

Average 

Aggregate of 


Numbers 

salary 

salaries 


(ooo’s) 

{£) 

{£ mil*) 

Males 

448 

73 

33 

Females 

746 

77 

57 

Total 

SHOP-ASSISTANTS 

I5I94 

75 

90 


It will be seen in the sequel that when the aggregate number 
of incomes is to be estimated, it is necessary to know what 
employees are classed as "weekly wage-earners, employed by 
way of Manual Labour’ and are assessed on a half-yearly basis. 
Unfortimately neither the instructions nor the practice are 
clear, as regards employees in shops. Shop-managers, shop- 
walkers, window-dressers, are given as examples of occupations 
"not regarded as manual’, while working dressmakers are 
"regarded as manual’. Counter-hands are not named. The 
covering definition is: """Manual Labour” includes all occu- 
pations which depend mainly on the exercise of physical 
exertion, even though a considerable amount of dexterity and 
training may be involved.’ 

We have found on enquiry that some distributors include 
all shop-assistants in their general return to the income-tax 
authorities, merging them with clerks, etc., while others include 
them in the special return relating to manual labour. 

As a compromise it has been decided jEbr the present purpose 
to assume that the number of shop-assistants receiving less than 
3^^125 per annum^ — ^approximately weekly — ^is equal to the 

number returned as manual labourers, and that the remainder 



76 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

are included among the number assessed on an annual basis for 
income tax. 

We have received reports that cover 125,000 shop-assistants — 
that is, about 12 per cent of the number so classed in the Census 
of 1931 — and the numbers and average salaries of those receiving 
less than £12^ per annum in 1938. 

Salaries of Shop-assistants in 1938 



Males 

Females 

Percentage under 7^125 p.a. 

39 

89 

Average salary : 

Under ^^125 


=^78-3 

or more 

£189 

£162 

AH 

£139 

£87 


It is quite possible that the returns, which came from large 
distributors, do not contain a sufficient proportion of quite low 
rates for young girls, and that the average (about 355-. weekly) 
for all females is too high. I have reduced the average under 
£12^ somewhat arbitrarily by about 10 per cent in the estimates 
that follow. 

Our returns indicate that salary rates were nearly stationary 
from 1924 to 1936, that they rose 2| per cent in 1938 and a 
further i per cent in 1939/ 

From this information we have to deduce the proportions and 
average salaries under £12^ in 1931 and subsequent years, and 
under :^i50 from 1924 to 1930. 

As regards the numbers concerned, we have from the Popu- 
lation Census : 

Salesmen and Shop-assistants 
(ooo’s) 

Males Females 

Great Britain, 1921 352 41 1 

» 1931 51 1 4S4 

Northern Ireland, 1926 ii 9 

The statistics of insured persons under the heading Distri- 
bution’ have a wider content, especially of males, many of 
whom are presumably drivers and porters. 

Insured Persons i Distribution 
(ooo^s) 

Great Britain and 

Northern Ireland Males Females 

1924 808 544 

1931 i>i 37 738 

1939 1^282 814 

I See Mr Campion’s paper, p. 92 below. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 77 

The increase here is much more rapid than that shown by the 
Census. In the sequel I have taken the Census figures with a 
uniform rate of growth from 1924 and 1931, and assumed an 
annual increase of i per cent from 1931 to 1938 and no change 
in 1939, since the Insurance statistics indicate stationariness. 

The change in the income-tax exemptions limit, the movement 
in rates of salary and the correction for the presumed over- 
estimate of women’s salaries affect the proportion and average 
rates below and above the exemption limit. After trying various 
hypotheses I have provisionally adopted the estimates in the 
following table. 

Table VIII A 


Shop-assistants 
Estimates of factors involved 



Limit £150 

Limit £125 

Year 

1924 

1930 

1931 

1936 

1937 

1938 

1939 



Ma 

es 



' 


Total number (ooo’s) 

409 

505 

521 

546 

551 

558 

538 

Below limit: 








Percentage 

50 

50 

42 

42 

39 

39 

39 

Number (ooo’s) 

204 

252 

219 

229 

215 

218 

218 

Average salary {£) 

80 

80 

62 

62 

6i*4 

6i-4 

61-4 

1 


Fern: 

i 

iles 

1 


I 


Total number (ooo’s) 

443 

485 

493 

498 

1 503 

508 

1 50S 

Below limit : 








Percentage 

95 

95 

91 

91 

89 

89 

39 

Number (ooo’s) 

421 

462 

449 

453 

447 

452 

452 

Average salary {£) 

75 

, 75 

72 

72 

70-7 

707 

707 


Between 1924 and 1930 and again between 1931 and 1936 
uniform progression in numbers is assumed. Allowing for the 
change in salaries after 1936 and as the result of some trouble- 
some approximations, the estimates shown in Table VIII B are 
obtained. 

These estimates should be regarded as subject to margin of 
error of ± 10 per cent throughout.^ In particular some modi- 
fication is probably needed to allow for the changing stress of 
unemployment. 

I In Wages and Income^ p. 77, the estimate for shop-assistants was £120 mn, 
in 1924, £100 mn. in 1931^ and 3£’i2omn. in 1936. These figures include 
some distributors who were not shop-assistants; and assumed (in the absence 
of evidence to the contrary) that the movement in salaries and unemploy- 
ment was parallel to that in wage-rates. 



78 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 


Table VIII B 

Shop-assistants^ Nmibers and Aggregate Salaries 
Male and Female 


Year 

Number (ooo’s) 

Aggregate salaries 
(£mn.) 

Add 
rounds- 
men 
wages 
to small 
salaries 
(£ nm.) 

Under 

;£150 

£150 

and 

over 

Total 

Under 

£150 

£150 

and 

over 

Total 

1924 

625 

227 

852 

48 

43 

91 

57 

1925 

640 

235 

875 

50 

44 

94 

59 

1926 

653 

243 

898 

51 

45 

96 

60 

1927 

670 

251 

921 

52 

47 

99 

61 

1928 

684 

260 

944 

53 

48 

lOI 

62 

1929 

699 

268 

967 

54 

50 

104 

^3 

1930 1 

714 

Under 

£125 

276 

£is5 

and over 

990 

55 

Under 

£125 

£125 
and over 

107 

64 

1931 

668 

346 

1,014 

46 

64 

no 

55 

^932 

671 

349 1 

1,020 

4^ 

65 

1 1 1 

55 

1933 

674 

352 1 

1,026 

46 

66 

112 

55 

1934 


355 i 

1 1,032 

46 

67 

”3 

55 

1935 

600 

35S j 

1 1,038 

47 


114 

5^ 

1936 

682 

362 

1 h044 

47 

67 

114 

5^ 

1937 

662 

392 

1 1^054 

45 

73 

118 

54 

1938 

670 

39 ^ 

1,066 

45 

75 

120 

54 

1939 

670 

396 

1,066 

45 

76 

121 

54 


In the table on p. 68 the number classified as shop-assistants 
is I5IOO5OO0; the excess of 86,000 over the number 1,014,000 
in Table VIII A and B is due to the inclusion of ‘Roundsmen 
and Van Salesmen’, whose ‘annual earnings are about mn. 
This sum is added to obtain the last column in VIII B, and is 
used in Table IX, 

INCOME IN THE YEAR 1931 

In consequence of the reduction of the income-tax exemption 
limit for earned income firom ;^i62 to ^{^125 in the year 1931-32, 
a considerable additional number of incomes, estimated at 
1,100,000, were assessed as taxable, though many were not 
taxed owing to additional allowances. The greater part of this 
number was presumably drawn from the ‘Intermediate Class’, 
that is, recipients of earned incomes less than £162 arising firom 
non-manual work. The number in this class was estimated at 
1,990,000 in 1924 (when the exemption limit was ^{^150) with 
an aggregate income of 190 mn. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 79 


United Kingdom^ 1931^ 




! Occupied Persons 

i Aggregate 
i income 
under ^^125 
or manual 
{£ mn.) 

i 

i 

Total 
(oojooo^s) 1 

Under 
;Cl 25 or 
manual 
(OOjOOO’s) 

i £125 and 

1 over non- 
manual 

1 (00,000’s) 

Employers 

1 


1 


Managers 

Salaried 

h 40 

12 

' 28 1 

90 

On own account 

13 

6 18 

' ^ \ 

50 140 

Shop-assistants 

II 

7 

4 

55 

Wage-earners 

128 

128 i 

0 

U340 

Total 

192 

153 

39 

1.535 

Unemployed at Census 





date 

26 


1 

— 

Total 

218 

— 





This table shows i ,800,000 persons in the Intermediate Class 
(if as in 1924* shop-assistants are counted with wage-earners) 
with an aggregate income of ;^i4omn. The average income 
(under £12^) at is to be compared with the ;;^95 (under 
;^i5o) estimated in 1924. 

The number of individuals assessed to tax in 1931-32 was 
estimated by the Income-Tax Commissioners at about 4,900,000 ; 
the exact number is not known, and is less than the number 
separate assessments of income, since many persons are assessed 
under more than one schedule or more than once under one 
schedule. Among the individuals assessed is a considerable 
number who are not occupied and derive their income solely 
from property. A current estimate of this number is 250,000. 
Thus there are presumed to be about 4,650,000 individuals with 
incomes ^^125 or more, partly or wholly derived from gainful 
occupation. This is 750,000 in excess of the number of occupied 
persons (as shown in the table above), whose income from 
occupation is 125 or over. The gap is serious, both as regards 
number and aggregate income. 

One possible way of filling the gap can thus be found: 

{a) Among the wage-earners may be included some, es- 
pecially in Industrial Orders XVII to XX, who are not 
regarded as manual and assessed half-yearly (including here 
some of the shop-assistants with less than ^^125 per annum). 

I The Totals columns in the table and the table on p. 68 are equivalent. 



8o SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

(b) Among the salaries some will have additional income 
from property or supplementary work which bring their incomes 
from under to over £12^, 

{c) Among the salaried there are many married women, 
whose incomes are merged with their husbands’ in assessment, 
and then the couple counts only as an individual. 

{d) There is at present no basis for deciding how many of 
those working on their own account are assessed to tax. 

On the assumptions that these classes account for 750,000 
persons, and that their aggregate earned income is £60 mn. 
(i.e. £80 per head, men or women), the gap is closed. Part of 
this ;;^6o mn. is included in the wage-earners aggregate, part in 
salaried. The Intermediate Class in the Income Total is replaced 
by a ‘'residual class’ that includes those incomes which are not 
assessed to tax or included under wages. The amount to be 
included is £80 mn., viz. the ^^140 mn. in the tables less 
£60 mn. 

Income from property that brings individual incomes above 
;^i25 is already included in the Income-Tax Total. Any earned 
income from occasional or supplementary sources should be 
added, but the amount is not known and can hardly be great 
enough to affect the total perceptibly. 

The estimate for the total of the constituents of national 
income so far considered in 1931-32 is then: 


Assessed to income tax (‘actual income*) £2,065 nm. 
Shop-assistants imder £125 55 ± 5 

Wage-earners i ,340 ± 40 

Residual class 80 ± 20 


Total of these constituents £3,540 ± 50 


The income-tax assessment for Schedules A, B, C is that for 
the year 1931-32, that for D and E for 1932-33, which is 
assessed on the previous year’s earnings. Income from wages 
is excluded from E. 

The margins of uncertainty indicated are in part comple- 
mentary, so that less than their sum is suggested for the total. 
It is possible, however, that on further investigation the 5(^80 mn. 
for the residual class may need to be modified. 

TOTAL NATIONAL INCOME, 1924-38 

There is still a number of relatively small constituents to 
be brought into ac<;ount in any statement of Total Income. In 
Table IX these are included, whether they are definitely 



Preliminary Estimates of National Income 
(£ mn.) 



BNI 


6 


The items printed in italics are specially subject to revision. * Amended from original paper, 

t Under £150 or per annum. 



82 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

ascertained or are the subject of rough estimates, subject to 
considerable revision, if possible, after further investigation. 

The separate lines of the table may be briefly explained ; 

1 . The assessments for Schedules A, B, C for each Fiscal Year, 
such as 1925-26, are taken as applicable to the corresponding 
Calendar Year, 1925. 

2. The assessments for Schedules* D and E are antedated one 
year, so that the assessment for 1926-27 is taken as applicable 
to 1925^ 

3. Owing to the change in the method of assessment of 
profits from a three-year average to one year an addition is 
necessary in 1924. 

4 and 5 have already been explained (pp. 68 seq., 75 seq. above) . 

6. It has been assumed that the 1924 estimate is still valid 
till 1930, and then reduced at the time of the lowering of the 
exemption limit. Since 1931 some variation is assumed in 
parallelism with other entries. 

7. Income from property accruing to persons whose total 
income is under the exemption limit is in some cases assessed 
under Gross Income and subtracted to arrive at Actual Income; 
in other cases there is no record. The whole sum was estimated 
from rough data at ^^77 mn. in 1924, and again at £45 mn. in 
1931, with subsequent adjustments to 1938. In the absence of 
information the estimate for 1924 has been repeated till 1930, 

' and then reduced as in line 6. 

8. Besides the income of Charities, etc., assessed under Gross 
Income and subtracted to obtain Actual Income, it is known 
that a sum (estimated at £12 mn., rising to £1^ mn.) is 
unassessed. This estimate has been included, 

9. It is assumed that interest at is. per annum is payable on 
outstanding certificates less the number purchased in the same 
year, 

10. Pensions here include war pensions to men and de- 
pendents and medical treatment, C 3 ld Age Pensions and the 
Government grant to Contributory Pensions. 

1 1 . Employers' contributions to the National Unemployment 
and Health Funds, which are not included in Actual Income 
under Schedules D and E, are here included, on the assumption 

I The entries for 1938 have been modified in accordance with the figures 
given in the WMte Paper : An Analysis of the Sources of War Finance and an 
Estimate of National Income and Expenditure in 1938 and 1940 (Gmd, 
6261). ' ^ 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 83 

that they are additive to the income of wage-earners which has 
been computed as including only those actually at work. It is 
arguable that the Government’s contribution should be included. 
Or we might take the total amount of benefits less the workers’ 
contributions, in which case we should substitute : 


Benefits less Workers^ Contributions {£mn,) 
(Health and Unemployment) 


1924 

39 

1931 


^925 

41 

1932 

105 

1926 

49 

1933 

78 

1927 

44 

1934 

83 

1928 

49 

1935 

81 

1929 

53 

1936 

80 

1930 

97 




In Table IX, however, the procedure followed in 1924 has 
been adopted. If the new figures were used, there would have 
to be an adjustment under ^transfers’. 

12. This includes an allowance for evasion less over- 
assessment in 1924, which has been dropped in subsequent 
years; an adjustment for income from real property rising 

mn. per annum between the years of re-assessment, when 
it is put at zero; a rough estimate of income accruing to 
Government from property or trading at home, and an addition 
(or subtraction) for excess of overseas Government receipts over 
payments. 

13. This is largely conjectural. 

14. Rough estimates are made of the interest payable to 
foreigners on the National Debt and are subtracted from the 
total interest paid. 

The Total A corresponds to Aggregate Income in the 1924 
study (Bowley and Stamp), while the Total B was termed 
Social Income. The figures here differ from the earlier owing 
to an adjustment in line 3 (using final instead of provisional 
assessments), additions in lines 8 and 9, and a modification and 
addition in line 12. Since probably there is some duplication 
of shop-assistants salaries in 1924 in lines 2 and 4, in the final 
line the total is reduced. 

The official White Paper, referred to above (p. 82 n.) gives an 
estimate of the Net National Income in 1938. The total is 
^^4,415 mn. as compared with ;^4 j 362 mn. in the last line of 
Table IX. By the courtesy of the Central Statistical Office I am 
able to analyse the differences. 


6-2 



84 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

The largest difference is in wages, and is due, as explained 
above (pp. 73-4) , to a larger factor for number of weeks paid for 

in the year in the later estimate. 

In line i it is held that Schedule B is under-stated, for w^ch 
allowance was made in Table IX in line 6, and that Schedule A 
is under-assessed, for which line i2 possibly includes an item. 


Line i 

Lines 2, 3, 4 
Line 5 
Lines 6, 7, 8 
Line 9 
Line ii 
Line 12 

Government net income 
Subtract business losses 

Total 
Subtract : 

Income due to foreigners 
National Debt interest 




Excess 

Defect 


While 

of 

of 

Table IX 

Paper 

Table 

Table 

515 

527 


12 

2,091 



75 

1,691 

1,766 


210 

210 



' 20 

1 1 

9 


37 

0 

37 


18 

1 



0 

50 h 


12 

0 

— 20; 



4.582 

4.635 


53 

35 

35 



185 

185 




Total 


4,362 454^5 


53 


Line 9 is probably estimated in the White Paper with more 
knowledge of the facts; but the possibility of increasing the 
^i I mn. to mn. is admitted. 

For line 1 1 employers’ contributions are regarded as a tax, 
not as anyone’s income, in the White Paper. The treatment of 
this sum is to be decided by considering what definition of 
Income is appropriate for the purpose in hand. 

The treatment of Government Income is again a matter of 

definition. . 

Estimated business losses can be balanced against under- 


3 ,SSCSSIIlCIlt* 

Thus the difference in the totals (i-2 per cent) is partly due 
to definition, partly to different judgments where the data are 
incomplete. 


2. CHANGES IN SALARIES IN GREAT BRITAIN, 
1924 TO 1939^ 

By Joan G. Marley AND H. Campion 

This paper gives a summary of the preliminary results of two 
enquiries made by the Economics Research Section of the 
I Reprinted with slight modifications from the Journal of the Rcyal Statistical 
Sodetj), Part iv, 1940, fay kind permission of the Council. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 85 

University of Manchester relating to changes in salaries in 
Great Britain from 1924 to 1939. The first was a sample enquiry 
of salaries paid in 1938 to 700^000 persons, and was undertaken 
in collaboration with the National Institute of Economic and 
Social Research. The second was the collection by the Economics 
Research Section of details of changes in salary rates made by 
private firms and public bodies between 1924 and 1939. The 
analysis of the results of the two enquiries has been suspended 
because of the war, but it is possible to give here details of 
salaries paid to different classes of salaried persons in 1938 and 
also index-numbers of changes in salary rates from 1924 to 1939. 

A. NUMBER OF SALARIED PERSONS 

For the purposes of both enquiries all persons employed in 
non-manual occupations in private industry and in public 
administration (excluding employers, persons ^on their own 
account’, the armed forces, and persons paid wholly or mainly 
by commission) were taken as salaried persons. This basis of 
classification was chosen to conform with the classifications of 
salaried persons used by the Board of Trade for the Census of 
Production, by the Board of Inland Revenue for assessments 
under Schedule E for income tax and by the Ministry of 
Labour for purposes of unemployment insurance. Thus our 
estimates of the number of salaried persons in Great Britain 
include {a) the technical, administrative and clerical staff — to 
use the description adopted in the Census of Production — 
employed in manufacturing industries, and ( 5 ) other persons 
not in manufacturing industries, who are assessed annually for 
income-tax purposes under Schedule E (excluding weekly wage- 
earners in manual occupations and shop-assistants) or are non- 
manual workers as defined for purposes of unemployment 
insurance. 

No claim can, of course, be made to absolute accuracy in the 
estimates of the numbers of salaried persons used in this paper. 
The line of demarcation between manual and non-manual 
occupations has never been clearly drawn and is less distinct 
than it was. Other investigators might wish to exclude some 
persons whom we have included or to make additions to our 
totals. Their alternative estimates, if shop-assistants are excluded, 
are not, however, likely to differ much from those given in this 
paper. Shop-assistants have been excluded throughout from 
our figures of salaried persons, even though their work may be 



86 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

considered non-manual. Details of earnings of shop-assistants 
and changes in their rates of earnings since 1924 given 
separately in Section D of this paper. 

Salaried persons have been classified into nine categories 
according to the branches of industry in which they were 
engaged. (In each branch of industry there may be persons 
engaged in similar occupations. More than half of the salaried 
class in 1931 were in clerical occupations.) The method of 
arriving at the estimates in Table I was first to separate persons 

Table I 

Estimated Number of Salaried Persons {excluding shop-assistants) 
in Great Britain in 1931 and 1911 


(thousands) 


Branch of industry I, 
in which employed 


1931 



1911 


Total 

Males 

Females 

Total 

Males 

Females 

Total 

2,900 

L775 

L125 

L532 

954 

578 

A. Private Industry 


481 

1 


228 

51 

Manufacturing 

726 

245 

279 

industry and 
agriculture 


281 


178 i 

117 

61 

Distribution 

488 

207 

Finance 

324 

252 

72 



7 

Transport 

159 

130 

29 

38 


2 

Personal service 

122 

50 

72 

49 

18 

3^ 

Professions 

394 

213 

181 

442 

224 

218 

B. Public Administration 





87 

36 

Central Gk)vemment 

210 

1 X33 

77 

I 123 

Local Government 
administration and 
industry 

248 

! 169 

j 

i 

79 

169 

140 

29 

Teachers 

1 229 

I 66 

163 

197 

i 54 

143 


employed in public administration from persons employed in 
private industry. Persons employed by the State and local 
authorities were then divided into salaried oflBcials and wage- 
earnefs, and the salaried officials in turn sub-divided into the 
three categories [a) non-manual civil servants employed by the 
State, {b) administrative and clerical staff employed by local 
authorities and (^) teachers employed by local authorities. 
Salaried persons employed in private industry had to be 
separated on the one hand from wage-earners and from 
employers and workers on their own account* on the other. They 
were then sub-divided into the six categories of {a) technical. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 87 

administrative and clerical staff employed in manufacturing 
industries and agriculture, (b) the salaried staff (excluding shop- 
assistants) of firms engaged in wholesale and retail distribution, 
[c) officials of banks, insurance and finance companies, (i) the 
non-manual workers of railway, road and transport under- 
takings, {e) the salaried staff (excluding domestic servants) of 
individuals, clubs and businesses engaged in providing personal 
services and (/) the professional, clerical and administrative 
staff of all individuals and firms providing professional services. 

In 1931 the number of salaried persons in Great Britain is 
estimated to have been mn. and to have increased further 
to 3*2 mn. in 1938 — one in seven of all occupied persons in the 
country. The number of salaried persons has been increasing 
since before the last war both in total and also relatively as a pro- 
portion of the total occupied population. The number increased 
from 1*5 to 2*9 mn. between 191 1 and 1931, and this represented 
an increase from 8-3 per cent of the total occupied population 
in 1 91 1 to 13*8 per cent in 1931. The increase in the number of 
females employed in non-manual occupations has been greater 
than for males. F emales in salaried occupations were 1 8*0 per cent 
of the total number of occupied females in 1931 . The percentage 
of occupied males in salaried occupations was only 12*0. 

Although the total of all persons occupied in public adminis- 
tration has increased by a greater rate than those occupied in 
private industry since 1911, the number of salaried persons 
employed in private industry has risen more than the number 
of salaried officials of the State and local authorities. There has 
been a marked expansion of non-manual workers in manu- 
facturing industry, distribution, finance and transport. The 
number of salaried persons employed by businesses providing 
professional services has decreased mainly because many in- 
dustrial concerns and public bodies now employ a larger 
number of officials with professional qualifications than they 
did before the last war. The slower rate of increase in salaried 
persons in public administration is, however, partly explained 
by the relatively slow growth in the number of teachers em- 
ployed by local authorities. Civil servants, Local Government 
officials and school-teachers form still t^e three largest homo- 
geneous groups within the salaried class, but in 1931 they were 
less than one-quarter of all salaried persons. 79 per cent of all 
salaried males in 1931 and 72 per cent of all salaried females 
were employed in private industry* 



88 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 
B. EARNINGS OF SALARIED PERSONS IN 1938 

The first enquiry undertaken by the Economic Research 
Section was to collect details of the average earnings of persons 
in each of the nine categories into which we had divided the 
salaried class in 1938. It was possible to obtain information 
directly covering the majority of civil servants and teachers, but 
for the remaining seven categories it was necessary to ask a large 
number of firms and institutions if they would give details of 
salaries paid to their technical, administrative and clerical staff 
in the Calendar Year 1938. They were asked to state: 

{a) The numbers of males 21 and over, males under 21, 
females 21 and over and females under 21, receiving salaries 
classified according to the amounts of salaries they were paid in 
the last financial year. 

{b) The total salaries paid (without deductions for super- 
annuation or for unemployment and health insurance contri- 
butions) in the last financial year to males and females in each 
salary group. 

Table II 

Percentage Distribution of Numbers of Salaried Persons {excluding teachers 
and civil servants) in Great Britain in 1938 according to salaries received 

(percentages) 


Range of 
annual 
salaries 

Weighted 

1 Unweighted 

Total 

Males 

Females 

Total 

Males 

Females 

Total 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

Dp to £40 

2*2 


4-7 

1-5 

1*0 

3-0 

;£40-59 

4*6 

2-9 

9*5 

3-5 

2*4 

6*4 

X60-89 

9’3 

5*7 

19*1 

8*4 


15*8 

* 90-125 

11*4 

5*0 

28*1 

10*8 

5*2 

26*4 

;£■ 1 36-1 62 

10*0 

6*6 

18-3 

9*6 

6*4 

1 8*8 

£163-250 

21*8 

22*9 

i6*2 

22*3 

21*8 

23*6 

Oyer ^£’250 

40*8 

55‘5 

4*1 

43*9 

57*4 

6*1 


Excluding the information obtained for civil servants and 
teachers, returns were received from firms and public bodies which 
employed 308,000 salaried persons and paid ;^8o mn. in salaries 
in 1938. Most of the returns received related to the 12 months 
ending 31 December 1938. The returns covered approximately 
1 1 per cent of the total number of salaried persons (excluding 
civil servants and teachers) in Great Britain in that year. 



.SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 89 
^ Table III 

Percentage Distribution of Numbers of Salaried Persons classified 
by amount of salaries received in 1938 


(percentages) 


Sex and age 
of salaried 
persons 

Range of 
annual 
salaries 

Private industry 

Public ad- 
ministration 

Manu- 

facturing 

industry 

Distri- 

bution 

Finance 

Trans- 

port 

Pro- 

fessions 

Local 

authorities 


Total 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

Males, 21 

Up to £^o 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

0*3 

and over 

£40-59 

0*1 

0*1 

— 

0*1 

— 

0*3 


£60-89 

0*4 

0*8 

0*5 

0*2 

1*2 

0*8 


£90-125 

3-2 

6-5 

2*4 

1*3 


3*J 


£126-162 

9*0 

20*0 

3*7 

5*5 

i8*4 

8*9 


^163-250 

33*1 

30-5 

11*7 

29*5 

34*5 

34*4 


Over :^250 

54-2 

40*2 

81*7 

63-6 

38*5 

52*3 


Total 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

Males, 

Up to £^o 

i6*i 

19*4 

2*8 

15*4 

22*2 

5*8 

under 21 

£40-59 

31-3 

27*2 

10*7 

19*7 

27*8 

21*0 


£60-89 

377 

37-1 

53*3 

24*5 

33*3 

45-6 


£90-125 

12*3 

13-8 

29*9 

39*9 

16*7 

25*2 


£126-162 

1*3 

2*5 

3*4 

— 

— 

2*5 


2163-250 

0*6 


— 

0*5 

— 

0*2 


Over £2^0 

0*7 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1 — 


Total 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

106*0 

Females, 

Up to £4.0 

0*1 

2*0 

— 

— 

1*3 

0*7 

21 and 

£40-59 

0*6 

1*8 

— 

0*3 

— 

1*0 

over 

£60-89 

9*4 

9*0 

2*3 

1*4 

5*3 

3*8 


£90-125 

43*5 

32*6 

1 8*6 

20*3 

21*7 

21*4 


£126-162 

29*3 

27*2 

23*8 

22*0 

29*0 

25*4 


£i6^-2y> 

14*5 

20*0 

45*0 

54*2 

32*2 

35*8 


Over £250 

2*7 

7*5 

10*3 

1*8 

i 

10*5 

11*9 


Total 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

, 100*0 

Females, 

Up to £40 

15*8 

^5*4 

0*7 

5-6 

17*0 

8*0 

under 2 1 

£40-59 

31*9 

26*0 

4*5 

Ifl 

23*4 

21*8 


£60-89 

43*0 

39*3 

42*3 

30-6 

27*7 

48*2 


£90-125 

9*0 

i8*9 

51*5 

52-8 

23*4 

21*3 


2126-162 

0*3 

0*4 

0*9 

— 

8*5 

1 0*7 


£163-250 



0*2 

— 

— 

I 


Over £250 

— 

1 

— 

— 




* The percentages are given in each case to the nearest figure in the decimal. 


The unweighted percentages given in Table II were calcu- 
lated from the totals of all the returns received. Since, however, 
the number of persons covered by the returns was not the same 



go SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

proportion for each class of salaried persons^ the percentages for 
each category were combined by weighting the number of 
persons in each category. The percentage distribution of salaries 
as weighted in this way is not very different from the un- 
weighted distribution. Table III does, however, show some 
noticeable differences in the ranges of salaries paid in different 
branches of industry. 

The details of salaries paid to teachers and to civil servants 
were not received in a form which allowed them to be incor- 
porated in Tables II or III. 85 per cent of male school-teachers 
employed by local authorities received salaries in 1938 of more 
than £250 a year, 13 J per cent received between ^200 and 
£ 2 ^ 0 , and 1 1 per cent less than £ 200 , Corresponding per- 
centages for female teachers were 54! per cent more than :;^250, 
30 per cent between £200 and ^{^250, 15I per cent less than 
£ 200 . The inclusion of both these classes in Table II would have 
raised substantially the number of males and females in the 
higher salary groups. Although detailed figures are not available,, 
it may be estimated that about 30 per cent of salaried male 
civil servants received salaries of more than ^^250 a year in 1938, 
60 per cent between £ 12 ^ and ^^250, and 10 per cent less than 
^£'125. For females in non-manual occupations in Government 
employment the corresponding figures were about 8 per cent 
more than ^^250, 50 per cent between ;^i25 and ;^250 arid 
' 42 per cent less than ;^i25- 

a CHANGES IN RATES OF SALARIES, 1924-39 

The second enquiry was undertaken to see how far rates of 
salaries had changed between 1924 and 1939 and to provide the 
informatiorr needed for compiling an index-number of changes 
in salary rates. All the firms, institutions and local authorities 
covered by the first enquiry were again approached and most 
of them were kind enough to give information. In addition, 
other firms who had not been asked to assist in the first enquiry 
gave details of changes in their rates of salaries since 1924. 
Altogether information was received covering 550,000 persons 
or 17 per cent of the salaried class in 1938. Details of changes 
in the salary rates of civil servants and of teachers were obtained 
mainly from official sources/ 

I Reports of the Royal Commission on the Civil Service, 1929-31 (Cmd, 
3989) and of the Committee on National Expenditure (Cmd. 3920). 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 9! 

Employers were asked to give details not of special increases 
or decreases made in salaries of individuals, but only of general 
changes in salary rates which affected all or sections of their 
salaried staffs. Since, however, many small firms employ only 
a few salaried persons and since even large firms may have no 
organized scale of salaries, any index-number of changes in 
salary rates is necessarily less trustworthy than an index-number 
of changes in wage rates. 

For the returns received, the changes in salary rates for each 
firm were calculated from 1924 to 1939, expressed as percentages 
of salary fates paid at December 1924. The percentage changes 
in rates for different firms were then combined by weighting by 
the salary bills of the firms in 1938. Separate index-numbers 
were thus obtained of the changes in salaiy rates for each cate- 
gory of salaried persons and they are shown in Appendix I; 
the general index-numbers were reached by weighting the 
percentages for each category by the estimated total salaries paid 
to all persons in each category in 1938. 

D. EARNINGS OF SHOP-ASSISTANTS 

In 1931 the number of shop-assistants in Great Britain was 
975,000, of whom slightly more than half were males; the 

Table IV 


Percentage Distribution of Numbers of Shop-assistants in Great 
Britain according to earnings received in 1938 

(percentages^ 


Range of 
earnings 

Total 

Males ! 

1 Females 

21 and 
over 

Under 

21 

21 and 
over 

Under 

21 

Total 

1 00-0 

1 00-0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

Up to £4.0 

1 0*4 

0*1 

31-4 

0*3 

21*9 

^0-59 

12*6 

0*1 ; 

31-7 

0*9 

36-0 

£60-89 

17*9 

0*3 1 

24*1 

29*5 

37*4 


1 8*3 

5*8 ! 

11*0 

55'5 

4*5 

£126-162 

' 12*2 

?3'7 1 

1*6 

10*2 

0*1 

- £163-250 

25‘4 

62*1 i 

0*1 


— 

Over £250 

3*3 

8*0 j 

— 

0*6 

— 


number is estimated to have increased to at least 1,050,000 
in 1938. It was decided to collect figures of the earnings of this 
important group of operatives and of changes in their rates of 
earnings since 1924 at the same time as the two enquiries 



92 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

described above, since figures for shop-assistants were not 
collected for the wage enquiries of the Ministry of Labour. The 
returns received covered 125,000 shop-assistants who were paid 
£141 mn. in 1938. 

E. A GENERAL INDEX OF RATES OF WAGES AND 
SALARIES 

The information given in this paper gives the opportunity for ' 
the first time of compiling a general index-number of changes 
in rates of wages and salaries for Great Britain since 1924. 

Table V 

Index-numbers of Changes in Rates of Wages and Salaries in 
Great Britain 


(percentages) 



I 

Total 

Wage rates 
(excluding 
shop- 
assistants) 

Wage rates 
of shop- 
1 assistants 

Salary 

rates 

1924 

Dec. 

1 

i 1 00-0 

100*0 

100*0 

100*0 

1925 

Dec. 

100*4 

100*6 

100*0 

100*0 

1926 

Dec, 

100*7 

101*2 

100*0 

99*7 

1927 

Dec. 

100*3 

100*5 

100*0 i 

99-8 

1928 

Dec. 

99-5 

99*4 

100*0 

99-6 


Dec. 

1 99*1 

98*8 

100*0 

99*7 

1930 

Dec. 

98-5 

98-2 

100*0 1 

99*0 

1931 

June 

97-4 

97*1 

100*0 1 

98-2 


Dec. 

96-2 

96*5 

99-7 

95-6 

^932 

June 

95-4 

95*4 

99-7 

95-4 


Dec. 

94-9 

94*6 

99-7 

95-5 

1933 

June 

94-5 

94*0 

99-7 

95-6 


Dec. 

94-6 

94*0 

99-7 

95-8 

1934 

June 

94-7 

94*0 

99-7 

96-0 


Dec. 

95-1 

94*3 

99-7 

96-8 

1935 

Dec. 

96-3 

95*7 : 

99-7 

97-6 

1936 

Dec. 

98-1 

98*1 

100-3 

98-1 

1937 

Dec. 

ior*7 

103*1 

102-8 

98-7 

1938 

Dec. 

102*9 

104*7 

102-8 1 

98-9 

1939 

June 

103*5 

105*5 

103-7 

99-0 


Professor Bowley has prepared index-numbers of wage rates from 
2924, and it was possible to combine his figures with the index- 
numbers of changes of salaries and of rates of wages of shop- 
assistants given in this paper to obtain a general index. The 
three constituent series of the general index were combined by 
weighting according to the estimated totals of wages and of 
salaries paid in 1938. The general index of rates of wages and 
salaries given in Table V thus covers all occupied persons, 



APPENDIX I 

Index-numbers of Changes in Rates of Salaries in Great Britain^ i9^4""39 


o 

Cj 

c; 

H 


9000999999000000C000 

ooooobbbbbbbbbinbbbcc 

oooooooooicno^CDaiaiooooco 


V 


9 9 9^ 9 9^ ^ T* CO m o ^ cq c ". o 

6 6 cb c^cb cb f>* io ih ih »ot6 r^cb cb cb cb Oi 
o o CDooG^o^ocr)<T><j>a)cr5a>o^cr>cr>cr5Cic> 


O ^ 


o o 


tH w.i-< C( COOOCOCOCOCOW CM CM (M CM CM 


OOOOOOCOCOCOCMOOOOOO'-'CMCMOICMCM 

o o o^c^cno^a^C)G)a5cr5c:oai<3^05cr)c3^CT><7vcr: 


• S 

S-2 


99999999?^'!^1^T^T^T^'^'^‘^‘^^® 
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 cdo cb cb cb cb cb cb 6 6 6 6 6 
OOOOOOOOCDOCJ^O^CDCJ^CT^jOOOOC 


^ <0 

o s 

" ^ 

o 1) 


9P999999)ai9>990999oo9o 
666 6 666cbcbt6666666666 6 
ooooooooa^cj^oooooooooo 


pH 


0 

1 


999 99'7^'7‘IP^'7<'7*'7''7' ^ C) 9 « w 

6 6 6 o o 6 6 <j^o^cTiGiC^o^c^c^b)Oib 6 6 
O O O O O O O OCJ)C?^OC>OO^CD0500 o o 


§ 

fl 

s 


O 9 95 Ip PP9 9 ppppp y<9> w Ci 
6 6 6^ 6 6 6 ^^<6 ioihioCoioCnCoib^^iiniuo 
o o cno o o cr^o^coG 50 C 7 )o^cooiC)cncr>cy;cri 


•Sg 

■§ 


000 
6 6 6 
000 


o M 9 9 9 9 T* ^ 

6 6 6 6 6cbcbcbcb « a 

O O O O O C 7 ^ 0 )Cf)<J) 0 >CDC 7 )C )00 C O 


S-< CO 

J.S 


c 3 

■M 

o 

H 


O O CTi CDCO C 9 pO^pM o >;^ 99 P pt^O p p 

6 6 6 ^ 6 ^ 6 > 05 a^cb ih io io ib ibcb cb Kcb 066 
O O CT)C7^0Cr)C750^0)OCy5CnO)C3:iG)CTiO^C7iO o 


o O t^co CD 9 - 9 9 CO pCD Cp OCpcD 9 9^P9 
6 6 6 ) 6 ) 6 ^ 6 > 6 )cb b in b b bcb cb Kcb cb cb 65 
o o cy)CDCT)C3C7>cricr)C?)cr><7)C?)C3>cy5C50c7ic?)<7i 


. . . •(») ‘CD *CJ 

ooooSodOrtOri 

§A §/^ 


V V <U V (0 V V 


9 s 




lOCD r^co o « 

CM CM W (M CM CM COCO 
C75C)d<JiO^C75005 


CM 

CO 


toco r^co os 

CO 

CO 


coco CO CO CO 

Oi 

0 

ch 

CO CO 05 C3^ CO 

M 



M w 1-1 



94 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

excluding employers, persons working 'on their own account’, 
commercial travellers or persons working mainly on commission 
and members of the armed forces. 

F. CONCLUSIONS 

The preliminary results obtained from the two enquiries 
described in this paper may be conveniently summarized : 

(a) The salaried class has been growing during the last 
30 years. In 1938 one out of every seven occupied persons in 
Great Britain was engaged in non-manual occupations. 

(b) About 55-I per cent of males and 4 per cent of females 
in salaried occupations (excluding teachers and civil servants) 
received salaries more than £250 a year. 15 per cent of the 
males and 61 1 per cent of the females in salaried occupations 
received less than £125 a, year. Total salaries paid amounted 
to between one-sixth and one-fifth of the total personal incomes 
in Great Britain in 1938. 

(c) Rates of salaries did not fall so much as rates of wages 

in the depression of 1929-33. Since salaries of important groups 
of non-manual workers changed between 1924 and 1939 ac- 
cording to the movements of the Ministry of Labour Cost of 
Living index-number, there was a greater decline in the salary 
rates between 1924 and 1928 and a slower recovery in salaiy 
rates than in wage rates between 1934 and 1939. ' 

NOTE BY A. L. BOWLEY 

Since Mr Campion’s Paper and my Address are part of the 
same larger investigation and to some extent cover the same 
ground, it will be convenient to readers to have their relation to 
each other explained. While Mr Campion is solely concerned 
with salaries, I was concerned on' the one hand with the whole 
of 'Intermediate’ or 'Residual’ Income, but on the other only 
with that part of the salary aggregate which was below the 
exemption limit. 

Consequently the statistics in my Table VII do not correspond 
very closely with any given by Mr Campion and Miss Marley. 
The range of mine is somewhat greater, because some estimates 
were included for industrial groups for which there were no 
returns in the questionnaires, and in some cases (other than 
agriculture) there were small additions to the aggregate income 
under ^^125 for small employers. But the main difference is that 
Mr Bpoker (whose detailed work I incorporated) took, as the 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 95 

totals to which the computed percentages were applied, the 
entries in the Population Census that included employers, while 
Mr Campion’s totals excluded them. Thus the total number of 
salaried males in April 1931 is given by him as 1,775,000 for 
Great Britain (p. 86), while in Table VII (which includes 
Northern Ireland) the total of employers, managers and non- 
manual operatives for the same industrial groups is 2,430,000, 
of whom 1,578,000 are operatives and 852,000 employers or 
managers. For females, on the other hand, Mr Campion’s total 
is 1,125,000 for Great Britain, while in Table VII the corre- 
sponding total is 1,046,000 for the United Kingdom, including 
136,000 employers and managers. These discrepancies are due 
to some differences of definition and to some doubt about the 
interpretation of the questionnaire on the part of those who 
filled it up. 

In the industrial groups included in both estimates, Mr Cam- 
pion’s total for salaries below 25 p.a. would be about mn., 
while mine for all occupied non-manually (except persons 
working on their own account) is mn., of which £2 mn. is 
attributable to Northern Ireland. So that the final discrepancy 
in the aggregate of these incomes is relatively small. 

,3. INCOME FROM AGRICULTURE 

Estimates of Income from Agriculture come from two sources. 
First we have Income Tax Reports, which should include the 
income of landowners, farmers and others gaining their living 
from the land, and estimates of wages from general and special 
wage statistics. Secondly, the Ministry of Agriculture gives 
annuaFstatistics of the Gross Value of Agricultural Produce. In 
connection with the 1924 Census of Production an estimate was 
also made of Net Value, but in other years special and hazardous 
computations must be made to estimate the cost of feeding stuffs, 
fertihzers, etc. bought from manufacturers or imported. 

The latter method gives the higher estimate, and since there 
are reasons for holding that farmers’ income is understated in 
the Income Tax Reports, it is to be preferred, with allowance 
of a considerable margin for doubtful items. 

I. ESTIMATES FROM INCOME STATISTICS 

From the income side, we have the figures published in the 
Inland Revenue Reports, under Schedule A and B, but these 



96 ‘ SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

do not give us exactly what we want. Incomes derived from 
the ownership of land are assessed under Schedule A. Farmers’ 
incomes can be assessed under either Schedule B or D, but, 
since very few farmers keep accounts, most of them are assessed 
under Schedule B, where the tax is based not on actual income 
but on the annual value of the land. These figures are necessarily 
approximate, and the total of farmers’ incomes, shown under 
Schedule B, is almost certainly an under-estimate. For although 
it includes the incomes of some people (e.g. innkeepers) 
occupying land but not primarily engaged in agriculture,^ it 
excludes agricultural incomes assessed under Schedule D, and 
incomes of managers assessed under Schedule E (neither of 
these being separately shown), as well as any subsidiary incomes 
which agricultural households may obtain, e.g.' from retail 
distribution or from paying guests, though the last is probably a 
small item. The fact that most farmers prefer to be assessed under 
Schedule B also suggests that the figure is an under-estimate. 

From the figures of Gross Income^ under Schedules A and B, 
we have to subtract Repairs and Other Reductions and Dis- 
charges, in order to arrive at Net Income, 

Employment figures are based on the Population Censuses 
(Industry tables) showing the number of operatives employed 
in agriculture in 1931 (Great Britain) and 1926 and 1937 
(Northern Ireland) ; for other years they are interpolated. 

For the course of wages we have monthly statistics of the 
minimum rates of ordinary labourers ordained for each county. 
Average earnings are greater than the average of these minimum 
rates owing to additional payments for special work, overtime, 
piece-work and other factors, and fairly accurate estimates are 
available for these from time to time. The aggregates of annual 
earnings are probably not subject to an error greater than mn. 

The totals so obtained for 1931 are: 

Schedule A mn. 

B 40 

Wages 64 

Total £i^q 

I That the number of such people may be considerable is illustrated by the 
fact that, in 1931, the number of agricultural holdings in Great Britain of 
more than one acre is stated (in Agricultural Statistic^ as 468,000, a figure 
considerably in excess of the 365,000 recorded in the Census of that year as 
employers, managers and workers on their own account engaged in agri- 
culture. But the total incomes derived from the occupation of land of these 
people is not likely to be, very large. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 97 

To this we must add a small sum for farmers assessed under 
Schedule D, about mn. for non-manual salaries^ and mn. 
or more for the net income of firms which undertake tractor, 
ploughing and reaping; the numbers thus employed are in- 
cluded under Agriculture in the Census of Population, but the 
value of their services is not included in the Census of Pro- 
duction. We thus arrive at £1^^ to :£'i50 mn. for the income 
arising from Agriculture in 1 93 1 , and similarly ;^i 40 to 1 50 mn. 
in 1938. 


II. ESTIMATES FROM PRODUCTION STATISTICS 

For 1938 Mr M. G, Kendall [Journal of the Royal Statistical 
Society^ ^94^) estimates the Income and Expenditure of Great 
Britain and Ireland treated as one ‘National Farm’, ‘inter-farm 
transactions such as the transfer of livestock or sales of crops 
grown for animal feeding on farms being ignored’. 


Estimated Income and Expenditure Account of the National Farm 
{United Kingdom) 

(Average 1937-39) 


Income 


Expenditure 

£mn. 

Sales of products 

— 

Labour 

^5 

Livestock and livestock 

200 

Rent and mortgage pay- 

33 

products 

Farm crops 

84 

ments 

Feeding stuffs ^ 

65 

Miscellaneous (seeds for 

I 

Fertilizers and seeds 

9 

export, etc.) 


Taxes, rates, etc. 

Interest on loans, etc. 
Miscellaneous expenses 
(machinery, etc.) 
Balance 

4 

285 

7 

20 

82 

285 ■ 


For the purpose of computing Net Output as in the Census 
of Production we must ignore the expenditure on feeding stujSs, 
fertilis^ers and seeds. The miscellaneous expenses are as regards 
about £10 mn. for repairs, replacements, etc. and may reason- 
ably be subtracted on the same ground that allowances are 
made in the Income Tax Returns and in most treatments of the 
Census of Production statistics. The remaining ;;^io mn. may 
be regarded as out payments tractor and other companies, 
of which 3^5 mn. may be taken as thedr net income. 

BNI 


7 



98 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

The balance in the table is the farmers’ income. We therefore 
have as a very rough approximation; 

Rents, interests ;^40 mn. 

Taxes, rates 4 

Farmers’ income 82 

Subsidiary income 5 

Labour 65 

Total £196 mn. 

Part of taxes, rates, etc. are necessary payments for drainage, 
etc,, but on the whole this small item is somebody’s income, 
though not evidently agricultural. 

The production estimate thus exceeds the income estimate by 
about ;^50 mn. 

In The National Income^ 1924 (Bowley and Stamp), p. 25, the 
relation of Schedule B to farmers’ income was analysed, by 
considering the numbers of holdings of different sizes in relation 
to apparent income. As a working hypothesis it was taken ^that 
farmers with holdings of 100 acres or more were assessed as 
having incomes over £150’. By comparison of the number of 
farmers in the Population Census and the number of holdings, 
it was deduced that holdings of under 10 acres were equal to 
land occupied by non-farmers. Then there were left 260,000 
holdings of from 10 to 100 acres not accounted for. 'The 
average holding in this group is about 36 acres and a house, and 
if we assume that the income from this group is ;^ioo (per 
holding), the whole contribution to Intermediate Income is 
;^26 millions.’ 

There is no need to make any additional entry in the table 
on p. 8i. For these smaU farmers are included in the 'Residual 
Class which contains all earners not accounted for in lines i to 5. 

Table A shows the sequence of figures for the estimate from 
Incomes. Table B gives details of the estimates of those classes 
of expenditure which are deductive on the Census of Production 
method. Also the estimated value of Gross Output is entered 
year by year and hence the Net Output.^ This Net Output is 
divisible among landlords, farmers, agricultural wage-earners 
and others, and for repairs, etc. as discussed above. Mr Kendall, 
however, estimates £74 mn. for feeding stuffs, etc. in 1938, 
whereas in the table the estimate is ;^82 mn. The difference is 
mainly due to an allowance for transport and selling costs. 

I For 1924 and 1930 the Net Output is very nearly the same as those given 
some time ago in connection with the Census of Production, small holdings 
and forestry excluded. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 99 

These estimates are not easily reconcilable with each other, 
and there remains a considerable margin in the total which 
should be attributed to income as tabulated in Table IX (p. 8i) 
from the agricultural community as a whole. The following 
table, which contains rough and uncertain estimates, shows the 
nature of the problem rather than giving definite results : 

Constituents of Agricultural Income • 

(;^ooo,ooo’s) 


Rents, tithes and mortgage interest 

1924 

38 

1930 

38 

1938 

31 

Farmers’ income: 

Schedule B 

41 

41 ‘ 

42 

Addition 

26 

26 

26 

Schedules D and E : 

Interest on loans 

7 

7 

7 

Salaries 

2 

2 

2 

Tractor, etc. companies 

5 

5 

5 

Wages 

67 

67 

62 

Total income 

186 

184 

175 

Feeding stuffs, fertilizers, etc. 

85 

58 

82 

Balance 

24 

i8 

28 

Gross output 

295 

260 

285 


The line termed Balance is obtained by subtraction. Its main 
element is the upkeep of buildings, tools and machinery, fences, 
etc. The figure for 1938 is higher than Mr KendalFs estimate 
and there is no evident reason, except a general lowness of 
prices, why it should be so much lower in 1930. 

NOTES ON TABLE B 

Home-produced feeding stuffs are estimated for 1924 and 1930 
from Census of Production. For other years we assume that 
the proportion of their cost to total gross output can be linearly 
interpolated and that the same proportion holds from 1930 
onwards. Imported feeding stuffs include the following items 
from Trade Returns: maize, maize products, oats, oat products 
(other sorts), cereal by-products, oil-seed cake and meal. 
Expenditure on fertilizers is roughly estimated from value of 
imports and home production (available for Census years), the 
figures being increased by 1 5 per cent for distribution costs and 
reduced by value of exports. 

Gross Output figures: 

I. England and Wales. 1924/25 and 1930 j$i from Agricul- 
tural Censuses (Cmd, 4605, p. 39) ; 1931/32 to 1937/38, estimate 

7-2 



United Kingdom 





SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME lOI 

by Ministry of Agriculture published in. Agricultural Statistics, 1938, 
Part i; 1925/26 to 1929/30 = Ministiy of Agriculture estimates 
+ 3-3 per cent for each year since original estimates for Census 
years were deficient by this amount, on average, compared with 
final estimates; 1923/24 by linear interpolation of Census 
figures for 1908 and 1925. 

2. Scotland. 1924/25, 1930/31, 1935/36 from Censuses. 
Other years after 1930/31, estimates of Department of Agriculture 
for Scotland. For years between 1924/25 and 1930/31 by linear 
interpolation of the proportion of output of Scotland to rest of 
Great Britain. 1923/24, same proportion assumed as in 1924/25. 

3. Northern Ireland. 1925/26 firom Census. Other years 
from official figures, increased by 3 per cent for fruit and 
vegetables (1926/27 to 1928/29, 1930/31, 1932/33, 1935/36); 
estimated for remaining years by interpolating the proportions 
of Northern Ireland output to that*of England and Wales. 

An Index of Agricultural Production (quantity) is given on 
p. 194 below. 


4. NUMBERS OF EARNERS 

The only complete statistics of the numbers of earners and other 
occupied persons are to be found in the Census of Population 
(Great Britain 1931, Northern Ireland 1926). The Unemploy- 
ment Insurance Scheme covered about 75 per cent of the earners 
before its extension to Agriculture and some smaller groups. 
The Censuses of Production include only about half of the 
employed population. National Health Insurance accounts for 
over 80 per cent of the occupied population. When the differences 
of definition and scope are analysed, it is found that these four 
sets of statistics are broadly consistent with each other. 

The Census of Population of 1931 shows in considerable 
detail the numbers, ages and sex of persons occupied in the 
aggregate and in each of a great number of industries. A dis- 
tinction is drawn between employers, managers, persons working 
on their own account, and the main body of salaried and wage- 
earners. Also the number who stated that they were out of 
work is recorded. 

The Unemployment Insurance Scheme in 1931 excluded 
non-manual employees earning more than £250 per annum, 
all persons under 16 or over 65 years, and agriculture and 
domestic service. Also employees in the service of Railways, 



102 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

Public Utility Works and Government (Central or Local) were 
excluded when they were provided for under other schemes. 

In Table A the statistics of the Population Census and the 
Insurance Scheme are compared. For each industry the Census 
figures are adjusted as in the .following example: 

Males^ Cotton Industry 
(ooo’s) 


Enumerated in Great Britain 217 

Northern Ireland o 

217 

Subtract : 

Employers, managers and persons 
working on own account 6 

Those under 16 and over 65 15 

— 21 

Hence insurable 196 


Such figures are shown in the A columns of the table. 

In the B columns are given the numbers insured in April 
1 93 1 5 estimated by interpolation from those recorded in July 
1930 and July 1931. 

For the comparison of A and B the Census figures are grouped 
as closely as possible in the same industrial groups as those listed 
monthly in the Ministry of Labour Gazette. There is always 
difficulty in sub-classification of the great metals group, which 
includes all branches of engineering, motors, ships, metal pro- 
duction and a great variety of trades working mainly in metals. 

In the Industries down to the first sub-total the agreement 
between columns A and B is fairly close. A should run higher 
than B because it includes persons with salaries over 3^^250. It 
also probably includes under Food and Wood (furniture) a 
number who are both makers and dealers, and are classified 
under Commerce for insurance purposes. 

In the latter entries, insured transport workers exclude a great 
number insured under the special railway schemes. In Govern- 
ment Employment, Commerce, Professions and Entertainments 
a considerable proportion of the men and some of the women 
have salaries over ^250. 

In the second part of Table A the numbers stated at the 
Census to be out of work (D) are compared with insured 
persons wholly unemployed (E) and those ' temporarily stopped ^ 
(F), that is, persons who expect to return to their occupation 
in a short time when there is work, and meanwhile do not 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 103 

seek other employment; coal-mining and the textile industries 
account for a large proportion of this group. It is generally the 
case among the males that the numbers under D are greater 
than those under E, but do not exceed them by as much as 
those under F. Thus it appears that men who were temporarily 
stopped did not in many cases regard themselves as out of work 
on Census day. The reason for the excess of E over D among 
females is not evident; probably many married women who had 
not worked at their occupation for some time registered at the 
Labour Exchanges in the hope of benefit but recorded them- 
selves as engaged in household duties at the Census. Other 
differences are explicable on the same grounds as in the first 
part of the table. It should be added that sick persons are not 
counted as unemployed for insurance purposes, and that 
columns D should be discounted, possibly up to 4 per cent of 
columns A, to allow for illness or accident as a cause of being 
out of work, before comparison is made with columns E and F.^ 

In Tables B the statistics of employment shown in the Censuses 
of Production are compared with the relevant insurance returns. 
The classification of industries is expanded a little in succeeding 
years. In B i, Earth products includes mining products, cement, 
bricks, earthenware and glass; Metals, vehicles include all 
metal production, engineering and metal industries; Food, etc. 
includes drink and tobacco. In each table Wood includes 
furniture, and Gas, etc. includes electricity and water. In B 2, 
Engineering includes electrical cables. Building includes public 
works contracting, etc. In general the classification follows the 
lines of the Insurance statistics in the Ministry of Labour Gazette. 

In the Censuses of Production, Manual or Operatives exclude 
employees (clerks, etc.) in the administrative offices; but these 
are included tmder The first two columns relate to firms 
employing more than ten persons; to the second are added 
estimates for employees in small firms on the assumption that 
the division by sex is the same in them as in larger firms in each 
industrial group. 

For the Insurance figures the average number unemployed 
in the year (taking March, June, September and December in 
1924 and every month in 1930 and 1935) is subtracted from the 
number insured in July. In 1930 and 1935 the subtraction is 
done in two steps, first taking off those wholly unemployed and 

I It is, of course, only a coincidence that for males the grand totals of 
B and F together very nearly equals that of A. 



United Kingdom, Census of Population 1931, and Unemployment huurance Statistics 

(ooo’s) 




O O O O) •-* 




o o o m 




O'>C0 

^ CO ^ 


<LO »->cjD Tht^m'^co o CO o 
cxi CM in ci CM *-• 


o c corh 


OCO O) CO w 

O CM or 


o 

CO 

CO 


m CM »-» CO 

(*4 0) ^ 


^ ^CO cnn. CO 
iilj CO CM CM 


O - 

5 •-< CM *-« CM CM 


CO 

CO 


in 

o 


m 

CO 


00 i-i o or o or ' 
or I-* CO ►*< 


O CO ►x ^oo w 


or CM »nco *-< ino^*^ or loinmor 

'^•-•CO CMOM CO 

CM 


o CO mco ^ «n 
m*- CO coco*' 


OMCO CTiorco o 

*- CM a>cM 


CO Of CO Oioo CO o o o ’^co coto or om o « 
PQ inm^co rcico'ThCMoror^cMCO coro CD m 

^ CO ^ CO 


. <0 CO coco CM un r-- Of coco r^co cocf*-''«^hOoMcof> 
:; mmoco coinco*^ofcor'*orco coco cnr^ *-• 

_ MCO'-'COri^HH 


^ CD mco coco 0)0 orco o of'^^coco *-< 00 Ojcd m 
pq o m moo O'^om coo*-' '^hooco oco co o oco 

Q M )-• «CD CM CMCO '-‘Cf^^cr 


. ocD cf ocD CO I- CO M a)C 50 mmcr>T^>~* coocoo 
^ CO o m mco cm *-* c^cmcdocc '^erco oi*-' cr i>o cmco cm 
^ o*-* *-..-icococfr^*-' Of cfOf Of cm*-*G)Cm 


o 

O) 


CO 



193 



o o o 


CO O) O 01 01 CO 

CO 


«« 0= I S 





HOP^ 


III1 

tfi ^1 

^ ^ iM w 

pi Q pa csi 







I 08 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

Table B 3 

Employees: Census of Production and Insured, 1935 


(ooo’s) 



Males and Females 

Operative All + Small 
firms 

Insured less 
unemployed 
Wholly All 

Coai-mming* 

745 

762 

764 

761 

698 

Other mining* 

73 

78 

86 

88 

83 

Mining products 

48 

55 

55 

47 

p 

Bricks 

86 

91 

94 

91 

89 

Pottery 

63 

68 

69 

66 

58 

Glass 

41 

46 

. 48 

42 

40 

Chemicals 

H 3 

194 

206 

197 

X95 

Metals, products, 
vehicles 

I >5 16 

1,766 

1,916 

1.899 

1,832 

Textiles 

989 

L055 

1,069 

1,065 

979 

Leather 

45 

51 

5S 

65 

63 

Clothing 

483 

536 

644 

561 

536 

Food 

299 

377 

477 

360 

354 

Drink 

79 

lOI 

113 

99 

9B 

Tobacco 

36 

43 

43 

39 

39 

Wood* 

149 

167 

236 

205 

201 

Paper, printing* 

329 

401 

434 

196 

392 

388 

Miscellaneous 

155 

183 

136 

966 

Building* 

399 

434 

703 

974 

Gas, etc.* 

198 

252 

259 

181 

180 

Total 

5.876 

6,660 

7.470 

7.278 

6,986 

Transport 

204 

217 

217 

• — 

— 

Local Authorities 

199 

212 

216 

— 

— 

Government De- 
. partments 

9 ^ 

102 

102 

— 


Grand Total 

; 6,370 

7.191 

8,005 

— 

— 


* Statistics mainly from Preliminary Reports. 


then also those temporarily stopped; some of the latter may be 
counted as employed in the Census of Production account. 

For the comparison the Census of Production should be dis- 
counted, especially for men, for those whose salaries are over* 
£ 2 ^ 0 , and alsA the numbers in small firms should be reduced 
to exclude working managers. On the other side the insured 
should be discounted by about 4 per cent for sickness, raised in 
each year by about 4 per cent for boys and girls under 16 years, 
and raised also .by 4 per dent in 1930 and 1935 for employees over 
€5 years who were not insurable after 1927. With these possible 
adjustments the numbers in most cases have the expected 
relations to each other, hut there is some difficulty in engineering, 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME IO9 

building and gas, etc. The Census of Production gives figures 
(see p. 125) for the production by Central and Local Authorities, 
and by Railway Companies. The last named includes locomotive 
and other engineering and construction work, which for in- 
surance purposes may be under engineering, vehicles, con- 
tracting or transport.^ The Central Government also includes 
shipbuilding and other industries. Since Local Governments 
undertake directly or indirectly a lot of work that might be 
insured under building and contracting, the number insured in 
this category exceeds that in private firms. We cannot separate 
in the Insurance figures Government employees who are doing 
administrative work from those engaged in production, though 
probably the latter form only a small proportion. It is also 
possible that persons engaged in gas, electricity or water works 
are included under Local Government for insurance purposes. 

Outworkers, whose status in insurance is doubtful, are ex- 
cluded firom these tables. They numbered 42,000 in 1924, 31,000 
in 1930, and 26,000 in 1935. The bulk of them were in textile 
and clothing industries. 

‘ A summary comparison between the Censuses of Production 
and the Insurance statistics may be given as follows: 


Census of Production 
(ooo^s) 


1924 

Large and small 
firms operative, 
administrative 
and outworkers 

8,055 

Operatives 
in large 
firms only 

65670 

Insured (over 16) 
at work in July 
in Census of Pro- 
duction industries 

7,360 

1929 

— 

6,420 

7,520 

1930 

7.950 


X93I 

— 

— 

6,480 

2934 

— 

— 

7,040 

2935 

8,030 

6,370 

7,170 


In the last column the figures have been raised in the later 
years to allow for persons over 65 years, and it is assumed that 
the number absent through illness is balanced by uninsured 
boys and girls. - They exclude Fishing, Transport, Distribu- 

I In March 1930 the Railway Companies employed 657,000 persons; of 
the men 96,000 were office staff or supervisory, 62,000 on permanent way, 

132.000 shop and artisan, 310,000 in trajSic or other departments, and 

33.000 in ancillary businesses'. There were also 24,000 women. In 1935 the 
total number of employees was 581,000. 



no SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

tion. Commerce, Government, Professional and Personal and 
Miscellaneous Services^. 

The Censuses of Production do not relate exactly to the 
Calendar years (Chapter in), and in view of the changes in. un- 
employment in 1929-31, 1934-35 additional figures are given 
for those years. 

It will be seen that the figures in the last column are in each 
year very near the average of the two previous columns, so that 
we may conclude that the relationship between the Census and 
the Insurance accounts has, in the aggregate, changed very little 
in the eleven years. 

The National Health Insurance Scheme includes all persons 
who come under the Unemployment Insurance Scheme, to- 
gether with domestic service and agriculture. Besides this main 
body there is a number who, though their income is over ^^250, 
join the scheme voluntarily, and some other small groups. 
From the gross total of women we have to exclude women who 
have retired from occupation on marriage, but are still insured, 
when we are making comparative estimates of the number of 
persons occupied. There are thus several definitions and corre- 
sponding totals which we can use, and it would need a close 
study of the Insurance Acts and their administration before we 
could be confident that our definition covered the same classes 
over a period of years, and to make explicit the differences 
between the insured population and the whole occupied 
population. 

In Table G are set out for males and females separately the 
changes from 1924 to 1938 (i) in the estimated number occupied 
based on the Population Census of 1931 and carried backward 
and forward on the assumption that the proportion of occupied 
to all in each age-group had not varied significantly from year 
to year (see p. 56) ; (ii) in the numbers entitled to benefit under 
the National Health Insinrance Acts, excluding unoccupied 
married women, and showing separately the numbers under 
65 years; (iii) in the numbers insured against unemployment 
and the numbers not recorded as unemployed. 

The statistics relating to males are fairly consistent in the 
three records. The first two columns are closely parallel till 1935 
or 1936, allowance being made for slight differences in date (the 

I The totals here differ from those in Table B, since here only July im* 
employment records are used and allowance is made for persons over 65 
years* 



United Kingdom. Index-Numhers of Occupations 


Females 

Employment 

insurance 

16-65 

Employed 

) 

He* 

0 COO ojowcotr) oscoicio osto h. 

j Insured 

Ht<N 

0 CO loco Ci m fcO to >ooo co m 

222222n!iI«M'^‘^^‘^*^ 

! 

Health 

insurance 

lO 

1 

0 ■^CO COO»-' 0 t'-^OO'-< 
2222*^111111'"'’^'^'^’^'^'^*^ 

All ages 

HnHn HC'i 

0 01 10 CO io<£> ^ to io(X> CO 

Population 
Census 
all ages 

r^N Hoi »-4 NiH«HiN 

00«'-<'-'Crojcrc(C('-*0(COCOTj^ 
00000000222222® 

Males 

Employment 

insurance 

16-65 

Employed 

hJn h(c< h|« HN 

0 cnco to coco « -^00 co 0 0 

Oa^CJOGGOO^O^O^OO^CIi-i 

l-l 

Insured 

i-ijei H<Ni H« »-4n 

0 <-• CO CO CO ^ Of co-si^tnt^o oi 

0000000*-'^^J^*Hv-(N2 

Health 

insurance 

0 

(HjiM i-ifeji>H|DJ»-i|N Hc« 

0 »-• Thco toco CO ajooowr^oci 

00000000j;;^^j;|^|-jwwa 

All ages 

H|«r^r-4SiHe»r-t» h|CM 

0 to lO i^co coco CO 0 '^^<0 CD 

222222222222liIIi!ir^ 

Population 
Census 
all ages 

0 0( CO toco t^O>0>CD*-H CM CO^ 

00000000000'-«‘^‘-***^ 

Year 

'^toco i^co 05 0 cf CO into t^co 

Cf « d d d d cococococococococo 

05CD05CDCr>CDCD05CJ505050)05CDCD 



112 


SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

Insurance figures are for December, the Census for mid-year) 
The third and fourth columns, that relate to the numbers of 
males affed i6 to 65 insured for health and unemployment 
respectively, show nearly similar movements throughout, except 
that the latter increase more rapidly m the years 1930 35. But 
after 1935 there is so rapid an increase m the number insured 
in both schemes, that it cannot be explained 
change in scope or admimstration. It imphes a drift from 
uninsured to insured groups, of the order of 100,000 per annum. 
Possible sources are a reduction in salaries which brought more 
men under the £ 2^0 fimit, and a transfer from persons worfang 
on their own account to the position of empl^ees. There is, 
however, a difficulty, when one compares the Census wth the 
Insurance figures, that the former include earners under 1 6 years, 
whose numbers have varied greatly in reflection of the va^ng 
number of births from 1908 to 1924. and it would be a tedious 
process to make the series strictly comparable, and the correction 
for the number of juniors would be quite small. 

As regards the females the differences between the statistics 
of the two insurance schemes are of a minor character and can 
be no doubt sufficiently explained by close analysis of their 
contents. The Unemployment Insurance are the more sate- 
factory and it will be sufficient to examme their relation to the 
Census figures. In more detail we have. 

Females, Numbers employed as indicated by the Population Census 
(ooo’s) (percentage) 


Ages 

1924 

1931 

1938 

14 “ 

1,880 

1,840 

1=790 

21 “ 

3.920 

4,020 

4^090 

RK- 

340 

410 

460 

65 “ 

130 

160 

190 

Total 

6,270 

6,430 

6=530 

21-55 

4,260 

4=430 

4=.550 


1924 

100 

100 

100 

100 


1931 

98 

102 

120 

125 


1938 

95 

104 

135 

145 


lOO 

100 


102 ^ 

104 


104 

107 


Females. Insured for Unemployment 


EHstribution and transport 
Cominerce 
Govermnent 
Professions, etc. 

Hotels, laundries _ 

Together 

Industry _ 

Total . 


1924 

561 

37 

50 

281 


998 

2,033 


(ooo’s) 


(percentage) 


1931 

1938 

1924 


1938 

773 

855 

100 

140 

150 

75 

93 

100 

200 

250 

44 

112 

100 

90 

225 

89 

168 

100 

130 

250 

366 

446 

100 

130 

160 

1=347 

1=674 

100 

135 

168 

2,236 

2,313 

100 

no 

I 14 


3,031 3>583 3=987 100 1 18 132 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME II3 

The Insurance figures need adjustment to eliminate persons 
over 65 in 1924 and certain new classes of personal service newly 
insured in 1938; when this is done the percentages of the total 
become 117 in 1931 and 125 in 1938. 

The main cause of the discrepancy is thus to be found in 
services, as contrasted with industry, especially in distribution 
(shops, etc.) and hotel and restaurant service. In the fourteen 
years the insured population gained on the Census estimate by 
nearly 700,000 persons. But in 1924 less than one-half of the 
occupied women were insured, and it is not impossible that 
50,000 per annum who would have been working on their own 
account (e.g. as dressmakers), or only partly employed, or in 
domestic service or other uninsured occupations, may have 
turned (or rather their successors may have turned) to insured 
occupations. Also women who have in fact given up paid 
occupation may continue to register as unemployed insured. 

But we cannot ignore the possibility that larger proportions 
of women at various ages were occupied in 1938 than in 1924, 
and in computing the wage bill we should keep as a margin the 
earnings of an addition of about 60,000 persons per annum, or 
over the 14 years an addition of about £^o mn. 

XOTE ON THE DISTRIBUTION OF INCOMES 
AMONG PERSONS 

The purpose of this note is to examine the statistics that relate 
to distribution, and the conclusion is unfortunately that no 
trustworthy results can be obtained. The problem contains three 
parts : 

A. Income assessed for income-tax purposes. 

B. Income, other than wages, below the income-tax ex- 
emption limit. 

C. Wages. 

The only complete oflScial estimate relates to 1918-19 and is 
given in the Report of the Inland' Revenue Commissioners for 
1919-20. Since many of the incomes included were the averages 
of three or more earlier years during which time there were 
very rapid changes, its utihty was never great, and in any case is 
completely out of date. 

A. In recent years the only statements relating to distribution 
of income are of the numbers and incomes of those assessed to 
surtax. When, as was the case till 1920^ the tax payable was 

8 


BNI 



II4 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

regulated by a system of abatements for incomes under £^oo, 
the data were sufficient for estimating the numbers of incomes 
all up the scale by the use of Pareto’s Law, though there were 
some abnormalities which were not readily explicable. Now 
(apart from the surtax figures) we have only estimates of the 
total number of payers of tax and total "actual income’, with 
separation of those assessed half-yearly (wage-earners) from 
others. In these numbers the income of a .wife is merged with 
that of her husband. 

B. The number and amount of small salaries are discussed 
above (pp. 88, 89) . While there is some information about the 
distribution of these amounts, there is none about the distribution 
of other small incomes or profits. Also, since the salaried may 
have other sources of income, and husband’s and wife’s salaries 
are merged, the numbers under this heading overlap into A. 

G. There has been no general account of the distribution of 
wages or earnings by their amounts since the Wage Census of 
1906. Local estimates, such as that of London in London Life and 
Labour y 1934, VoL vi, pp. 78 seq., cannot be generalized; they can 
only be used as indicating the probable algebraic or graphical 
shape of the distribution' about the average. 

There is a mass of data about rates of pay for different 
occupations, and also of average earnings in industries which 
include a multitude of occupations, but there are no means of 
relating them to each other. Attempts to build up a table by 
applying wage rates to the numbers in occupations, as given in 
the Census of Population, break down because the Census does 
not give sufficient detail for this purpose. For example, apart 
from division by age, sex and district, all "hewers and getters’ 
in coal-mines are merged together, all "dippers and glazers’ in 
pottery, aU cotton weavers, and so on. These include a variety 
of occupations; where there is payment by piece there is great 
variety in earnings and even on time rates uniformity is far from 
complete. We can therefore draw only very broad conclusions 
by this method, and in particular we cannot tell what proportion 
of workers pass the income-tax exemption limit^ and thus 
overlap with A. 

An additional path of research is found in Insurance figures, 
since besides all manual workers, all salaried persons (over 16 

I The numbers available of persons receiving more than the exemption limit 
of 1 25 exclude a considerable proportion of the very numerous married men 
for whom the exemption limit was ;^^225 (in 1936-38). 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME II5 

and under 65 years old) whose income does not exceed ^^250 
per annum are included. The total, less wage-earners, should 
then give the number of salaried with incomes under ;^250, and 
this can be checked against the special study of salaries. But 
little reliance can be placed on this figure, since it is the 
difference between two large numbers, that arise from different 
sources with many slight variations in detail, and the difference 
is only some 10 per cent of the total. Thus an unknown but 
possibly large proportion of the difference may be due to variety 
of definition. In any case, when we come to weld this number 
with those based on A and C, we have again the difficulty that 
incomes in A include those from property as well as earnings, 
and merge husband’s and wife’s income. Also A includes 
incomes derived solely from property. 

For these reasons no attempt is made to re-work in detail 
Mr Colin Clark’s estimates.^ They depend on bold hypotheses 
whose adequacy can only be partially checked, and for the 
reasons discussed above it is impossible that the picture can 
have anything approaching the accuracy suggested by the neat 
tables given to decimals of percentages. Work over the same 
ground shows that, when the uncertainties are allowed for, the 
picture is so blurred as to be only suggestive of broad results. 

ESTIMATES BY PARETO^S LAW 

Pareto’s so-called Law of Income Distribution can be written 

f where N is the number of incomes over £xy and A and a are 
constants. The total amount of income over £x is then 
x^-'^,Aaj{a- 1 ) and the average income above x is xaj{a-i). 

The number of incomes between Xi and X2 is A {xi'^^ — = X 

and their aggregate is A aj{a'-i) = T. 

Hence if we know X and Y we can eliminate A and deter- 
mine a. 

It has been found that Pareto’s formula fits the British super- 
tax statistics in many years except that there is some deficiency 
in the highest incomes; but for the year .1931-32* with which 
we are here concerned, the deficiency is found for incomes above 
^10,000 or £i%ooo. 

It is reasonable to suppose that the formula which covers 
incomes from ^1^^2,000 (the lower limit of super-tax) to 3^10,000 

I fiational Income and Outlay, v, 


8 ^ 



Il6 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

can be used for the upper part of the range below £2^000. To 
project it downwards all the way to £250 is known by ex« 
perience^ to be very hazardous, but since it is the only kind of 
hypothesis available it is worth examining whether the results 
are consistent with what is known of the total number of 
incomes and the number under £250. 

In the equations given above, with = 2,000 and X2 = 10,000 
we know from the super-tax statistics that 

Z== 87,028, 7=320,192,000 {£). 

Solution by approximation gives a = i *50. In order to show 
how the numbers are affected by varying fl, the results are given 
also for a= 1*55. 


Incomes Estimated from Super-tax Statistics^ 1931-32 


Income 

Actual 


1*50 


1*55 

range 

Number 

Amount 

Number 

Amount 

Number 

Amount 

£ 

250-2,000 
2,000-10,000 
10,000 or more 

87,028 

7^059 

1 1 

2,066,400 

87,041 

8,549 

£inn. 

i >346 

318 

256 

2,183,000 

86,831 

7»8 o 9 

£ mn. 
1,142 

331 

220 


Here it is seen that the actual numbers above £10^000 are 
much lower than those computed. Between £2^000 and £ 1 0,000, 


Income range 
£ 

Number of incomes 

Actual 

a=i’50 

2,000-2,500 

25.572 

27,180 

2,500-3,000 

16,577 

16,370 

3,000-4,000 

18,746 

18,250 

4,000-5,000 

10,149 

9,620 

5,000-6,000 

6,123 

5,770 

6,000-7,000 

■ 3.865 

3,800 

7,000-8,000 

2,655 

2,660 

8,000-10,000 ■ 

3.341 

3.391 

10,000-15,000 

3,709 

3^787 

15,000-20,000 

1,364 

1,738 

20,000-25,000 

701 

861 

25,000-30,000 

375 

518 

30,000-40,000 

3 % 

• 576 

40,000-50,000 

184 

305 

50,000-75,000 

189 

348 

75,000-100,000 

57 

149 

100,000 or more 

97 

167 


I ‘The British super-tax’, Qmrterly Journal of Economics^ ^9145 PP* 255 seq. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME II7 

= I *50 fits the data wellj except that there is an excess below 
^2,500, possibly due to a leakage of incomes liable just above 
the lower limit. 

Our hypothesis thus gives : 


£ 2 ^o-£ 2 ,ooo 

Number 

2,066,400 

Computed 

Income 
{£ nin.) 

1,346 

£2,000 or more 

94,087 

Actual 

469 

Total £2^0 or more 

2,160,500 


1,815 


With ^ = 1*55 the corresponding totals are 2,277,000 and 
;^i, 620 mn. These incomes on the one hand include a number 
arising solely from property, and on the other do not count 
separately incomes of occupied wives of occupied men. Balancing 
these, our hypothesis gives in round numbers 2,000,000 incomes 
of occupied persons with £ 2^0 or more per annum. 

The number of incomes from occupations below £ 2^0 may 
be roughly estimated thus: 

Great Britain^ 1931 
(ooo’s) 


Aged 16-65. Insured for health 

15,800 

Over 65 

500 

Under 16 

800 


17,100 

Add for Northern Ireland 

400 

U.K. salaried and wage-earners 

17,500 

Workers on own account 

900 


18,400 


The Insurance figures include those unemployed at the Census 
date. Assembling these figures we have: 

Number of Incomes from Occupation 

Under £2^0 18,400,000 

,^250 or more 2,000,000 

20,400,000 

The actual number computed from the Census of Population 
is 21,800,000, and considering all the hazards of the estimate 
this difference of 7 per cent is not surprising. 

But if we proceed in the opposite direction and subtract the 
number, 18,400,000, of lower incomes from the total 21,800,000, 
we find 3,400,000 above £ 2 ^ 0 , which is very different from the 
2,000,000 found by extrapolation by Pareto’s formula. 



Il8 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

In these circumstances there is nothing to be gained by 
endeavouring to classify incomes (below £ 2 :,ooo) according to 
their amount^ and a good deal to be lost by publishing with 
spurious accuracy statistics based largely on guess-work. 

In the higher ranges of income, say over per annum, it 
is not unreasonable to regard the income recipients as forming 
a fairly homogeneous group of responsible adults, most of whom 
have dependants with no incomes. But the analysis now rejected 
as insufficient relates to such a heterogeneous population as to 
have little meaning when applied to all the 20,000,000 separate 
incomes. How heterogeneous the group is may be judged from 
the following example: 


England and Wales ^ 1931 
Persons occupied 
(ooo’s) 


Ages 

Males 

Females 

Single or 
widowed 

Married 

Single 

Married or 
widowed 

Under 2 1 

1.989 

^5 

1,667 


21 to 25 

1,102 

. 224 

858 

83 

25 or over 

I 2,239 

7,678 

1.795 

1,188 

Total 

5.330 

7.917 

4,320 

1,285 


Total: Males t3?247 

Females 55605 

All 18,852 

There seems to be no utility in merging in one group the wages 
of a girl of 14 years and the income of a married man with 
dependants. 

The method used by Sir John Orr,^ of estimating the numbers 
of families in a graduation where the income is divided by the 
number of persons in a family, has a definite purpose and 
meaning, and the statistics he gives (pp. 59-60) in round 
numbers are probably broadly correct. But they are suggestive 
rather than factual, for the Census (on a sample from which 
he depended) does not for the reasons given above permit of 
anything but rough guesses at income for a large proportion of 
tlte families. When the estimate was re-worked on a new sample, 
unpublished tables show that a quite considerable margin must 
be allowed for the proportions in each group. 

I Food^ Hecdih and Income^ 1936, Appendix V. 





SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME II9 

If such an analysis is intended to show the relation of incomes 
to needs^ a more refined method than that of assuming that 
needs are the same for every individual is wanted. Necessary 
expense for a. young child is less than that for an adult working 
man. Re-working of the analysis on the basis of assigning 
relative needs by age and sex^ and treating a family as consisting 
of so many equivalent male adults, modified the table very 
significantly, reducing the proportions in apparent poverty or 
insufficiency, and while establishing more definitely the existence 
in 1931 and probably in 1937 of at least a considerable, number 
whose incomes were on any modern standard insufficient, 
showed also that the proportion whose income was adequate for 
health, if spent with reasonable prudence, was greater than that 
suggested (but not definitely affirmed) by Sir John Orr’s analysis. 

NOTE ON THE VALUATION OF STOCKS 
AND PARTLY FINISHED GOODS 

The profits of a company, after allowance for depreciation of . 
plant, may be in part undistributed and used as a reserye, or 
employed in increasing the physical capital or stocks of goods. 
Undistributed profits are normally included in aggregate in- 
come, and for consistency they should be adjusted for any change 
in the values of stocks of materials or of partly finished products. 
When prices of materials are changing at all rapidly, there is an 
ambiguity, which may be important, in the value to be attri- 
buted to them. 

In the table on p. 81, in the amounts included under Schedule 
D of the Income Tax (and also in Chapter in on the Census of 
Production Returns), a manufacturer is entitled to reckon stocks 
either at their cost price or at the change in their value from the 
beginning to the end of the year. Since he will probably take the 
lower of tlie two estimates, in times of changing prices the resulting 
income is lower than it should be, on some definitions of income 
and higher on others. Since importance has been attached to this 
inconsistency by Mr Colin Clark, ^ Mr Kuznets^ and others, it 
is well to define and examine the problem. 

Write pQ , Pi for the prices per unit of a materistl in stock at the 
beginning and at' the end of a year, and qi for the quantities. 
The analysis is easily adjusted to the usual case when there is 
more than onq^kind of material. 

I National Income and Outlay^ 1937. s See ref. in Addendum p. 53 above. 



120 SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 

The most straightforward method is to write 

^o?o 

for the addition to (or subtraction from) income during the year 
due to the change in the value of stocks. 

To estimate the difference between X and the income-tax 
method some assumptions are necessary. Suppose that purchases 
and production are distributed uniformly through the year. 
Write q for the amount of material used in a year, sq = q^ for the 
initial stock, and bq for the amount purchased. Then 

q^=.q{s + b-l). 

Assume that the materials are used m years after they are 
purchased, where m is a fraction (| if the interval is 4 months). 
Assume that prices change uniformly during the year and that 

P\ +0- 

Then the increase (or decrease) in the value at cost price is 
Y = [sqp '^ -f bq{pQ + ^rp^) -qp^{i ^rl2-mr)']- sqp '^ , 
where pQ is the average price of the original stock. 

Here the second term in the square bracket relates to the 
purchases at their average cost and the third term to the con- 
sumption at its average cost at the time of purchase. 

Clark I takes as the objective, by arbitrary definition, the 
net increase in value of stocks reckoned at current prices, which 
he interprets as 

Z=p{qi-qa), 

where p is the average price in the year, =/?q(i -f r/2. 

The differences between these reckonings may be written 

X-Y^{s + \{b-i)-m}r,qp^, 

X—Z—{s-\-\lb — i)} T.qp^y 

Y —X—mr,qp^, 

Thus Mr Clark virtually assumes that 

The magnitude of the differences may be judged by the 
following illustrative table. In it the multiple of a year’s con- 
sumption in stock at the beginning, is taken as from i to 
the interval between purchase and use, as J or and the 
multiple of a year’s consumption that is purchased in the year, 
as from I to i|. 

The values are ^ven, as percentages of the value of a year’s 
consumption at the initial price, in the cases a price rise of 

i Loc* cii. p. 293 . Mr Kuznets takes the same definition. 



SOME CONSTITUENTS OF THE NATIONAL INCOME 121 

10 % and of a fall of lo %. Since each column’s entries contain 
r as a factor^ the signs are reversed in the right-hand part of the 
table. 10 % is an unusually rapid change. The effect of other 
percentages can be obtained proportionately. 

Percentage of annual consumption^ valued at initial price 


Prices rising io% p.a. Prices falling io% p.a. 





t ' 

A 

r 



s 

m 

b 

X-Y 

z-z 

x-y 




i 

? 

4 

- 1-25* 

+ 1-25 

+ I-25t 

-1*25 

( d ) 



I 

0 

4- 2-5 

0 

-2*5 





+ I-25t 

-^3*75 

- I •25* 

-3-75 



X 

■4 

¥ 

+ I-25t 

+ 3-75 

-1-25* 

-3’75 




I 

+ a-5t 

-f-5'O 

-2-5* 

-5*0 




i-i 

+ 3-75t 

+ 6-25 

-3-75* 

-6-25 



X 

1 

-1-25* 

+ 3-75 

+ f25t 

-375 

( d ) 



I 

0 

+ 5-0 

0 

-5-0 





+ I-25t 

+ 6-25 

- 1-25» 

-6-25 


i 


i 

+ I-25t 

+ 6-25 

- 1-25* 

-6-25 




I 

+ 2-5f 

+ 7-5 

-2-5* 

-7-5 





+ 3-75t 

+ 8-75 

-375* 

-8-75 



X preferred, f Y preferred by manufacturers - 
{d) Conclusions differ from Mr Clark’s. 


When X is greater than F, we may expect the manufacturer to 
prefer F, and vice versa. The preferences are marked with * or f • 
Mr Clark reaches a different conclusion, viz. that with rising 
prices Z is preferred, being less than X, and that with falling 
prices X is preferred. In our notation this is equivalent to taking 
s>\[i—b)^ which may normally be expected, and m = o. But 
if m is not zero, the condition is — m > |( i — &) , and Mr Clark’s 
conclusion is negatived in the lines marked [d). 

There is no sufficient information to make a general and 
accurate estimate of the proportion that the value of the stock 
bears to the profit of manufacture. But on any reasonable 
assumption it would need a very rapid movement of prices to 
make the adjustment from F to X have a significant effect on the 
estimates of National Income given in this chapter — ^significant, 
that is, when the margin of imcertainty of the total is already 
considerable. The years that might be affected in our period are 
1926, 1930, 1931, 1937 and 1938. 

In Cmd. 6347, Table I (see p. 53 above) the, quantity Z-X 
is added to the earlier estimate to correct Schedule D. This 
quantity is evaluated at 135 mn. (See Economical 1941 Maizel, 
1942 Bama and 1943 Bowley.) 



Chapter III 

THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

This chapter is divided into four Parts. The first deals with the 
statistics of Output and Employment, published in the Census 
Reports for 1924, 1930 and 1935. The second examines the 
relation between these Census results and total National Income. 
In the third Quantities, Prices and Efficiency in the Census 
years are considered. In the fourth an Index of Production for 
each year 1924 to 1938 is compiled. Details relating to the 
chapter are to be found in Appendices, pp. 157-79 below. 

Since there have been changes in classification and contents 
in the successive Census publications (see App. i, p. 157) and 
unofficial writers have made adjustments^ for their own require- 
ments, some of the figures quoted in the tables of this chapter 
appear to show discrepancies. Within each table comparability 
has been preserved. 

1 . THE CENSUS RESUETS 

The Censuses cover Mining and Manufacture, Building and 
Contracting, including engineering production by Railway 
Companies, work undertaken by Local Authorities, and pro- 
duction for Defence Services and other Government Depart- 
ments. Agriculture is excluded. Transport of materials from the 
mines, ports or other factories to manufacturers is included in 
Gross Output, but is subtracted with the cost of materials to 
obtain Net Output. Transport to consumers is excluded.^ 

Gross Output is the aggregate selling value of goods as they 
leave the mines, factories, or their employees if they undertake 
delivery. Net Output is obtained by subtracting from Gross 
Output the value of materials, partly finished goods, coal, etc. 
These materials (if not imported) are already included in the 
returns of other factories or mines, or are to be accounted for 
in agriculture. Net Output is sometimes termed "the value 
added by manufacture’. This value is the total for the firms of 
rents, royalties, interests, rates, salaries, wages, advertisement, 
allowances for depreciations, and profits, including undistributed 
profits. These are all constituents of national income, fexcept 
that depreciation and rates may be subtracted or treated" 
differently under different definitions. 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 12$ 

Government Production includes no profits, except possibly 
those from some services rendered by Local Authorities. 

In the accompanying tables the values stated exclude pay- 
ments to the Government in the form of excise or customs, since 
they do not become personal income, but they include subsidies, 
since these are divisible among the owners or employees. In 
the table on pp. 166-7 inaterial is assembled which makes it 
possible to treat these sums so as to correspond with other 
purposes or definitions. 

The Censuses of 1930 and '1935 were confined to firms 
employing more than ten persons. In the table the figures for 
1924 have been made comparable by excluding any such firms 
as were covered at that date. But in each Census material is 
available by which estimates can be made for the output of and 
employment in these small firms.^ The details are discussed 
below (pp. 174-9), while the results are included in the 
accompanying table. This table deals only with large industrial 
groups, the contents of which are shown on pp. 157-161. The 
order and arrangement of groups is that adopted in the Census 
publications with some additional sub-divisions. 

The numbers employed include here all manual workers (or 
operatives) and salaried persons (or administratiye). 

The results may be summarized thus: 


i 

Value 

£am. 

' Number 

Value 

Percentage changes 

i 

1 employed 
, (ooo’s) ' 

per head 
£ 

Value 

Number 

employed 

! Value 
per head 

^924 
mo ; 
2935 1 

1,668 

1,640 

1.759 

1 8,036 

1 7.952 
: 8,019 

208 
! 206 

; 219 

j 100 

1 9^*3 

I m'5 

100 

99^ 
99’S I 

100 

99 

106 


How these figures are affected by the change of prices is dis- 
cussed in Part III (p. 136 seq.). 

The Table B, p. 126, indicates the relative importance of 
each group in the total of industrial production. There 
have been significant relative increases in Building, Timber, 
Chemicals, the Metal Groups, Food, Paper, and Group XVIII, 
and decreases in Coal-mining, Textiles. The remaining groups 
show little variation. 

I Since there is special uncertainty about the numbers in small building 
firms, a margin of error is assigned to Group HI. 




Table A 

Census of Production, Net Output and Numbers Employed in 1924, 1930, 1935 


! S i 

I o ■ 

i'l I 

I ^ ' 


— « rM^-Ao:imt^crj»-'inc7)Oc£><jicocfcoiooor'» iTiCO to '^co •-< co w 

ss b loco CiO cocns>- r^co ^ co or coco m m uoco iioc£> 

Q X I 0» 05 r>» t^X 05 '-«»^ 0 [i! 0 «j 0 i 0 ^*-^ 0 j^*-‘*^*^c^^c^ 


3 * 7 ^ 

O I 


CD O 
or Of *-« 


tc Cl uox X *-• CO in '-' 01 CM ■C5X CM o CD -^co cm «n 05 -^x x i>- ^ ^ 

tnx r>. <->-**-< X X XX x-^o 


&c 2 
s S »') 


r' Cl Cl r^x XX cxx ^05^ 05'D tn x o or oi ^ moo cd hm xx 

05 X'D X X !>• Of i>*X !>• I> 05 CD 05 XX l>-0 *-• CMXX m'*!ihTi^mr^05X 

•-•C 5 r^ cDXX^*^*-‘'^’ 7 ^mo 5 O»-'*--'-''-< 0 fOO 


01 mcD 

xcD'^ 05^^ xw !M cf ^Mcp mco Of o ^mg 5 CDCD m 

b X « r'^b CD b5cb X xx cf ^ m f^cb cf m 6 6 ** ' ’ ^ ^ ~ 

*-* X Cl *-1 CD 05 o 05 csr ^ ci cm x w mx 

CfH**^ OCfX i-CMCMOl Cf'-<^-< 

^ « b 

05 


Cf ^ 050X 

h-. « *-. 050 05 


il" 

MtS 


X X CM »-« mx 
b b 6 


} 


w mcD 

^Cp « >;;<CDCpCp Xm XN 

X X ^ mx m X mob oixwcocrcf*- ^ •^xcir^ 

^ ^ ^ CfCMM 

cp o X 

b 

Of X m 


0 4 
taD S 


r^cp p5Cp X xw a ocp p5^t^^m^o x« m psop ^ mx or i>. or o 
g5cb bcbx m'^b5b„.m«xcb «xcb b b5mxb5M b 6 mcb ^ 


Of X -^x l>x C75 <05 * 


CDX'st^Cf Of CM Of Tf'm*-' 
Of 01 Of 


’’fo m-^o m’liio m-'i^^o m'lj^o m-^o m^o m^fo m'^o m-^o m 

Of XXOI XXOI XXCf XXOI XXOf XXCf XXOf XXOf XXOf XX 
0505<05C5(05 05 a5050)<050505'0505C0505C?5a5<0505C05C35C3505050505050505 


a 

3 

s 

iso 


3 

"S 

3 


ho 

3 


flj 

O 

cr 

no 

3 

3 

05 

§ 


<u 

X 


^ o 

wT 

S ^ 

tiO *S 

.Sx Cu 

^:3 ^ 


cct Oi 

Q 




g 


Q 


3 ^ 


X 

a 


. 3 *^ 

•r* TJ 

^’l 
« « 


05 

s . 

05 

§ 


•3 

I 


4 J 

a 


3 

X 

+-» 

o 

a 


X X 



r^ct incor>.o mco i>‘>-' ^o a »-* r^-o et^vOco w cn ! 'o o< a 

CO a ^ r^CO -^COf^HK CO'^i^tOiOCOCO'^e^CDCQ lOtO ■^«0‘^^C5C50 . COiO>^ 

<-'CtO<CO'«^ri^ '-'•-‘•-'•-•WOlCHWNWNCi ’-■ '.OClO 

CO rCco 


CO c« 

0)050 ^ 


cn ct 05 a> CO CO *-• 
CM coco 


rf^ cor**!^ 


i C0 o e? 
cnco . 

C£> t^CO 


CO o m coco co r^coo r^wcoco ci r^t^coci •-« »-• t^-co cocmcoccco co*-*!^ 

CTjCI r^O O O coco co '^CO O -ri^uoto*-* CM (MCO CM lOCO ■^»-'<35CO'-'C7 iC750 

(MCOCO'-'*-*^-' i-*-..-tCOCO*^ »*<*-*i-ih-CMCMCMCMCM^(MCM *-t CMwtt-* 


CO CM lo ^co cp o> CO ^ a ^cp to ^ w gjcp cp v^«cp ^ 9^ 'P 9 T^r r*^ ^ 

Oi iodb b do Cncf uocb 6b ^ ^ af'.cotbo oscb ^ 

O *-• CMCOCD t^W COW C0'<t‘'^050 ►-« « »-' COCOCOt^O*-* '^h'^COCOCOCO^^ *-• CM 


CO o cr> 
CO 'Cj-io 

coco 1>* 


CM CO Cisco CO W pxo UO ^ «P IN M ^CO OS W W ^ , 

oscb Gici^^bbbs^b cn^ in>^ b b 6 ^ « w cococoj 


T^CN lO 

+1 +1 +1 


^ ^CO CD tptp CO p'CX) CO 

ib CM CD N ^-l<cb di cococo*^ coco oscs^osmoo co cocb ^ 

CO OSOCOCOCO CM COCM CM COCOOSQ O •-• « -< CM CM CMCO OO Tj^'sfCOCOCOCO*^ CM 


■^O i 0 rf *0 * 0*^0 i 0 t 3^0 lO'^O lOri^O tO'^O iO*si^O lO'd^O 10*^0 wO'^fO tO 
CM COCOCM COCOCM COCOCM COCOCM COCOCM COCO<M COCOOM COCOCM COCOCM COCOCM COCO 

o>cr>oscr>osc 3 so>C 7 )Osc? 5 Cocsoscr)COcr)Os 050 soscr 50 CDcr>cDCJ 30 scr 50 sCDoscrso> 









CCS 

com' 

05 

u 

CCS 

V 

1 






.1 

-S t 


05 

§ 

V 

[S 

“S 

'^+ 4 . 

§g 

*n 

c 

jd 

p 

s 


! 05 

TJ 

0 

.1 

0 • 
0 

0 

CCS 

u 

V 

1 

ag 

*4*. 2 

V 43 

pH«i 

u 

V 

1 

J 

1 

00 

0 

Ji 

*4) 

s' 

0 cS 

ri 

1 

'«« 

u 

I 

CO 

1 

i 

4-^ 

0 

H 

i§ 

c5 

H 

'f 

{1| 

p£^ 


0 


0 

i4 

0 

g 



1-4 

>< 

XIIL 

XIV. 


XVI. 

XVIL 

XVIIl. 

X • 
X 


XXL 

j 

i 

1 

[ 

i 


* Nearest 3^100,000 or nearest 1,000 j^ersons. ^ t Large firms, more than ten employees; small firms, ten or fewer. 

J Production by Transport Undertakings (Engineering and Construction), not cost of or persons concerned in actual movements 
of persons or goods. 



Table B 






THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 


127 


2 , THE CENSUSES OF PRODUCTION AND 
TOTAL INCOME 

The Census of Production of 1930 accounted for rather less than 
half either of the income of the United Kingdom or of the total 
number of occupied persons. It relates to physical productions 
of goods up to the stage, where they leave the mines, factories 
or the farms. To obtain the selling values of the goods to the 
final consumers we have to add the cost of transport before and 
after manufacture and the incomes of merchants, distributors 
and dealers. Total income includes also that arising from 
personal, professional and other services, and. from the direct 
use of houses and other property. Another item that must be 
included at some stage is the income of some 1,300,000 persons 
who were in 1931 working on their own accoimt directly for 
customers. 

There are ofiicial or semi-ofiicial estimates which account for 
part of the gap between the Censuses of Production of 1924 and 
1930 and total income, and for 1924 (as for 1907) Sir A. Flux 
made an estimate which accounted for the residue of income. 
No corresponding estimate is available for 1935. 


1. NET OUTPUT 


;^mn. 


Net output of industry : 

1924 

mo 

Larger firms* 

U549 

1.505 

Smaller firms 

121 

134 

226 

Agriculture, forestry, fishing 

248 

Waste products re-worked 

16 

12 

Total home Net Output 

* Employing more 

L934 

than ten persons. 

1,877 

The procedure for estimating the Net Output of Agriculture, 
etc. here included is as follows : 

£ mn. 

1924 1930 

Gross Output: Agriculture* 

297 

254 *. 

Small holdingsf 

18 

^ 5 i 

Forestry 

2 


Fishing 

20 


Total 

337 

290 

Less: Imported materials 

34 

25 

Materials from industry 

55 

39 

Net Output 

248 

226 


Holdings of an acre or more, 
f Including allotments and gardens. 



128 THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

The materials obtained from Industry (fertilizers, feeding 
stuffs, etc.) are already accounted for in the net output of 
Industry. Industry also obtained materials from Agriculture, 
etc. (estimated at ^98 mn. in 1924 and £80 mn. in 1930), the 
value of which is included in the net output of Agriculture, and 
subtracted from the gross output of Industry. 

11. SELLING VALUE 


Industry and Agriculture 

£ mn. 

1924 

1930 

Net Output 

L934 

1,877 

Imported materials: for industr>’ 

660 

483 

for agriculture, etc. 

34 

25 

Transport of materials 

96 

72 

Value of home-produced goods 

2,724 

2,457 

Imports: value on arrival 

444 

449 

Customs and excise 

227 

235 

Selling value of goods for home 
use or export 

3^.395 

3.14^ 

Less exports 

743 

535 

(Wholesale) selling value of goods 
for home use 

2,652 

2,606 


This selling value is as at the time the goods leave the mines, 
factories or farms or as imports reach the docks. 

The statistics so far given are in nearly every case taken from 
the Final Report of the Census of Production (1930), Part V, 
pp. 52-4." 

The accounts of imports had been scrutinized so as to yield 
the following classification: 

£mn. 


1924 1930 

Imports: Materials for industry 660 483 

Materials for agriculture 34 25 

Ready for use >^^44 449 

Total imports 1,138^ 957 


Re-exports are excluded from this table. 

To obtain the selling value, customs on imports and excise 
on production are added. 

As regards exports it is desired to obtain the value as at the 
factories, while the usual statistics give f.o.b. values. It is also 

I Details of the estimates are to be found in the Journal of the Reyal Statistical 
Society, 1929, pp. 8 seq., Fiux; 1934, pp. 545 seq., Leak. In the latter some 
of the earlier statistics are amended. 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 129 

proper to subtract waste products (old iron, wool rags, etc*) 
which are not additional output of manufacture. 

Exports of British Produce 

£mii. 



1924 

1930 

Value at factory 

743 

535 

Waste products 


2 h 

Transport and lading 

55I 

332 - 

Value f.o.b. 

801 

57 J 


Many of the items included in the totals, especially those 
relating to transport, are rather rough estimates, and the final 
results given in the Census of Production Report are 1924, 
± 28 mn.; 1930, £2^606 ± 26 mn. 

III. TOTAL INCOME 

In his Presidential Address to the Royal Statistical Society 
{Journal^, iQ2% p. i) Mr Flux estimated the National Income 
in 1924.^ 

For the items already discussed he arrived at a total £2^6$^ mn., 
instead of ;^2,652 mn. as amended above. His further estimates 


can be arranged as follows : 

£xrm, 

1924. Selling value of goods 2,635 ± 35 

Less depreciation of capital 305 

Net ^ ^ 2,330 

Transport, distribution, dealing 945 ± ^35 

Houses and services 650 ± 50 

Increase of investments abroad 50 

National Income 3>975i:225 


The allowance for depreciation, which excludes replacement 
and maintenance carried out by employees of the establish- 
ments concerned, is provisional and should have a margin of 
error assigned to it. 

To obtain the cost of distribution, percentages are assigned 
to two or more broad classes of goods, and are added to the 
5^^2,635 nm. to obtain the value of sales to final consumers. The 
author considered that the large margin allowed was sufficient 
to cover the uncertainties of the data. 

The basis of the estimate for the annual value of houses and 
services is not explained in detail. It covers (i) value of 
dwelling-houses, hotels, schools, etc., 5^^225 mn., (2) domestic 
I The corresponding estimate for 1907 is given on p. 48 above. 


BNI 


9 



130 THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

and hotel service, 5^;i20 mn,, (3) passenger transport, less cost 
included in the Census, (4) postal service, other than that for 
business, (5) professional and artistic services, excluding pro- 
fessional services rendered to business, and excluding services 
tendered by persons in the employ of the central or local 
governments 

The last item in the table is obtained by subtracting from 
the total of £86 mn, the excess of exports over imports, the value 
of ships' stores and fuel and certain financial services already 
included in the value of goods. 

No explanation or discussion is given for the exclusion of the 
value of services rendered by Government employees. It appears 
to exclude the incomes of the main body of teachers,^ for 
example, and not only officials who may be considered to be 
aiding industry or commerce. For the discussion of this, 
reference must be made to our earlier chapter on Definitions 
and the later chapter on Real Income. Since there were con- 
siderably more than a million persons employed in Gbvernment 
service, their inclusion or exclusion is of considerable importance. 

In the discussion on the paper Stamp considered the 
possible causes of the not very great difference between this 
estimate (;^35975 ± 225 mn.) and that more recently published^ 
(^3,800 ± 100 mn.) by the method of aggregating incomes. 
He finds three possible reasons: 

(i) In the Census of Production method the value is of goods 
produced in a year; in the Income method it is nearly the value 

1 This part of the Address in 1939 was based on the analysis given on p. 33 
of the Final Report of the First Census of Production of the United Kingdom 
(1907), published in 1912. The relevant passages are: 

‘The classes of income to be included in the total of remimerated services 
now to be brought into account include mainly the following: 

‘vi. Central and local government services, the receipts for which 
(exclusive of rents, post office, water, gas, electricity, tramways, loans, and 
sale of property) amounted in 1907/8 to about ^216,000,000, about 
£81,000,000 of this total being loan chaiges and repayment of loans. Out 
of the remaining £135,000,000, however, £69,300,000 represents Customs 
and Excise duties and licences included in the value of goods, and £30,000,000 
is, covered by value of work included as output for Census of Production 
purposes. 

‘vii. The income of the professional and artistic classes, other than, 
doctors, teachers, etc., in the employment of the State or of Local Authorities 
— ^that is, the clerical, medical, teaching, literary, scientific, artistic, musical, 
and dramatic professions ; and the engineering, surveying, banking, insurance, 
and legal classes, except in so far as their services were rendered to manu- 
facture or distribution and have already been taken into account.’ 

2 Th Nntioml Incrnne^ ^924, Bowley and Stamp. 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION I3I 

sold to the final consumer. The change in the value of stock 
between the beginning and end of a year may be important.^ 

(2) The treatment of depreciation for income-tax purposes 
differs from that in the Census of Production method, especially 
since in the latter goods used for replacement are not counted 
as income, while the income-tax assessment is based on the 
value of the plant, etc., independent of the method of re- 
placement. 

(3) In the inclusion of indirect taxation some part of transfers 
of income (without corresponding services) is counted as income. 

It may be added that the near consilience of the totals, which 
come to a large extent from different sources and which 
necessitate a great deal of rather arbitrary estimating, and 
which in minor cases use different conceptions of income, is 
very satisfactory. 

But in spite of this agreement it is necessary to consider 
whether the two measurements have really the same objective. 
Let us go back to first principles. ^The labour and capital of 
a country, acting on its natural resources, raise annually a joint 
product consisting of a certain net aggregate of commodities, 
material and immaterial, including services of all kinds. This 
is the true net annual income of the country.’^ ‘The terms 
National Income and National Dividend are convertible/ ‘The 
National Dividend is at once the aggregate net product, and the 
sole source of payment for, all the agents of production within 
the country; it is divided up into Earnings of Labour, Interest of 
Capital, and lastly the Producer’s Surplus, or Rent of Land 
and of other differential advantages for production. It con- 
stitutes the whole of them and the whole of it is distributed 
among them.. . .’3 

We have thus the equation : 

National dividend = National income = Earnings, interest 
and rent = Sum of incomes of individuals. 

We may leave aside for the present purpose many of the 
problems of definition discussed in Chapter i, such as income 
accruing abroad, unpaid services and the use of possessions 
other than houses. 

1 That is, stock in the possession of merchants and retailers. Changes in 
stock in the factories, etc. are allowed for in the Census of Production method. 

2 Marshall, Principles of Economics, 1907 edition, pp. 76 and 79. 

3 Marshall, Economics of Industry, 1894, p. 257. 

4 Bowley, Economic Journal, 1929? P-2. 


9-2 



132 THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

Mr Flux undoubtedly aimed at the selling value of the ‘net 
aggregate of commodities, including services’. His estimate may 
be re-tabulated as follows : 


1924 £ mn. 

Census of Production: Mining, industries, agriculture 

Consumers’ w^ste products exported 2 

Transport and distribution i?095 

Imports less exports 337 

Customs and excise ... ... ... ••• ••• 227 

Houses ... ... ... ... ••• ••• 225 

Services ... ... ... ••• ••• 4^5 


Selling value of products and services 4,228 

Less depreciation 3^5 


3.923 

Income accruing abroad ... ... 5^ 


National Income* 3>973 ± 225 


* There is no indication that account was taken of the value of the products 
of persons (such as carpenters, bootmakers, dressmakers) working on their 
own account without paid employees. There were about 330,000 such 
persons in 1931 (or 300,000, excluding outworkers who may have classed 
themselves as working on their own account) and their income was probably 
between £^o and £^o mn. This is additive to the National Income, unless 
they are already included in the composite item services. 

The equating of the selling value of products, etc. to the total 
of individual (and corporate) incomes assumes not only that 
there was no significant change in the value of goods in the 
possession of merchants and dealers as between the beginning 
and end of the year (as Stamp pointed out), but that all income 
is spent during the year or deposited in such a way that it was 
at once turned into physical capital — ^in brief, that saving is 
equivalent to spending. It would need a difficult investigation 
to find out whether this was approximately true for a single 
year or whether the lag between saving and its investment was 
sufficiently regular to allow us to neglect it over a period of 
years. Similar considerations apply to undistributed profits of 
companies. 

A more important question arises firom Mr Flux’s treatment 
of Government service. Included in the Census of Production 
aggregate are the values of the physical output of the Central 
Government (dockyards, arsenals, etc.), that is, ^pTigmn. in 
19^4? of Local Authorities (roads, buildings, etc.) amounting 
to £q 6 mn. The employees included numbered 96,000 and 
200,000 respectively. But under "services ’ all other Government 
employees were excluded. We have no statistics for their numbers 
in 1924, but an idea of them can be obtained in 1930 or 1931. 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 


^33 


Census of Population 

Employees 
(ooo’s) 

1931 

Defence 382 

Central Government 357 

Local (k)vernment 588 

Police 67 

Teachers’*' 231 

Nurses 152 

1.777 

* Employed by the Central or Local Authorities. 

Discounting the numbers of nurses so as to exclude those 
employed privately, there were in 1930 about 1,650,000 persons 
in public employment, of whom about 350,000 (allowing for 
services rendered to industry) would be included in the Census 
of Production. 

None of these was paid directly by' private individuals or 
groups of individuals. Their payments are met out of taxes and 
rates,, and it is not clear why dockyard and arsenal workers and 
road-makers and builders are treated differently from ad- 
ministrators and Government clerks. Even if it is argued that 
the army, navy, police and central and local administrators are 
regarded as an expense properly attributed to industry, the 
same can hardly be said of teachers and nurses, whose services 
in any case cannot logically be charged to industry if they are 
public employees, while if in private employ they are chargeable 
to individuals. Stamp appeared to take the view that customs 
and excise (entered in selling value) were implicitly balanced 
against public services in Mr Flux’s reckoning, and indeed the 
^227 mn. under this head might be of the same order of 
magnitude as the expense of these services; but if there were this 
equality it would be accidental, since direct and indirect taxation 
are merged in the national accounts, and several classes of 
services are borne partly on rates and partly on taxes. We cannot 
say that direct taxation and rates on private premises’^ are 
transfers of income, while indirect taxes are for value received. 
So far as can be ascertained, Mr Flux did not deal with these 
questions explicitly in his estimates based on either the 1907 or 
the 1924 Census, and his line of reasoning must remain obscure.® 

1 These latter are not brought into Mr Fluxes account. 

2 At the time of writing Sir A. Flux is in Denmark and beyond the reach 
of correspondence* 


Census of Production 

Employees in 
physical output 
(ooo’s) 

^930 

91 

242 


333 



134 CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

The most direct balance should be found between the total 
of goods and services that are paid for by individuals and groups 
of individuals at their selling value, as reckoned by the Census 
of Production method, and the total income of individuals and 
groups less taxes and rates. 

Then in 1924 the Census of Production method gives 
£35973 £5^ (workers on their own account) — 

£it^ mn. (Government products) ==£3,900 mn. (±225) ap- 
proximately. On the income side we have £45^73 the 

aggregate of incomes including pensions {Statistical Journal, 
1940, p. 517, Total A), less about p(;6oomn., direct taxation 
and rates, which gives about ^^3,700 mn. ±£100 mn. Thus 
these rather hypothetical rectifications leave the relative position 
of the two estimates very much as Stamp put it (p. 130 above). 

We may usefully compare these estimates with the study of 
consumption made by Mr Feavearyear in the Economic Journal, 
1931, pp. 51-60. His final table, abridged, is: 

Average Annual National Expenditure, 1924-27 



£10x1. 

General expenditure 

3>i40 

Saving 

400 

Cbmpulsory insurance 

S5 


3.625 

Direct taxation 

375 


4,000 


The average of the' Totals A for these years {loc, cit.) is 
3^4,200^ {±£100) mn. These totals may contain some small 
items which are excluded from Mr Feavearyear’s reckoning, but 
broadly they should cover the same ground. 

Thus the various methods of approach give results which 
agree within 5 per cent of each other when the appropriate 
definitions are taken. Each contains considerable elements of 
approximation, and when reasonable allowance is made for 
these it may be held that they are mutually consistent. 

The statistics already given show that the physical output of 
the industries included in the Censuses of Production and 
Agriculture, less the estimate for depreciation, accounted for 
about £j j6oo mn. income in 1924, while transport, distribution, 
houses and services accounted for about £1,750 mn. In 1930 
the totals and proportions were nearly the same. Thus material 

I SufotxactiBg Income due to Foreigners (;^25 mn. per annum). 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION I35 

production was valued at less than services and the direct use 
of property. It is therefore natural to consider the number of 
occupied persons concerned in direct production and in 
rendering services. The closest comparison available is between 
the Census of Population of 1931 and that of Production in 

1930. 

Approximately on the average through the year 75952,000 
were employed in industry and mining, including small firms 
and outworkers, according to the Census of Production. From 
the Census of Population the number occupied (excluding 
unemployed) in this group was about 8,070,000, to which we 
should add about 570,000 employed in production for Public 
Authorities, making 8,640,000. The excess is partly to be 
explained by the inclusion in the larger total of about 355,000 
employers, directors or managers, and no doubt some persons 
who did not state that they were out of work, though in fact 
they were in ^n interval between jobs (see p. 103). On the 
other hand, in April 1931 about 400,000 more persons were 
unemployed in these groups than in the average of 1930, and 
after all allowances the Census of Population gives a slightly 
higher total than does the Census of Production. Since the 
difference is not very great, we may use the Census of Population 
to get a broad view of the relative importance of physical 
production to services. 


United Kingdom, ig$j, Number of Occupied Persons. Estimated 
from the Census of Population 


(ooo’s) 


Industry, mining 

8,400 


Agriculture, fishing 

i,ido 



— 

9^500 

Transport, seamen 

1,300 


Commerce, dealing 

2,300 

3,600 

Services, ileither employers nor employed ^ 

1,000 


Government, Centr^, Local, Defence, Police 

1,400 


Teachers, nurses 

400 


Banking, finance 

400 


Professions, entertainments 

600 


Personal and other services 

2,300 

6,100 


— 

Total 


19,200 

Unemployed 


2,600 

Without occupation 


24,300 

. Total population 


46,100 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 


136 

'Unemployed’ of course means following some occupation 
but temporarily without a job. 'Without occupation’ includes 
wives, not worMng for pay, children and aged, etc. 

Thus physical production accounted for about 50 per cent 
of the occupied population, transport and dealing for about 
20 per cent, and administration, defence and services for about 
30 per cent. 


3 . THE VOLUME OF PRODUCTION 


CENSUS DATES 1924, 1930, 1935 


In the Final Report on the Fourth Census of Production of 
the United Kingdom' Chapters m and iv relate to the 

Index of and the Volume of Production. We will write Q for 
the number of units produced of any commodity in 1924, P for 
the price per unit in the same year, V=FQ for the value, q, p, v 
stand for the corresponding items in 1930. 

Two methods are available. (A) We can re- value the goods 
in 1930 at the prices of 1924, or (B) we can re-value the goods 

^924 tbe prices of 1930. Each method eliminates price- 
changes. 

(A) gives foj. index of quantity.^ 

/j IS the weighted average of the quantity ratios, the weights 
being the values at the first date. 

The index of prices most closely related to Jj is 


^S{qp) S{v) 

■‘2 T/ • ~ cTTm — oTTsr 


(B) gives similarly 


V I S{qP) S{vPlpy 


' S{pCl) SivQfqY 


^ S{0) r _S(VPIP) 


5'{F) 


Irnng Fisher’s ‘ideal index-numbers’ for quantity and prices 
are and ^(^*4) t*espectively. 

Unfortunately these methods cannot be applied to the data 
ot the Censuses of Production without considerable elements of 
approHmation and hypothesis. Quantities are, necessarily, only 
stated for a proporfon, large or small according to the nature 
ot the goods, of the commodities produced in each industry, 
r Part V, General Report, 1935. 

2 ^and/areusuaUymultipKed by loo to give percentage index-numbers. 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 137 

It is necessary to assume in one form or another that the quantity 
index computed for the measurable goods in each industry can 
be applied without serious error to the whole of that industr>". 
Though for some industries this procedure is very risky, it may 
be expected that the uncertainty will be less when all industries 
are combined. 

The well-known distinction between Gross Output and Net 
Output has great importance in the computation. Gross Output 
is reckoned on the basis of the selling value of the goods as at 
the time they leave each producer. Thus yarn is included at the 
price at which it is sold to the manufacturer, without deduction 
of the cost of ’the raw cotton, and the piece-goods are included 
at their selling prices without deduction of the cost of the yarn. 
There is consequently a great deal of re-duplication. To obtain 
Net Output each producer deducts all his expenses of raw 
materials and of partly finished articles. 

In the General Report for 1930, Appendix 11 , the basis of 
calculation is Gross Output, and the method (B) is employed. 
In each of over 130 industries the value of the Gross Output 
in 1930 is compared with that of 1924 re-priced ^at 1930 average 
values’. Each of these index-numbers is the result of a similar 
process applied to separate products in each industry. Thus for 
each industry and group of industries we have the value of Jg • 
In Chapter n of the Report, however, a different process is 
followed to obtain a general result applicable to all industries 
together. Here (p. 43) the basis is Net Output of fourteen large 
industrial groups in 1924. The net output, for example, of the 
Iron and Steel group in 1924 was 5^98-6 mn. The index obtained 
from Appendix II is J2= 1-026. The product of these, viz. 
£io 1'2 mn., is described as the "Estimated net output in 1930 
on basis of 1924’. The result in its simplest form is 

S^FQ'x^yS{P'Q’), 

where P\ Q' refer to the net output in 1924. On the assumption 
that for each industry the index of volume pqipQ, based on 
gross output, ’equals with sufficient approximation p'q'lp'Q'^ 
based on net output, this result is 

5(P'Q' x^}j jsiP'Q') ^S{P'q')iS{P'Q')=^J'- 

All the letters with ' refer to net output. 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 


For the tables, pp. 147-1 50 below, however, a more elaborate 
method was adopted. Each of the 130 industries was taken 
separately and it was assumed that for each the change in 
quantity (as computed for the Report, Appendix II) was the 
same for gross and for net output, that is, that in each industry 
the change in the quantity of material equalled the change in 
the quantity of the product. Since each industry produces a 
range of products, not necessarily in the same proportions in 
the two years, the assumption is only approximately true. It 
holds, however, with greater validity when we combine the 
separate industries into groups, and the groups into a whole, 
for this process of averaging tends to eliminate sporadic errors; 
but if throughout industry on the average there is a tendency 
to use the materials for finer purposes — to put, for example, 
more work in making a ton of metal into an elaborate machine — 
this is uncorrected, and the index for net output is under- 
estimated. There appears to be no statistical means of allowing 
for this bias, if it exists. . 

The process may be shown by an example : 


Leather Trades 

Gross Output 



1924 
Value as 
returned 
(^ooo^s) 

PQ 

Valued 
at 1930 
prices 
t^ooo’s) 

pQ 

1930 

Gross 

Output 

(:^00o’s) 

P 9 

Index 
of pro- 
duction 
J 2 =g/Q 

1930 at 
1924 
values 

PQxJ^=Pq 

Fellmongery 
Tanning, etc. 
Saddlery and 
goods 

4,718 

2,820 

30^X40 

5 > 3 »o 

27,792 

I 5>002 

ni3 

0*92 

0*93 

5,321 

29,638 

4,754 

Total 

42,045 

38,340 

35,980 

— 

39,713 


Net Output 



1924 
Value as 
returned 
(pfooo’s) 
P'Q' 

1930 

Value as 
returned 

1 

1930 
at 1924 
values 

P'Q'xg/Q = P'q' 

1924 
at 1930 
values 

yq'^qlQ=P'Q' 

» 

FeUmongery 
Tanning, etc. 
Saddlery and 
goods 

8,444 

2,312 

516 

7,355 

2,309 

986 

7,768 

I 2,150 

i 

457 

7,979 

2^83 

Total 

11,629 

10,180 


10,919 




THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 


1 39 


For the group of Leather Trades we have: 

Gross Output: Wz=:S{pq) ~ ‘S’ (^6) = 35,980 -7-42,045:= 0-856 
Ji-SiPq)^S \PQ) = 39.7 1 3 42.045 = 0*945 
Jo-Sipq) ’^S{pQ) =35.930-38,340=0*938 
li = S(J>Q}^S (PQ) = 38,340 -f 42,045 = 0*9 1 2 
h-Sipq) -^S{Pq) =35.930-^39,713 = 0*906 
M^= Jj X is = Jo X /j W'=J/x // = J/ X // 

Net Output: W'=S(p'q') =.S(P'Q') = ^ 0,1 80= 11,629 = 0*875 
J^':^S{P'q') =*S'(P'Q')= 10,904= 1 1,629= 0*938 
J2-S{p'q') = 6’(/<30 =10,180=10,919 = 0,933 
/j'= 5 '(i)'Q') = ‘S'(P'Q0= 10,919= 11,629 = 0,939 
h'^Sip'q') ^S{P'q') =10,180=10,904 = 0*933 

In the above table the first four columns under Gross Output 
are the figures given in the Report; the last is deduced by a 
process which would be exact if there was only one uniform 
product. It may be noticed that the product of the numbers 
in the first and third columns equals that of those in the second 
and fifth. 

Under Net Output the first two columns are from the Census. 
To obtain the third and fourth it is assumed that the quantity 
change {qjQ) of gross output, as taken in the upper part of the 
table, is sufficiently near to q'jQ' as is needed for the lower part. 

From these figures indices of value, quantity and pirice are 
worked out for the Industrial Group and entered as percentages 
to the nearest unit in the tables, pp. 147-150. 

The same process is applied to each of the groups. To obtain 
the indices of production for industry as a whole the quantities 
Pq^ pQ from each industry must be added, but there is no need 
to reproduce them. For the totals J^^S{Pq) '^S{PQ)^ and 
similarly for the other indices. 

From the same data we can obtain two index-numbers of 
prices (p. 136) for each industry, each group and the total. 
As is well known^ the Index /j (Laspeyre’s) is greater than 4 
• (Paasche^s) if the increase in quantities is negatively associated 
with the index of price. Such negative correlation is present 
when persons with little change in real income aim at economy 
by substituting goods of which the price has risen little for those 
which are relatively dearer. Whether this takes place depends 

I h^S{pQ)IS{PQ), l^^S{pq)IS{Pq). Th^n 

and the differences between qjQ^ p/P and their weighted averages 

are n^atiVely correlative. 



140 


THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

on the demand for different goods at different price levels. 
When applied to wholesale production in the period 1924 
to 193O5 there is no clear tendency in this direction. Since 

J2 X Ji X / 2 rthen Jj > J2 < -^2 * 

We can obtain an estimate for the changes in price of 
materials and partly finished manufactures from the same data, 
for the price of a unit of finished goods is a combination of that 
of a unit of the corresponding material and the cost (including 
profit, etc.) of manufacturing a unit. In our notation or 
measures the change in the selling price of the finished goods 
and /j' or I2 the Walue per unit added by manufacture’. 
Write y/j and for the corresponding change in price per 
unit of materials or semi-manufactured goods. The formula is 

/ _ materials at second date 

’’ ^ Cost per unit of materials at first date 

_ Whole cost at second date _pQ —p'Q' < 

” Whole cost at first date PQ — P'Q' ’ 

J, (PQ -FQO ^pQ-^fQ'^PQ X I, X //, 

and, similarly, 

For aggregates each quantity, such as pq^ is summed. 

For example, in the illustration from the leather trades, 

(42-0 - 1 1*6) =42-0 X 0-912 - 1 1 *6 X 0*939, = 0*90, 

rh (39*7 J 0 * 9 ) == 39*7 X <=>*906 - 10-9 X 0*933, = 0-895. 

/j is necessarily between // and unless they are all equal. 

In all the industries included in the Census this computation 
shows a fall of 18 per cent in the price of materials, of 10 per cent 
in the value per unit added by manufacture and of 14 or 
15 per cent in the price of finished goods. 

This fall of 18 per cent may be compared with that of the 
wholesale price of materials from other sources: 

Index-Numbers of Materials 



Board 

of 

Trade 

Statist 

f 

f 

! 

Board 

of 

Trade 

Statist 

3^924 

100* 

too 

i 1930 

100 

100 

1939: 1st half 

, 80 

83 

j 1934: 1st half 

91 

88 

and half 

79 

78 

1 2nd half 

88 

^7 

1930: ist half 

73 

j 

1 1935:1st half 

89 

90 

2 nd half 

66 

62 1 

2nd half 

9T 

94 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 


141 

Since the Census returns were for the most part for the Calendar 
j^ar 1930, the figures in the period 1924 to 1930 are only con- 
sistent if materials were purchased many months before the 
goods were sold; but in the later period where the ^ 1 ^ method 
shows a fall of 10 per cent from 1930 to 1935 the agreement is 
very close. 

The tables on pp. 147-150 also show the relationship between 
the numbers employed and production in each industrial group. 
For this purpose the average of the indices of production is 
divided by the ratio of the numbers of operatives (or manual 
workers).’" The result is headed index of efficiency. The index 
shows an increase of 12 per cent in the six years. If, however, 
the salaried (administrative, technical and clerical) class is 
included in the divisors, the measurement of increase in eflSciency 
is reduced to 5I per cent. The numbers in the salaried class 
increased during the six years, while the numbers of ‘operatives’ 
diminished. 


1930 AND 1935 

The same process is adopted for analysing the change in 
production firom 1930 to 1935; but, at the time of writing, the 
Board of Trade’s account of the physical output is not complete 
and where necessary use has been made of Dr Rhodes’s com- 
putations (London and Cambridge Economic Service, Special 
Memorandum No. 47). 

Dr Rhodes’s work brings out the essential ambiguity of the 
measurement; for, working on the most detailed statements of 
quantity possible, he finds that the forward and backward 
measurements (J/ and J2) differ perceptibly in many of the 
hundred (or so) separate industries, markedly in the fourteen 
industrial groups, and even more considerably when these 
groups are aggregated. He weights by the net output of each 
of the hundred industries. 

In the accompanying Table A, J/ and J2' are as given by 
Dr Rhodes. and ^^e computed by applying his indices 
in each industry to the gross ouiput of that industry. The Board 
of Trade gives Jg for each industry, and in computing J/, J^' 


1 fS(PY) . SiP’Q') , S{p'^) . S{p'Q')\ 
I VWr ■ S{N) S{n) ■ SiN) f 




.IM 

• S(J^) ’ 


where «, N are the numbers employed in 1930 and 1924. 



'X ABLE A 



* Revision suggests: 

Timber 114*0 113-4 114*0 ' 113*4 

Total 124*0 124*1 115*5 

% 

Mote. Some of the entries for % J2' from those in Table IV, p. 150, since in the latter some modifications were made, which 
are not'relevant to Mr Devons’ treatment. 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 143 

and Jj 5 it has been assumed that in detail the same factor may 
be taken for each computation.^ 

I The following shows the working of the Industrial Group ‘Non-Ferrous 
Metals’: 

Board of Trade 



Gross Output 

Net Output 

Given* 

Computed 

Given* 

Computed 

Pg Pih ?/?i 
1930 1935 

piP pPi 

' 

pw pi'ii 9' ill 
1930 1935 

Pi 9' P' 9 i' 

Copper, brass 

21‘0 21*3 0*69 

14-7 30-4 

5*8 7*0 0-69 

4-8 8-4 

Aluminium, lead 

26-5 33-2 0-83 

27-6 31-9 

6-2 9*8 0-83 

8-1 7-5 

(iold, silver 

8-1 31-2 0-34 

i0'6 23*8 

i-i i-o 0*34 

0-3 3*2 

Finished brass ! 

10-7 11-5 0-88 

lO-I’* X2*2 

5*7 6*8 0*88 

6-0 6*4 

Plate, jewellery 

87 9-2 0-97 

8*9 9*0 

4-6 4*6 0*97 

; 4*5 4*7 

Watches, clocl^ 

0-9 1-4 0-35 

0-5 2-6 

; 0*5 0*7 0-35 

0*2 x-4 

£roxL. 

75-9 107-8 

1 72-4109*9 

23*9 29*9 

23-9 31-6 


Ji = 


^09-9 , 
75‘9 ” 


1-45; 


j loy-S 

^2='z:^ = i*49; 
/2*4 


T/ 3^*^ 

=; 1.32; 

' 23-9 


T/^g 9 - 9 . 

23*9 ’ 


1*25. 


(In the tables, pp. 142, 147-150, these J’s are multiplied by 100.) Here it is 
assumed that In each line this factor is used for the ‘computed’ 

entries. 


Dr Rhodes 


Net Output I Gross Output 



Givenf 

Computed 

Civenf 1 Computed 


Pi 9' P'9i 

P9 Pi9i ! Pi9 P9i 

Copper, etc- i 

Aluminium, etc- 
Gold, etc. 

Finished brassf 
Plate, etc. 
Watches, etc. 

5*8 6-9 1*45 0-69 

6-2 9*8 1*21 0*88 

I- 1 i-o 2‘08 0-47 

5-7 6*6 (i- 43 )(o- 76 ) 

4*6 4*4 1*56 0*64 

0*4 0*6 1-23 o*8i 1 

4*8 8*4 
8-6 7-5 
0-5 2-2 
(5-0) (8-1) 
2*8 7*2 
0*5 0-6 

21-0. 19-7 
26-5 33-1 
8-1 30-7 

'aJ 

0*7 0*0 
0*9 i-i 

1 i 3'6 30’5 
29*0 32-0 
14*5 16*8 
( 7 - 8 )(i 5 * 4 ) 
5*7 * 3*5 
0-9 i*i 

;^;mn. 

23-9 29-3 

22*2 34*0 

75 - 9 104-7 

71-5 109-3 




/,= ™— 44^ 


22-2 


75‘9 


J's=^=*- 46- 


7**5 


* From Final Report. 

•f From Preliminary Report. 

X The figures in ( ) arc interpolated from the values of J i and computed 
from the remainder. This is equivalent to Dr Rhodes’s method. He gives 
no index for Finished brass. 



the census of production 

Jvir Devons, in working on the 1 93^^35 changes, adopts a 
different hypothesis from that of Dr Rhodes, and a com- 
parison of the two methods brings to light part of the essential 
difficulty of any computation of the physical volume of pro- 
duction. 

Using now capitals for 193^ small letters for 19353 
can express the data thus: 

For each industry we are given F, F', v\ that is, the values 
of the gross and net outputs at each date. For some com- 
modities we are given separately but not P' that 

is, we have the quantities and change in selling prices for part 
of each industr>^ By using a rather rough assumption^ we can 
separate the prices for the first part of the industry, for which 
quantity data are available, so as to have this scheme : 

Average Average 



Value 

Value 

Qiiantity Quantity 

price 

price 

Industr>' 

1930 

1935 

1930 

1935 

1930 

1935 

ist part 

V, 


< 3 . 

9 i 


Pi 

2nd part 

V2 

% 



— 

— 


For the second part of the industry, 'we only have F2, 

Fg', The ratio of the values, t;2/F2, is the product of the ratios 
of the quantities (^2/62) prices (^2/^2)* 

Dr Rhodes and Mr Devons both proceed on the assumption 
that the results obtained for the first part of the industry are 
applicable to the whole, but Dr Rhodes interprets this as 
meaning that the ratio of quantity {qilQi) is applicable, 
Mr Devons that the ratio of prices {pijPi) is applicable. Thus 
Dr Rhodes uses 

T ^'iXgl/Ql + ^^zXgl/Ql gl :i= 

I Neither of the authors nor the Board of Trade make clear the method 
by which Qj, qi^ Pj, are obtained from the details. The sequence 
may be: 

SvxP/p^SPq, ' p{^P^-Sv‘i‘SPq \ ^ . 

or SVx PIP^SPQ, p^^P^^SpQ-^Sv] 

or St}xQlq:=^SpQi \ where the quantity ratios are 

or ^Fx^/a=6P^, qi-^Qi^SPq^SV } known. 

It is only the ratios ^/P, qjQ that are needed, not the terms separately. 

* qi/Qi Is already composite as shown in the previous footnote, and different 
valu^ are generally used in the working of /g • 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 


145 


while Mr Devons has , . , 

V 1l (r 4-^1 

r Vl X gl/Ql + ^>2 X PlIPl * I ^'l/ 

' v, + v, - F, + F2 • 

These would be equal if V2/V2 = Fj/yj , which is not usually the 
case. The required measurement is 

r _ X qilQi -f F2 X ^2/^2 

F. + F^ 

and in the Board of Trade’s Reports some value is assigned in 
each industry to pQ and therefore to q/Q^ but it is not clear 
how the difficulty has been overcome. 

The numerators of are added to obtain the numerator for 
a group of industries, and also the denominators added. 

The results of the different methods are shown in the accom- 
panying Table A, p. 142. At the time of writing the Board of 
Trade’s Report on four groups is not available, and Dr Rhodes’s 
figures are given in italics in these cases and used for the com- 
bination of all industries. 

Mr Devons’s numbers agree nearly with those worked from 
the Final Reports in the Iron and Steel, Engineering, Textiles, 
Leather, Clothing and Food, etc. groups, but differ for Non- 
ferrous Metals, Chemical Products and Miscellaneous. Dr 
Rhodes’s numbers show for about half the groups considerable 
dispersion between Jj and J2. In many cases the Jj', 
computed for the Final Reports lie within or nearly within 
Dr Rhodes’s margin, but not for Iron and Steel, Leather, 
Food, etc., Chemical Products and Miscellaneous. Unless for 
the Final Reports there was more quantitative information than 
was at Dr Rhodes’s disposal, it may be held that information is 
insufficient to give a precise measurement in these groups. 

For a single measurement of the volume of production there 
seems to be no better course than to average Jj and J2' 
then have 



J 

J' 

Devons 

— 

U9‘4 

Rhodes 

U9’4 

119-8 

Final Report 

ii8-S 

119-1 


for all the Industrial Groups together, and this consistency 
enables us to state an increase of a little less than 20 per cent in 
the period 1930 to 1935 some confidence. 


BKI 


10 



146 THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

The results of this investigation are set out in the accompanying 
Tables I, II, III, IV. For all the industries together we have: 

Index-numbers relating to Industrial Production 



1924 

1930 

1935 

1930 

1935 

Value: Gross Output 

100 

9t 

95 

100 

104 

Net Output 

100 

97 

103 

100 

io6| 

Volume: Gross Output 

100 

107 

126J 

100 

118J 

Net Output 

100 

108 

129 

100 


Economic Service* 

100 

107 

130 

100 

121 

Price : Gross Output 

100 

85J 

75 

100 

88i 

Net Output 

100 

90 

8oi i 

100 

Bgi 

Materials 

100 


71 

100 

87 

Operatives: Number 

100 

96 

95 

100 

99 

Eteiency: Operatives 

100 

112 


100 

120 

Operatives and 

100 

to 

0 

126 

100 

119^ 


administratives 


For this table the averages of the values Ji, J2} etc. are used. 

* Excluding Agriculture. 

As regards prices, the fall in wholesale prices of materials 
according to the Board of Trade was 37I per cent from 1924 
to 1934 and to 1935, by The Statist^ 42 per cent to 1934, 39-I per 
cent to 1935, and for imports of materials, roughly estimated, 
56 per cent, as compared with 29 per cent in this table. 

The tables relate necessarily only to firms employing more 
than ten persons. 

The gross and net values exclude excise and the sugar subsidy, 
but include implicitly the building subsidy. For the index- 
numbers of volume, price and efficiency the exclusion or 
inclusion only affects the system of weighting the average, but 
it is well to make a rough estimate of the change when we add 
excise and subtract subsidies ^ thus using as weights more 
definitely the ‘value added by manufacture ^ 


Food, drink, tobacco 
Building and materials 
Total 


Food, drink, tobacco 
Buildiiig and materials 
Total 


Net Output (adjusted) 
1924 to 1930 


HJ1+J2) 

iih'+h') 

Efficiency 

107 

88J 

102 

125 

90 

1 16 

108 , 

89^ 

112 


1930 to 1935 



IW+V) 

Efficiency 


92 

102 

I2l| 


121 

• itB 

89 

120 


I The building subsidy is roughly estimated at xm. in each Census year, 
that is ;£’joo for each of 60,000 houses. 



Table I 

Censuses of Productioti, 1924 and 1930 

Gross Output 


^ mr^O'sDOO iMwcrsc co 

i, j CTico 'O cyioo cd co o', c. a: 5 c 


D O^COC CO 

IT^CO CO r>- CO 05 O50D r- 


I ciccuO'-''-'Cr5C5r^T5-<-H»->coco « 
i CO coco coco CO CO CO 05 coco CT 5 


coco 0'-*0a5l>*'!t*>i»-(CiC0 CM 

CO coco CO COCO 00 cooxoco co 


cococo O ^ CO coco t>^COCO 05^ co 
05 •-* coco a50*-'0^cief»-<05 


r-' a5C0 o t}« o co rv co o 

05 C003 O5»-««O*^C<<M*-«05 <M 


^ CO O)-- -^oiD tnr^cFi co 

^ j ^ tOOD C?5 0 O^*-* ^ ^ 05^5 O 


00»-*C0ClCOOClC(t^ OiiO ci <o 

coco o CO coco CO CO rococo cnco o 
t-Mio ct »-* CO 


iOCfCICOCMCO'^^IMC5CM’<«J«CO CO 
C75 O 05^ xi^co 10 05<0 m CO O 00 
ci i -«<0 Of or <M 


... g 

-^1 

g> 

CO O' S 
— 

I .SP 

?i. ^ 


«Ig 
1 « g s 

§‘i>§s 


o 

h 

JO 5 

to 

♦J* ^ d 
^ 2- rf 


M 5S tJ 

is g’-SJ % 

■ 53-0 i s-fi 
go §*.§ 


^ erj -3 W 

"B g 
B'Ss g 

=3l§-B| 

Cd 22.3*^ S 
PQi^SphO 


10-3 





Table III 

Censuses of Production, 1930 and 1935 

Gross Output 


Cf'sO or OtCiO tTJCO i 

0^00 O CsCO COGOf^DDCOCC OCVj 


oco^ coco CO cr »nco?£> cotri 
O O Oi 0^00 CO CO J>CO O CC ^ CO 


r^cnjT^r^r^cocn*-* otco oco mco 
cn o^co CO c:>t^cococo osco 



0 
: CU 

s« 




TJ 


<U 


W Cl 


; g 

0 -{-J 

g- 

X 

,0 

-§ S 

m 

•0 « 

CO 

^ S4 

o> 

)— ( cr* 



coinmast^'rj^o m -^1^00 t^co co co 
o o Gi cfico cn cs^ i>oo Cico cnco 


^or o ^coco coco co<D coo or 

O incOCT 5 « •-• ^ CO*-« O ^ <X)OI 



or CO CO oi ► 


^ rococo CO CO 1 
d I-. Old c< ' 


coco or co'*0 CiO t^or o or cftcoco O 
►^0^000^00000 Oico o 


i2 eC [ O OCOCO C5W «CDCO Of j O 

1 S ^ CO a> o Th CO t ^«3 OKO CO i> mo o co 1 <- 

' w cr '-•CO *"•»-' or cn m 


CO *-> <0 coco •-* o> o mo or co o 
coco CO coco moo 0500 co or 1 

or *-*co *“«»-• Of •-•Of f 


.§^3 s § 

sli . 

151 


■§§ i 
; *■ 
ll'l !•' 

mi\ 



o 

w 


coo ino^O’^*-‘CC''?h»^r>co in 
0 ( Cf coco i-iO'-^CO*-'ClO'^ Cl 


f%. coo o^o’^'^coo^o^co nco 

I CO CM O CO -^CO *-1 Cl Cl 


!o 


r^* CO too o 0^0 o G) '?hco 

rjH -I o CO ^CO CO Cl Cl CO M 

•ci^co CO '^co'-*co>-' 0 >-<co 


N i CM o oco oo i>«'«j^rh'00 *-• in o 
I o X^CO r«-OCO GiO X^COJ>»COCO CO 


V CO d CO •-* o x^co o o •-< CM •-< m o 

kT O O OiCO OCOCDOr^O^OCOO) Gi 


Icox^iocicoaioinocoococi co 

I *-*OCOCOCO*-'*-'«Ti^wi-Ki- 4 CO 


_ in w o x^oo OdiO'CO’^cieico co 

kT d'<^T}<COCOd^>-<T}<»HCO>-*CO d 


; CO in X^ T^CO d O CO d CO o 
I dOdOOOOdOOO oco o 


m 

QN v *-* CO in •• 


•-< dCO O d O -^o O d 
CO o CO «-< co coco d 


CO <?!i dco'^jo-ocox^dco'-'ocoini-^co 
CO CO d d t^co x^ococo'^inx^'-' j 

>_, Cl t_l ►-« »-l l-l »-« M 


j’s a 

3 8 s 8 

si’i s g 


bp a 

■M y 53 w 

li ^ 

O ^ 1-C! ^ S ; 
o o aS^.S.S" 

OfScfSPniSf 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION I5I 

4 . INDEX OF PRODUCTION, 1924 TO 1938 
ANNUAL MOVEMENT 1924 TO 1938 

The published data for annual measurements of production 
are the Board of Trade index, the London and Cambridge 
Economic Service index, and the index-numbers suggested by 
Mr Stone. These have to be collated with the more complete 
accounts at the Census dates. A supplementary measurement 
is obtained from the numbers of persons employed in the 
Industrial Groups covered. 

The Board of Trade index did not include building (prior 
to 1934)5 clothing (other than boots) nor Local and Central 
Government activities nor Public Utilities (other than gas and 
electricity); in consequence it showed a much lower increase 
than those in the tables above, and is not suitable for inter- 
polation for the aggregate. The Economic Service index agrees 
very closely with the Censuses, but the intercensal movements 
show only an intermittent parallelism with the movement of 
employment, and need reconsideration as in later paragraphs 
especially for the years 1936, 1937 and 1938. 

Mr and Mrs Stone virtually reject the Economic Service index 
and construct indices based on the Censuses, the results of 
Import Duties Acts enquiries and the volume of employment 
{Economic Journal, 1939, pp. 476 seq.). In the end they adopt 
a formula: 

Output = a 4 - 5 X Employment ^cxT, 

where T is the number of years measured for a base year. The 
values of a, b, c are obtained by the method of least squares 
from five given index-numbers, viz. Censuses at 1924, 1930 and 
1935 and the Import Duties results for 1933 and 1934. The last 
named are difficult to bring into line with the others, and in any 
case do not cover the whole field. 

There can be little doubt that in times of busy trade pro- 
duction increases more rapidly than the number of insured 
persons not tmemployed at particular dates, owing to more 
overtime and less part time, while the reverse is true in times 
of depression, and ifi particular years other circumstances affect 
the relationship. The measurements of efficiency given in the 
tables (pp. 148, 1 50) show that there was a more rapid increase in 
the five years 1930-35 than in the previous six years 1924-30; 
1930 was a year of increasing depression, 1924 and 1935 yean 
of moderately good trade. We are not justified in assuming, as 



Xg2 THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

in Mr Stone’s formula, that the increase in efficiency (indicated 
by the coefficient of T) was uniform throughout the whole 
period (1924-38) that he takes, and in particular we cannot 
assume that the same relationship holds in the years 19363 i937 
and 1938- 

The connection between employment and production can be 
best examined by supposing a uniform increase from 1924 to 
1930 and another uniform increase from 1930 to 1935. Thus in 
the period 1924 to 1930 the formula used is 

Output - Employment — ci, 

where ^ = 0 at 1930, and output is taken at 93*5 (as in C) in 1924, 
so that ^=1(104*6 - 93*5) == 1*85. In the first period i *85 is sub- 
tracted cumulatively each year from the Employment index, 
column H, in the annexed table— thus 1 1 • i is subtracted in 1 924, 
9-3 in 1925, and so on. In the second period 3*84 is added each 
year cumulatively, so as to obtain the same numbers in 1935- 
The resulting numbers are shown in the last column of the table. 

Index-numbers of Production and Employment 
Volume of Production 


. 

Board of 
Trade 

A B 

Economic 

Service 

C D 

Census of 
Production 

E F 

Mr 

Stone 

G 

Insured 

workers 

H 

G com- 
bined 
with H 

1924 

97*0 

— 

93*5 

94*4 

92*5 

94 

93-8 

104*6 

93*5 

1925 

— 

— 

93-9 


— 

— 

— 

102*4 

93*1 

1926 

— 

— 

§2-0 

8o-8 

— 

— 

— 

99*5 

92-1 

1927 

103-5 

— 

104-4 

102-8 

— 

— 

103*3 

107-3 

101*7 

1928 

103-0 

— 

101*3 


— 

— 

103-9 

104*1 

100*4 

^929 

io8*4 

t ' 

109-1 

io8-8 

— 

— 

1 10-2 

107*1 

105*3 

1930 

1 00-0 • 


1 00-0 

1 00-0 

100 

100 

101-7 

lOO-O 

100*0 

1931 

90-5 

— 

90-5 

89-4 

— 

— 

92*3 

92*3 

96*1 

1932 

90-1 

— - * 

90*9 

90*0 

— 

— 

94*5 

90-1 

97-8 

1933 

95*3 

— 

99*7 

98-2 

— 

— 

102*4 

95*1 

io6-6 

1934 

107-2 

Io6-2 

113-2 

110*6 i 

— 

— 

112-3 

100*2 

115-6 

1935 

— 

^ 3*4 

121-3 

119*0 ^ 

120 


ii8*i 

102*1 

121*3 

1936 

— . 

124-4 : 

132-0 

129*5 i 

— 


129*4 1 

ro8-i 


1937 

— 

132-8 

139-0 

13^*9 

— 

— 

142-2 

115*7 

142-6 

^938 

— 

124-2 

125*5 

122-9 

— 

j 

140-5 

1 1 2-0 

142-7 


A, D and F exclude Bi 41 ding. ' 

B, G and E include Biding. 

G excludes Building, Public Utilities and Government Departments, 


The Board of Trade index is taken from the Ministny of Labour 
Gazette^ in which the most recent revisions are included. The 
index is given separately for each quarter of the ye^r; and these 




THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 


^53 

entries are averaged for the year. The earlier numbers have been 
adjusted proportionately so as to give ioo*o in 1930. 

The Economic Service numbers are computed from the 
London and Cambridge Economic Service Bulletin^ May 1939. Agri- 
culture has been excluded. 

Mr Stone’s numbers are from the Economic Journal^ September 
1939, p. 477^ column (5). The insured workers employed axe 
obtained by excluding the Industrial Groups Transport, Dis- 
tribution, Commerce and Miscellaneous Trades and Services, 
and then subtracting the numbers imemployed in June from the 
estimated number insured in July. The resulting numbers are 
expressed as percentages of the* number in 1930. 

The last column is as explained above. When these are com- 
pared with the Economic Service index (column C) it is seen 
that the employment index under-estimates the fall in 1926 (the 
year of the coal stoppage) and the rise in 1927 when arrears were 
made up. Similarly it rises less in 1929 and falls less in 1931, the 
worst year of the depression. These are precisely the relationships 
that we should expect. But in 1937 the employment index rises 
more rapidly than we should expect and does not fall in 1938. 
Since the Board of Trade index (column B) shows a smaller fall 
than does that of the Economic Service, the index-numbers for 
1937 and 1938 must remain rather uncertain. It may be noticed 
that the changes in columns B and C are nearly equal for the 
whole period 1930-38, and also for the sub-period 1934-37- 

Reviewing all the evidence, we conclude that the Economic 
Service index is the most consistent, and that in default of any 
conclusive evidence to the contraiy may be used as a fairly 
adequate measurement for the field of industrial and mineral 
production that it covers. It cannot claim any great precision, 
and it has been shown on pp. 136-141 above that there are 
inseparable inherent difficulties in defining and measuring 
physical production, even if we had complete data.^ 

NOTE ON WEEKLT WAGES AND ANNUAL 
EARNINGS 

Information about wages comes from three source. The 
Ministry of Labour collects from* time to time statements from 
employeis of the numbers of wage-earners employed and the 

I Cf. Joitrml of the Royal Statistical Society, 1939^ PP- 6 seq. AU the numters 
in the table above are weighted by vines in the base year, that is, they 
are based more or less directly on the formula named in this chapter. 



154 THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION 

total payments made to them in a selected week. No distinction 
is made between occupations within the factory. The results 
are assembled for each of several scores of industries, with detail 
that has varied from enquiry to enquiry, such as division by 
sex, distinction between large and small firms, amount of time 
lost and overtime, hours of work. The returns are not com- 
pulsory, and the proportion of the numbers returned to those 
in the industry as a whole varies considerably between the 
industries. To obtain a general result problems of weighting 
occur, but the various methods tried for averaging result in 
very nearly the same figures, and it is not necessary to describe 
them in detail. It is, of course, possible that the returns are 
biased, since firms paying low rates may be less willing than 
others to report, but it is believed that this influence, if it exists, 
has negligible effects. 

The Ministry of Labour also publishes each month all known 
changes in wage rates, but has not for many years shown details 
of the numbers affected, only giving the total numbers for large 
industrial groups. Each January there is a summary account 
of changes, and in recent years an estimate of the total effect 
on wages has occasionally been given. Such data lead to the 
index-numbers of change of wage rates used in our main 
computation, pp. 6o-~66. In computing the movement of total 
earnings by the use of these index-numbers, naturally care is 
taken to give full effect to changes not only of the numbers 
^occupied’, or registered for insurance purposes, in each 
industry, but also to the numbers unemployed, wholly or 
temporarily; and some check is also possible from scattered 
statements of part-time work, and by the relation of hours 
worked to normal hours in some of the Wage Census Reports. 
But among those fully employed, especially on piece-work, 
there is variation firom time to time between the relation of a 
week’s earnings to standard rates, earnings increasing in times 
of industrial activity. In spite of all these uncertainties, it has 
been found that the changes in average earnings in the periods 
1924 to 1931 and 1931 to 1935, as shown by the general returns 
of average earnings at those dates, are almost exactly the same 
as those already shown by the index-numbers of rates.^ It is 
improbable that this relation changed much in intermediate 
years. 

I See Wages and Inmme in ike United Kingdom since i860, Appendices A and C, 
for further discussion of the Census statistics. 



THE CENSUS OF PRODUCTION I55 

The third source of information is found in the Final Reports 
of the Censuses of Production of 1924 and 1930. (Unfortunately 
that for 1935 is not available.) Here we have statements of the 
totals paid in wages by about two-thirds of the firms (employing 
more than ten persons) that are included in the Censuses. 
Also we have recorded the numbers employed by these firms 
in one week in 19243 and in the middle week of each month 
in 1930. 

One would expect that factories were at work for 50 weeks in 
the year, allowing two weeks for public and trade holidays, and 
consequently that average weekly earnings would be obtained 
by dividing total wages by the average number of operatives, 
and the quotient by 50. The annexed table, how^ever, shows 
that when we divide average annual earnings thus computed 
for 1924 and 1930 by average weekly earnings as computed 
from the wage returns in 1924 and those of 1931 adjusted to 
1930, we find 51 and 51 - 7 for the main group of Factory Trades. 
The figures for coal-mining depend on difficult estimates of the 
number of shifts worked, while agreement is not to be expected 
for building, since the figures are confused by the existence of 
many small firms which are not included in this extract from 
the Census Reports. 


Census of Production. Great Britain 

} 

Factor)’^ trades 

Building and 
contracting 

Coal-mines 

1 

Total wages ; 

Average number of j 
operatives (ooo’s) ! 
A. Wages per head j 
per annum, £ ! 

1924 ! 1930 

494 , 490 

4,219 4,171 

117*1 117*5 

i 1 

1 *924 ; 1930 

‘ 59 ' 64 

, 379 i 4 ” 

156 ■ 158 

1924 

162 

i>i 75 

138 

mo 

104 

915 

1 14 


JVage Returns. 

United Kingdom 



1 

! Oct. 
*924 ; iggi 

! ■« 

Per shift 

Weekly earnings j 

45y, lid. 445. 6(/. 

! 

1 

j 60s. i 58^. $d. 

[ 1 

io-65f. ! 9-29^. 
Shifts per annum 

B, Average 1930* | 
A-^-B. No. of ! 

weeks or shifts ; 

— ! 45 ^. 

51 51*8 

j — i 59 ^- 
! 52 . 53 

i 

260 

245 


Deduced from October 1931 by applying index-numbers of wage rates- 


J^g the census of production 

No complete explanation has been found for tWs discrepancy. 
The exclusion of Northern Ireland from the Census statistics 
cannot make any significant difference. Possibly, since October 
iqqi was in a period of severe unemployment, the percent^e 
of insured persons unemployed being 21-6, while the average for 
logo was 15-8, average earnings in 1931 were lowered by shwt 
time (not counted as unemployment) more than in 1930. Or 
the explanation may lie in the different methods of sampling 
and recording, and the number of approximations in the 
computations, each of trifling uncertainty but possibly accu- 
mulating in one direction. After all, the difference in the mam 
average, 51-7 weeks, and the expected, 50, is less than 4 per cent. 

In computing the Total Wage Bill we have to choose between 
these estimates. As explained on p. 58, our basis is the number 
of occupied persons recorded. in the Population Census as 
occupied and not out of work in 1931, since the Census of 
Production does not cover the whole ground. We have assumed 
that the average number of weeks actually worked by those who 
described themselves as following an occupation and not out 
of work was 48, allowing two weeks for holidays and two weeks 
for absence through sickness or other causes. This 48 is then to 
be multiplied by average weekly earnings. After weighing all 
known factors, it is thought that the average computed from 
the October 1931 wage returns is more appropriate for the 
basis of the total and change of the National Wage Bill, than the 
slightly higher figure suggested by the Census of Production. 

Thus the principal table on p. 81 gives the number of 
wage-earners occupied as computed from the Population 
Census, average earnings as computed from the wage returns 
of October 1931, supplemented by other information, and for 
annual earnings the product of these averages by the number 
of persons and 48, the number of weeks worked on the average 
in the year. 

This question is discussed also on pp. 69, 72, 73 and 74 above. 



Appendices to Chapter III 

APPENDIX I 

SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART 1 

In tMs Appendix explanations are given of the statistics in 
Part jfhrther details of classification and such other matters 
as may be useful for reference. No attempt is made to cover 
the whole of the ground of the Censuses of Production. 

The main Industrial Groups in the table on p. 126 are 
obtained by separating Coal from other Mines and Quarries, 
giving Food and Drink separately from Tobacco, isolating 
Rubber firom Miscellaneous Trades, and dividing Public Utility 
Services and Government Departments into four groups. On 
the other hand the Census Groups ‘ Clay and Building Materials ’ 
and ^Building and Contracting’ are merged. Building by 
oifficial bodies is, however, kept (as in the Census) in the 
Government groups. The small unclassified item for Northern 
Ireland is divided equally between Drink and Tobacco. The 
numbering consequently differs jfrom that used by the Census. 
The divisions follow fairly closely those used by the Ministry 
of Labour, 

The sub-groups treated separately in the detailed Census 
Reports are as follows: 

I, Coal Mining. 

IL Other Mines and Quarries include: 

(1) Metalliferous Mines and Quarries. 

(2) Non-MetalHferous Mines and Quarries (including Oil 

Shale Mines). 

(3) Slate Mines and Quarries. 

(4) Salt Mines, Brine Pits and Salt Works. 

III. Clay, Building Materials and Building: 

(1) Brick and Fireclay, 

(2) China and Earthenware. 

(3) Glass. 

(4) Cement. 

(5) Building Materials. 

(6) Building and Contracting. 



158 APPENDIX I. SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART I 

IV. Chemicais, Paints, Oils, etc. : 

(1) Chemicals, Dyestuffs and Drugs. 

(2) Paint, Colour and Varnish. 

(3) Seed Crushing. 

(4) Oil and Tallow. 

(5) Fertilizer, Glue, Sheep Dip and Disinfectant. 

(6) Soap, Candle and Perfumery^ 

(7) Starch and Polishes. 

(8) The Metal Trade. ^ 

(9) Ink, Gum and Sealing-Wax. 

(10) Petroleum. 

(11) Explosives and Fireworks. 

V. Iron and Steel: 

(1) Pig Iron and Ferro-alloys (Blast Furnaces). 

(2) Smelting and Roiling. 

(3) Foundries. 

(4) Tinplate. 

(5) Hardware, Hollow Ware, Metal Furniture and Sheet. 

(6) Chain, Nail, Screw. 

(7) Light Castings in the 1924 Census (which in later 

Censuses were included in Foundries). 

(8) Wrought Iron and Steel Tubes. 

(9) Wire Trade. 

(ro) Tools and Implements. 

(11) Cutlery. 

(12) Blacksmithing in the 1924 Census (which in later 

Censuses was included in other groups) . 

(13) Needle, Pin and Metal Smallwares. 

(14) Small Arms (private firms). 

VI. Engineering, Shipbuilding, and Vehicles: 

(1) Mechanical Engineering. 

(2) Electrical Engineering. 

(3) Shipbuilding (private firms). 

(4) Motor Vehicles and Cycles (Manufacturing). 

(5) Motor Vehicles and Cycles (Repairing). 

(6) Aircraft. 

(7) Railway Carriage and Wagon Building. 

(8) Carriage, Cart, Wagon. 

VII. Non-Ferrous Metals, Jewellery, Watch and Clock: 

(1) Copper and Brziss (Smelting, Rolling, etc.). 

(2) Aluminium, Lead, Tin, etc. (Smelting, Rolling, etc,). 

(3) Gold and Silver Refining. 

(4) Finished Brass. 

(5) Plate and Jewellery. 

(6) W^tch and dock 



APPENDIX I. SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART I I59 
VIIL Textiles: 

(1) Cotton Spinning and Doubling, 

(2) Cotton Weaving. 

(3) Woollen and Worsted, 

(4) Silk and Artificial Silk. 

(5) Linen and Hemp. 

(6) Jute. 

(7) Hosiery. 

(8) Furnisfiing (Bleaching and Dyeing). 

(9) Lace. 

(10) Rope^ Twine and Net. 

(11) Canvas Goods and Sack. 

(12) Asbestos Goods and Engine and Boiler Packing. 

(13) Flock and Rag. 

(14) Elastic Webbing. 

(15) Coir Fibre, Horsehair, Feather. 

{16) Roofing Felt. 

(17) Packing. 

IX. Leather: 

(1) Fellmongery. 

(2) Leather (Tanning and Dressing). 

(3) Leather Goods. 

X. Clothing: 

(r) Tailoring and Millinery. 

(2) ^tificiai Flower in the 1924 Census, which in later 

Censuses was included in Tailoring. 

(3) Boot and Shoe. 

(4) Hat and Gap. 

(5) Glove. 

(6) Fur. 

(7) Umbrella. 

XL Food: 

(1) Grain Milling. 

(2) Bread, Cakes, etc. 

(3) Biscuit. 

(4) Cocoa and Sugar Confectionery. 

(5) Preserved Foods. 

(6) Bacon Curing and Sausage. 

(7) Butter, Cheese, Condensed Milk and Margarine. 

(8) Sugar and Glucose. 

(9) Fish Curing. 

(10) Cattle, Dog and Poultry Foods. 

(11) Ice. 

XII. Drink: 

(1) Brewing and Malting. 

(2) Spirit Distilling. 

(3) Spirit Rectifying, Compounding and Methylating. 

(4) Aerated Water, Cider, Vinegar and British Wines. 

(5) Wholesale Bottling. 



l60 APPENDIX 1. SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART I 

XIII. Tobacco. 


XIV. Timber: 

(1) Sawmilling, etc._ 

(2) Furniture and Upholstery. , 1 * 

(3) Cane and Wicker Furmture and Basketware. 

(4) Crates, Cases, Boxes. 

{5) Coopering. 

XV. Paper, Printing, Stationery: 

(1) Paper. 

(2) Wallpaper. 

{3) Stationery. 

(4) Cardboard Boxes. _ 

(I) Printing, Binding, Stereotyping, Engraving. ^ 

(6) Typefounding and Electrotyping m the 1924 Cemus, 
which in later Censuses was included in Pnnting> 

'(7) PrSS^°and^PubUcation of Newspapers and Periodicals. 
(8) Pens, Pencils, Artists’ Materials. 

XVI. Rubber. 


XVII. Miscellaneous: 

(1) Scientific Instruments. 

(2) Fancy Articles. 

(3) Coke and By-products. 

(4) Manufactured Fuel. 

(5) Linoleum and Oilcloth. 

(6) Musical Instruments. 

(7) Brush. 

(8) Gaines and Toys, 

(9) Sport Requisites, 

(10) Manufactured Abrasives, 

(11) Incandescent Mantles. 

(12) Cinema Film Printing. 

XVIIL Gas, Electricity, Water; 

(1) Gas. 

(2) Electricity* 

(3) Water. 

XIX, Transport and Gonnnxmication (Engineering and Construc- 
tion) : 

(i) Railway Companies. 

{2) Tramways and light Railways, 

(3) C^ai, Dock and Harbour. 

XX, Local Authorities (Construction, etc,}. 



APPENDIX L SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART I l6l 


XXL Government Departments (Production, not Civil Service or 
Transport) : 

(1) Admiralty. 

(2) General Post Office. 

(3) War Office. 

(4) Air Ministry. 

(5) Other Gk)vernment Departments. 

XXII. Laundry, Cleaning and Dyeing. 

Net output of the Laundry, Cleaning and Dyeing Group 
which is available only for the year 1 024 is treated separately as 
Group XXII. 

Regrouping of the Sub-Groups as between the various 
Trade Groups [Inter-group shifts) 

In order to make the returns of the Trade Groups comparable 
through all the Censuses of Production we had to make a certain 
amount of re-allocation of the various Sub-Groups. This applies 
especially to the 1924 Census, the subject-matter of which was 
arranged differently from the later Censuses. Thus, Trade Group I 
(Coal Mining) included in the 1924 Census the net output of the 
Manufactured Fuel Trade, valued £0-4, mn., which in our table 
is classed with Trade Group XVII (Miscellaneous), following 
the practice of later Censuses. 

Trade Group III in the 1924 Census included the net output 
valued ;;(^o-6 mn. of Manufactured Abrasives (shifted to Miscel- 
laneous, Group XVII) ; mn. of Asbestos Goods and Engine 

and Boiler Packing, which in our table is classified together with 
Trade Group VIII (Textiles); ^^0*4 mn. of Roofing Felt has 
been alternatively tabulated with Textiles (Trade Group VIII), 
though we left it in the total of Trade Group III. 

Trade Group IV (Chemicals) included in the 1924 Census a net 
output of I mn. of Coke and By-products which in our table 
is presented together with the Miscellaneous Trades (XVII). 

Trade Group VI (Engineering) in the 1924 Census did not 
include the net output of ^^3-2 mn. of the Carriage, Cart and 
Wagon Trade which was classed together with the Timber 
Group. 

Trade Group VIII in the 1924 Census included £0*2 mn. of 
Incandescent Mantles classed together with Linen and Hemp, 
though in the later Censuses that sub-group w^as separated and 
treated together wdth the Miscellaneous Trades. In our 
Table B, p. 126, we left them as in the 1924 Census in the Trade 

II 


BNI 



i62 appendix I. SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART I 

Group VIII, though perhaps it would be better to put them 
wth the Miscellaneous Group XVII. The item is very small. 

The net output of mn. in 1924 Canvas Goods, Sacks, 
etc. Trade is included in Trade Group VIII, though in the 
1924 Census it is presented together with the Leather and 
Rubber (Trade Group IX). 

The whole Trade Group IX, viz. Leather Trades, in the 
1924 Census is lumped together with the net output of 1 1 -8 mn. 
of our Trade Group XVI (Rubber), and in addition includes 
;^i-9 mn. of the Canvas Goods and Sack Trade belonging in 
our table to Trade Group VIII. 

Trade Group X (Clothing) in the 1924 Census includes 
,fi6-3|-mn. of net output of Laundry, Cleaning and Dyeing 
which in our table is relegated to a separate Group XXII in 
order to make the Group X comparable with the Censuses of 
later years. 

In the 1924 Census Trade Group XIV (Woodworking) included 
the net output valued at ;^i-8mn. of Brush-making Trade 
relegated in our table to Trade Group XVII (Miscellaneous). 

Trade Group XV (Paper, Printing, etc.) includes the net 
output valued at ;^f3 nm. of Pens, Pencils, Artists’ Materials 
Trades which in the 1924 Census was presented together with 
Trade Group XVII (Mscellaneous Trades). 

Other minor changes had to be made, but they do not affect 
the unit million figure. 

Sources of Information 

At the moment of writing this commentary (January 1941) 
three parts of the Final Report of the Fifth Census of Production 
have been published. As each of the Censuses of Production 
gives comparative data for some of the previous Census years, 
and as it was found that the entries of net output for the same 
year of the same trade group and trade sub-groups differ, in 
some cases even considerably, we decided to give comparable 
information taken from the three Censuses of Production 
(table, p. 164). Thus for the year 1924 we have drawn our 
information (fct in column A) fi-om the 1924 Census; in the 
next column (B), from the 1930 Census. 

For the Census year 1930 our information has been drawn 
from two sources: the Final Reports of the 1930 Census, and 
the Preliminary Reports of the 1935 Census, or for those Trade 
Groups which are available from the first three published 



APPENDIX I. SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART I l6$ 

volumes of the Final Report of the 1935 Census. We use the 
same procedure adopted for arriving at the 1930 total on the 
basis of the Final Census of Production, 1935, which we suggested 
for the year 1924 in respect of information derived from the 
same Census. The figures are given to the nearest million £, 
If they had been to ;^i 00,000, more discrepancies would have 
come to light. 

In the case of the net output figures for the Census year 1935 
we have been using two sources of information, viz. the Pre- 
liminary Reports of the 1935 Census and the Final Reports of 
the 1935 Census (column D) for all those trade groups for which 
information has been already published. In the summary 
table, pp. 127-8, columns B are used for 1924 and 1930 and 
column D for 1935. 

The differences between A and B under 1924 are, apart from 
changes of classification already named, due to the inclusion of 
firms with not more than ten employees. For 1935 the entries 
under D are greater in some cases than those under C owing 
to the inclusion of additional returns. It may be expected that 
some further additions will be made in the Final Reports on 
the industries for which only the Preliminary Reports are 
available. 

There are other details which affect comparability to a slight 
extent. 

The maintenance, construction and repairs of the London 
buses are included in Motor and Cycles (Repairs) in the years 
1924 and 1930; but in 1935 the same item (now the London 
Passenger Transport Board) has been transferred to the Local 
Authorities, Group XX. 

The following classes of business were not included in the 
1930 and 1935 Censuses: Taxidermy Work; Wig-making; Flax 
Scutching; Portrait or Trade Photography, other than making 
of or printing from blocks or metal plates prepared by photo- 
graphic processes, and the printing of cinematographic films; 
work done by employees of Parish Councils and Parish Meetings 
and by inmates of Poor Law Institutions. 

Army clothing factory (closed in 193^)5 Army bakeries and 
Ordnance electricity undertakings are included in Trade 
Group XXI (Government Departments). 

In some cases the net output figures are returned Cosf 
basis, i.e. they exclude profits, though the ^appropriate esta- 
blishment charges’ have been duly met. Thus they are entered 

1 1-2 



164 APPENDIX I. SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART I 

Net Output as reported in the Main Tables in 191245 1930, 1935 

A. From the 19124 Census. 

B. From the 1930 Census. 

C. From the Preliminary Reports of the 1935 Census. 

D. From the Final Reports of the 1935 Census. 


Industrial 

' 1924 

1 1930 


)35 

group 

A 

1 B 

B 

; CorD 

G 

1 D 

I. Coal Mining 

210 

210 


' X39 

121 

1 * 

II. Other mines 


17 

J7 

! ^7 

15 


III. Building and 
materials 

1 42 

124 

m 

139 

140 

* 

i 

1 

IV, Chemicals 

: 69 

66 

73 

73 

87 

88 

V. Iron and steel 

no 

99 

92 

92 

115 

1 17 

VI. Engineering, 

202 

198 

230 

229 

241 

249 

ships, vehicles 





VII. Non-ferrous 

26 

25 

24 

24 

29 

30 

metals 






VIII. Textiles 

223 

222 

147 

148 

156 

^57 

IX. Leather 

13 

12 

10 

10 

10 

1 1 

X. Clothing 

S9 

76 

78 

78 

77 

81 

XI. Food 

99 

85 

92 ; 

92 

104 

107 

XII. Drink 

1 64 

83 j 

64 

1 65 

65 1 

i 87 

XIII. Tobacco 

i ^5 

25 ; 

31 

1 31 


28 

XIV. Timber ' 

33 

27 

32 

32 

32 1 

* 

XV. Paper, printing 1 

98 

94 

103 

1 103 

no 

♦ 

XVI. Rubber 

XVIL Miscellaneous 

! j 

i 29 I 

12 

30 

14 

28 

1 14 

28 

14 

29 

*9 

XVI 11. Gas, electricity. 

73 

69 

95 

93 

no 

water 




XIX. Transport 

! 45 

45 

41 

41 

38 


XX. Local 

Authorities j 

32 

32 

37 

37 

33 

* 

XXL Government j 

Departments | 

20 

20 1 

19 

^9 

22 

i 

♦ 


Total 

XXII. Dyeing, clean- 
ing, etc. 

Duties included 
in 1924 total 

1,632 

16 

95 

1.549 

! 

L505 

* 

L5O4 

* 

1.576 

* 

i.599t 

* 


L743 


1 i 

! 


i 



* Not available. I Total, using Column C where necessary. 


at a sum calculated to cover the cost of labour and materials, 
with such a proportion of the general establishment charges ' as 
was attributable to the services concerned ; the element of profit 
is, therefore, absent from the value both of the gross and of the 
net output. This method of calculating net output applies to 
Transport and Communication, Trade Group XIX, to the 



APPENDIX I. SOURCES OF STATISTICS IN PART I 165 

Local Authorities, Group XX, and to the Government Depart- 
ments, Trade Group XXL As regards Gas, Electricity and 
Water, Trade Group XVIII, the position was as follows: the 
net output value was obtained for the most part on the basis 
of the selling value of the gas and electricity supplied and 
included the profits derived from their sale; as regards water 
undertakings, the revenues of which are frequently obtained 
by the levy of a rate on the annual value of the premises served, 
the receipts may not bear any necessarily fixed relation to 
working costs. 

Certain classes of maintenance belonging to the Local Au- 
thorities Trade Group, such as street cleaning and watering; 
house refuse, sewage, etc., are not considered as production 
and are excluded. 


APPENDIX II 

EXCISE, CUSTOMS AND SUBSIDIES 

The problem of including in or excluding from the net output 
figures such items as subsidies, excise duties and customs duties 
is not a clear-cut one, and it depends to a large extent on the 
problem in hand. The accompanying table summarizes the 
situation in respect of these items. It presents them in a form 
which is handy and which can easily be fitted into the main totals 
or trade-group totals obtained from the Censuses of Production. 

The arrangement of the table is such as to bring it in as close 
correspondence as possible with the table on pp. 124-5. 
trade groups in which subsidies, excise or customs duties occur 
bear the same numbers as in that table. 

The information is drawn from two sources, viz, from the 
Censuses of Production and from the Finance Accounts of the 
United Kingdom. On the whole there is here a close agreement 
betw^een the same facts as recorded in the different Censuses of 
Production. Where such divergences exist, they are shown. 

The entries in the table refer to the three Census years, 1924, 
1930 and 1935, and are derived from the Censuses of Production 
estimates. The data from the Finance Accounts cover the two 
financial years ended on 31 March of the year of each Census 
and a similar period ended on the same day the year immediately 
following. 

All entries in the table can be classed under one of three 
distinct headings: subsidies, excise duties and customs duties. 



l66 APPENDIX II. EXCISE, CUSTOMS AND INDUSTRIES 


^ in wow CO 


w ^ »p ^ or 
W W CO 6) 


^ ^ -L 

CO ‘ 

Ci i fa CO I 


^cp -^a^ip 
1 w M 6 CO 


OWCO WipcOi-^W 

«66 wwcoA^^o^ 


3 w S 


I a I IV\^\ 


> ^ I 

;< g, I 

i fa CO ( 

I i 


w o -^co cjo a>cp 

^ coti> wo^iooib 666 c6w^cow 


^ r^or^r^'-*c4:> cp-;^^ or^ ip^D o 

S*fa^ § S o( ^ in^ ^ bob ^*^^w6 


lb 


Cl «o CN ! fi 


o ^ ^ 1 


CO « ^ ^ o 

6 6 6 6^6 6 6 6 

w w 


W CO 

Cl fa w 


CO w^ ^ ^ 

- c£, I 1 vS 


lO W CO ^Cp 00 00 W 

^6'^ vSor^6j^ 


3*^ I S 


.JSOQ^OQ^ SOPlz: 


.s ^ o '§ s? 'C *y 

'gPQ §P 

1 .S a 

a o S 



APPENDIX II. EXCISE^ CUSTOMS AND INDUSTRIES 167 


tn m 


coco o 

CO CO 


CO C: C e.CO CO I 
Ci CTJ *-< CO lO CO o( • 


Jsss! e 


CO IT) CO 

b ^ bi 
to 


CO CO 
CO otto 


CO CO r^. Of to 


Of 05 

cb th N 

CO Ofto 


05 c w ^ p « 
05 CO CO C5 
Of Of Of Of 05 


^ ^ p5 O cp ^ Th 
uo lO C 5tO cb 6 
CO OJ O <05 


g bo 'S 

3 .s 

J'az g>'§5'ag'„" 


gag 


:2:aaz 


« u O'” 

^ i., X t.' 3 


> X 
X X 


X 



l68 APPENDIX II. EXCISE, CUSTOMS AND INDUSTRIES 

The subsidies which occur in the table are in respect of the Coal 
Mining Industry, the Sugar, Glucose and Molasses Trade, and 
payments to the Road Fund (under lo and ii Geo. V, c. 72, 
sec. 2; 16 and 17 Geo. V, c. 22, sec. 42; 19 Geo. V, c. 17, sec, 87; 
19 and 20 Geo. V, c. 25, sec. 54; and 24 and 25 Geo. V, c. 52), 
on account of the net proceeds of Motor Vehicle Duties, etc. 

The subsidies to the Coal Mining Industry and the payments 
to the Road Fund do not appear in the Censuses of Production, 
while the subsidies on home-grown beet sugar do not appear in 
the Finance Accounts of the United Kingdom. 

We present the Road Fund payment together with Trade 
Group XX (Local Authorities) . This is the sum of payments to 
the Road Fund on account of the net proceeds of Motor Vehicle 
Duties. The reason for doing this is that, though a large part of 
the road and highway construction is carried out by private 
contractors, the subsidy as such was not available to the Building 
and Contracting Trades for distribution in the form of wages, 
rents, rates, interest, salaries, etc. It did not add any additional 
funds to the industry beyond their gross receipts expressed in the 
contracted competitive prices. The issue is different in the case 
of Local Authorities, which from this point of view act in the 
double capacity of agencies ordering the construction and re- 
pairing of roads and highways as well as of contractors building 
them in their own administration. In this latter capacity they 
act as their own contractors. It is clear that this method of 
classifying the Road Fund grants is not a watertight one, if only 
for the reason that a considerable proportion of constructional 
work, repairs and renewals of highways, bridges, etc. is carried 
out by private contractors. Allocating, however, a part of the 
Road subsidy to private Building and Contracting, or leaving it 
completely out of account, would probably be open to even 
graver objections. A similar problem arises with the subsidy on 
building. 

In 1924 there was no subsidy paid to beet-sugar manufac- 
turers. The subsidy was instituted in 1925 under the British 
Sugar (Subsidy) Act. Both in 1930 and in 1935 the subsidy 
exceeded the net output of firms to which it was paid and which 
were mainly engaged in beet-sugar production. 

In the Finance Act 1924-5 and in 1930 and 1935 there was 
no subsidy in force in the Coal Mining Industry. In the Finance 
Accounts 1923-4 the ‘'total issue in the year’ under the heading 
Goal Mines Deficiency was ^{^i, 309, 603 and no issues were made 



APPENDIX II. EXCISE, CUSTOMS AND INDUSTRIES 169 

for the Coal Mining Industry Subvention. In the Finance 
Accounts 1924-5 no issues were made under either of the two 
headings. 

Negligible amounts of subsidies under the Trade Facilities 
Act 1921 (i I and 12 Geo. V, c. 63) have been left out of accoun . 
Other very small subsidy items have been omitted, e.g. Export 
Credit Guarantees, where the effective amount of the subsidy is 
probably equal only to the difference between the insurance 
premiums which the firms in question would have to pay to the 
insurance companies and the effective insurance premiums paid 
under the official scheme. 

Only the Sugar Subsidy has been included in our net output 
figures presented in the table on pp. 1 24-5. In doing this we foUow 
the practice of the Censuses of Production. The Coal subsidy and 
Road Fund payments have not been added as neither of them 
seems to appear in the Censuses of Production. 


Excise 

We have tabulated all the excise duties paid on the products 
of the Trade Groups recorded by the Censuses of Production. 
The latter show in one ^vay or another all the excise duties, with 
the exception of duties on spirits. Those in the table (pp. 166-7) 
cover the bulk of the excise duties returned in the Finance 
Accounts of the United Kingdom, the most important excep- 
tions being the Entertainment Duty and the Licence Duties. 
E.g. out of a total of ;^i66-7 mn. of net excise duties returned in 
the Finance Accounts 1935-6, the table on pp. 166-7 covers 
;C94-i mn. Motor Vehicle Duties are not included. 

The excise duties in the table are returned only at their net 
receipt value except in those cases in w^hich there is a large item 
of Drawbacks, Rebates, Repayments and Allowances repayable 
to the industries mostly on articles exported. In the latter cases 
also the excise duties are returned at their gross recepit value, 
and the Draw^backs, etc. are given separately. 

In the Chemical and Allied Trade Group (IV) the duties 
affected Saccharine, Patent Medicines (Labels), Petroleum and 
Matches. In the table they are all lumped together. In the 
Censuses of Production these duties were returned under the 
headings of two sub-groups: No. i, ‘Chemicals and Dyestuffs’, 
and No. 8, ‘The Match Trade’. The petroleum excise duty, 
which was very small, is left out of account. 



170 APPENDIX II. EXCISE, CUSTOMS AND INDUSTRIES 

The excise on Artificial Silk has been charged since July 1925. 

In the case of excise on Sugar in 1924, owing to the practice 
of refining foreign raw sugar imported in bond, it is difficult to 
state which part of the total excise duty returned by the Census 
authorities belongs to import duties. In 193^ estimated 
excise on sugar was paid from the following sources: 7(^1 *3 
was paid on the product of firms primarily engaged on beet- 
sugar production and ^^0*8 mn. on the products of other firms 
entering into the Sugar, Glucose and Molasses Trade Sub- 
Group. In 1935 the former contributed £1 mn. and the latter 
^1*5 mn. 

The excise on beer, falling on the Brewing and Malting Sub- 
Group, is the largest of all such duties. In the 1924 Census it was 
estimated net at ^75*8 mn. and it was included in the net output 
of the Sub-Group, thus swelling it compared with all other items 
of Trade Group XII (Drink) . 

In the case of both the Sub-Groups Spirit Distilling and Spirit 
Rectifying, Compounding, etc. the Censuses of Production did 
not state the amount of excise. In neither of the Censuses of 
Production was the duty included in the net output. In the case 
of Spirit Distilling the value of spirits was returned exclusive of 
duty. In the case of Spirit Rectifying, Compounding, etc. the 
amount of duty was included both in gross output and in the 
cost of materials, and consequently automatically excluded from 
the net output values. The gross value of dutiable spirits rectified, 
compounded, etc. for home consumption was returned inclusive 
of duty, whilst the value of spirits exported was recorded less 
drawbacks. 

A small duty was collected on Aerated Waters, British Wines, 
Cider, etc,, the amount of which was not stated in the 1924 
Census, though it was included in the net output figure. 

A veiy^ small amount of excise was collected on Home-grown 
Tobacco. The amount is not stated in the table. 

A small amount of duty was collected in the Trade Sub- 
Group (XV), Printing, Binding, etc., on Playing Cards. Though 
its amount was not stated in the 1924 Census, the duty was in- 
cluded in net output. 

On the whole the excise duties returned for the same years by 
the Censuses of Production agree very closely. The largest dif- 
ference occurs in 1924 in the case of excise on Beer, which in the 
1924 Census is returned at £j5-8 mn., while in the 1930 Census 
and in the final report of the 1935 it is returned at ;;^74*i mn. 



APPENDIX II. EXCISE, CUSTOMS AND INDUSTRIES 171 

In 1935 the Preliminary Report of the 1935 Census returned 
5^56-1 mn. of excise on Beer; the Final Report reported 
£^^■2, mn. 

Minor differences occur in 1924 in the case of sugar duty, 
which in the 1924 Census was returned at ;^i5-8mn. and at 
^15*7 mn. in the other two Censuses. In 1930, the 1930 Census 
reported £2*1 mn. of duty on sugar while the Preliminary 
Report and the Final Report of the 1935 Census returned 
;^2*3 mn. A similar minor disparity was observed in 1935 be- 
tween the Preliminary Report of the 1935 Census, which re- 
corded £2-4. mn. of excise duty on sugar, and the Final Report 
(of the 1935 Census), in which the duty was £2*^ mn. 

The returns of excise in the Censuses of Production and in the 
Finance Accounts agree fairly closely. The wdest disagreement 
was observed in the Sugar, Glucose and Molasses Group in 1924, 
where the excise duty in the Census of Production was returned 
at p^^o*8 mn. in the Finance Accounts 1924-5. 
The chief reason for this discrepancy is that the excise in the 
Finance Accounts covered only duties on glucose. In the case 
of the Aerated Waters, etc. Trade Sub-Group, in 1924 the value 
of excise was reported in the Census as ^^0*4 mn., while it was 
higher in both the Finance Accounts for 1923-4 and 1924-5. In 
1930 the Cemus returned ;£'o-4mn. and in the two Finance 
Accounts 1929-30 and 1930-31 the duty was returned at a 
higher value. 

Customs 

Sources. All the data referring to Customs are derived from the 
Finance Accounts of the United Kingdom; none seem to be 
available in the Censuses of Production except in the case of 
petroleum. 

Gross and Net Values. With the exception of Petroleum, where 
the Drawbacks are relatively very small and which are returned 
net, the table (pp. 1 66-7) presents the customs duties at their gross 
value and states separately the amounts of Drawbacks, Rebates, 
Repayments and Allowances as reported in the respective 
Finance Accounts. 

Trades Covered. The table covers the customs duties in the 
following trades : Trade Group IV (Chemicals, etc.), Petroleum ; 
Trade Group VIII (Textiles), Silk and Artificial Silk; Trade 
Group XI (Food), Cocoa and Sugar Confectionery; and Sugar; 
Trade Group XIII, Tobacco. Those duties cover a large part 
of all customs receipts; thus e.g. in the financial year 1935-6 the 



1/2 APPENDIX II. EXCISE, CUSTOMS AND INDUSTRIES 

table covers 134*1 nin. of net customs receipt out of a total of 
£196*6 mn. returned in the Finance Accounts 1935-6. The duty 
on sugar includes customs on refined and unrefined sugar, 
molasses and glucose, saccharine and articles containing sugar. 
The duty on cocoa includes cocoa preparations, cocoa butter, 
and husks. The duty on tobacco includes, snuff. The duty on 
petroleum returned in the 1930 Census of Production referred 
to duty paid by firms on oil purchased and refined by them. 

In selecting the customs duties included in the table we have 
had in mind only those articles which mainly constitute the 
materials entering into further stages of production in this 
country. It would seem that the duties paid on imported goods 
ready for consumption should not be added under any con- 
ceivable definition into the net output of the factory and non- 
factory trades.^ 

The distinction which has been drawn between goods entering 
into further stages of production in the United Kingdom and 
goods entirely ready for use is not clear cut. Only a part of the 
total petroleum imported is subjected to further treatment in 
this country; similarly with silk and artificial silk, cocoa, 
tobacco and sugar. Sugar refining since April 1928 received a 
special encouragement in the form of reduction of the duty on 
raw sugar with the maintenance of full protection on refined 
sugar. This increased immensely the amount of foreign raw 
sugar refined in Great Britain. 

After 1931 the classification into the two groups becomes 
gradually more difficult, owing to the impossibility of splitting 
up such items as ^Abnormal Importations’, Customs Duties, 
^General Ad Valorem Duties Goods’ appearing in the Finance 
Accounts 1 93 1 -2. These items, however, are not very large and 
they have been excluded from the table. In the 1932-3 Finance 
Accounts the goods liable under the Import Duties Act 1932 
make their appearance for the first time; and in 1934-5 we find 
a new item, 'Duties on certain imports from the Irish Free 
State’. All these duties, which amount to some £35 mn., have 
been excluded from the table for reasons stated above. 

Subject to the corrections just mentioned, the customs duties 
in the table represent the duties on the bulk of materials and 
semi-manufactured goods used in the United Kingdom. 

All the entries of the net output in the table in Chapter III 
{p, 164) are net of excise duties. In the 1924 Census of 

I In estimates of Real Income, however, they have their place. See 
Chapter iv, pp. 187-8. 



APPENDIX II. EXCISE, CUSTOMS AND INDUSTRIES 1 73 

Production a number of excise duties were included in the net 
output figures, viz. ;^i*4mn. in the Chemicals, Dyestuffs and 
Drugs Sub-group; ;^i-8 mn. in the Match Trade; mn, in 

the Sugar, Glucose and Molasses Group; mn. in Brewing 

and Malting; ;;^o*4 mn. in Aerated Waters, etc.; ;^o*i mn. in the 
Playing Cards, Printing, Binding Group, etc. Their total value was 
j^95*3mn. Excise dutieson spirits formed a prominent exception. 

The data derived from the Censuses of Production and from 
the Finance Accounts do not cover precisely the same period. 
The excise derived from the Censuses are estimates of the duties 
collected in the Census year. The information from the Finance 
Accounts corresponding to each datum from the Census covers 
the financial year ended 31 March of the Census year and an 
analogous period of the year following the Census. On the 
whole the figures of excise given in the Censuses lie within each 
pair of figures from the corresponding Finance Accounts, as 
one would expect prima facie. The only exception was the 
excise on Aerated Waters, etc. in 1924 and in 1930, when the 
Census figures were lower than either of the figures in the 
corresponding pairs of figures in the Finance Accounts. The 
differences, however, are small. 

Subsidies on dwelling-houses raise so many problems both of 
a statistical and of an economic character that it has not been 
possible to treat them on the same lines as those followed in this 
Appendix. In the table, pp. 126, the value is that of the finished 
product, less materials, etc,, and therefore includes any subsidies 
on building in the same way that the value of the net output of 
sugar includes the sugar subsidy. 

The totals represent the aggregates of the returns from each 
source for any particular year. In some cases these totals are 
incomplete in so far as e.g. the Censuses of Production provide no 
information as to some subsidies, while the Finance Accounts 
leave out others. In other cases, such as sugar, the 1924 Census 
of Production returned some of the customs duties under the 
heading of excise duties, as has been already mentioned. 

The large fluctuations in the totals are due partly to cyclical 
fluctuations and partly to changes in the rates of duties charged, 
e.g. there was a heavy increase in the customs duty on hydro- 
carbon oil between 1930 and 1935. In the case of beer the 
quantity on which duty was paid (home made) fell from 21 mn. 
standard barrels in 1924 to i8| mn. in 1930 and 16 mn. in 1935. 
The excise duty per barrel at 1055° amounted to 8or. in 1924-25, 
^s. in 1930-31, and 80s, in i935“”36. 



174 APPENDIX III. NET OUTPUT OF SMALL FIRMS 

APPENDIX III 

NUMBERS EMPLOYED AND NET OUTPUT 
OF SMALL FIRMS 

The table on pp. 1 76-7 refers to the net output of and the numbers 
employed by firms employing on the average ten or less persons 
in Great Britain and five or less persons in Northern Ireland. 
It covers the three Censal years 1924, 1930 and 1935. 

The main trades in which small firms are important are: 
Building and Contracting; Building materials; Chains, nails and 
screws; Motor and Cycle; Carriage, cart and wagon; Plate and 
Jewellery; Tailoring; Boots and Shoes; Bread and Cakes; 
Timber saw-milling; Furniture and Upholstery; Printing and 
Binding; Blacksmithing (in 1924). 

Repair work. In some trades a considerable proportion of the 
net output contributed by the small firms consisted of repair 
work. This applies to Building where a considerable proportion 
consisted of repair work and re-decorating. Some 43 per cent 
of small firms in 1924 in Tools and Implements were doing 
repair work, the corresponding percentage in 1930 was 45. 

Of all small firms in Group VI (Engineering, etc.) in 1924 
some 60 per cent of their total net output was contributed by 
repair and other work and 40 per cent by manufacturing output. 
In the same year the repair work constituted 16 per cent of the 
total repair work of all firms in the group, while the manu- 
facturing output constituted only some 2 per cent of the whole 
group. 

About 10 per cent of the net output of the small firms in 1924 
in the Finished Brass Sub-group (Group VII) consisted of repair 
work, while in the Plate and Jewellery Trade the same con- 
stituted 32 per cent. In the Watch and Clock Trade some 
75 per cent of all repair work done by all the firms went to the 
small firms. In addition to that some repair work was carried 
out by retail trade firms employing one or two assistants for 
fulfilling repair orders of customers. 

In 1924 some 33 per cent of the net value of repair work of 
all firms in the Coopering Trade (Group XIV) was contributed 
by the small firms. 

Apart firom that many small firms are engaged in manu- 
facturing goods which often differed considerably in. type and 
quality from those manufactured by larger concerns. 



APPENDIX III. NET OUTPUT OF SMALL FIRMS 175 

Allowances and Omissions 

In several cases small allowance was made for Northern 
Ireland, e.g. in Trade Group VIII, Linen and cotton, and 
Group X (especially in the case of Tailoring) ; Trade Group XI, 
Food, Butter; Fish-curing; and Trade Group XII (Beer); 
Saw-miUing, Furniture and Upholstery (Group XIV). In 
most cases when allowances were made they varied between 
I and 3 per cent. 

A small allowance has also been made where there was some 
industrial activity which was not recorded by the Census, such 
as the output of the inmates of philanthropic institutions. Tliis 
refers in the first line to Coir Fibre, Horse-hair and Leather in 
Group VIII, and to Timber, Group XIV, Cane and Wicker 
Furniture, Upholstery and Basketware. A number of firms 
engaged in repair work in the Building Trade in 1930 were 
classed in 1924 together with Electrical Engineering. 

The net output of collieries excluded collieries in the process 
of development. 

In none of the cases was the net output of outworkers added 
to the net output of the small firms, as it was impossible to find 
out what proportion of the outworkers were employed in the 
various sub-groups. In some of the industries, e.g. Tailoring, 
the number of outworkers was a considerable proportion of the 
total number of workers. 

Method of Computation 

The data referring to the net output of the small firms 
employing less than ten persons are scanty and scattered over 
various parts of the Censuses of Production. Whenever the net 
output was not available directly from the Census, it was 
estimated as follows : 

In some cases the gross output of the small firms not making 
returns in 1924 was estimated by the Census authorities. From 
those gross output figures the net output figures were computed 
by assuming that in the case of small firms the net output bears 
the same relation as that of the larger firms. 

For the other years the net output of the small firms not 
furnishing returns has been arrived at on the assumption that 
the net output per person employed in the small firms employing 
less than ten persons was equal to that in the nearest size-class 
of firms available in the Census (in most cases 1 1-24 workers). 
In those cases, however, in which the latter was larger than the 



176 APPENDIX III. NET OUTPUT OF SMALL FIRMS 

Numbers Employed and Net Output of Small Firms in the 
Main Industrial Groups 

Inset : numbers, etc. of smaller groups in which 5,000 or more were employed 

Numbers employed* 


Industrial group or sub-group 



1924 

2930 

1935 

I, 11. Mines 

10 

10 

9 

Non-metalliferous 

5 

8 

8 

III. Building, etc. 

251 

183 

i 275 

Materials 

6 

10 

II 

Building and contracting 

140 

167 

257 

l\\ Chemicals 

1 1 

12 

12 

W Iron and steel 

39 

38 

32 

Hardware 

9 

1 1 

' 1 1 

Chains, nails, screws 

20 

18 

1 14 

\T. Engineering 

87 

1 10 

1 106 

Mechanical 

33 

26 

23 

Electrical 

6 

7 

7 

Motors, etc. 

30 

1 63 

63 

Carriages, etc. 

15 

1 12 

10 

VI L Non-ferrous metals 

14 

16 

12 

Plate, jewellery 

: 6 

, 8 

5 

VIII. Textiles 

i ^5 

' 19 

15 

IX. Leather 

8 

8 

7 

Leather goods 

! 6 

5 

5 

X. Clothing 

! 161 

141 

109 

Tailoring 

; 123 

107 

81 

Boots and shoes 

30 

25 

22 

XL Food 

91 

99 

lOI 

Bread 

72 

75 

78 

XII. Drink 

1 1 

13 

12 

Aerated waters 

5 

6 

6 

XIIL Tobacco 

0 

0 

0 

XIV. Timber 

: 49 

72 

69 

Saw-mills 

1 23 1 

36 

37 

Ftimiture 

I 21 

32 

28 

XV. Paper 

29 

33 

33 

Printing 

26 

i 28 

27 

XVT, XVH. Rubber, miscellaneous 1 


15 

14 

XVIII-XXI. Gas, transport. Government | 

; 

! I I 

12 

II 

Total: All | 

696 

CD 

0 

816 

Firms making returns i 

474 i 

716 1 

791 

Firms not making returns 

222 1 

64 1 

25 


* Administrative and operative. 



APPENDIX III. NET OUTPUT OF SMALL FIRMS 177 

J^umbets Employed und Output of Sinall Fiftns in the 
Main Industrial Groups 

Inset: numbers, etc. of smaller groups in which 5,000 or more were employed 


Net output 


Industrial group or sub-group 

{£ nan.) 


1924 

1930 

1935 

I, IL Mines 

2 

2 

2 

Non-metalliferous 

I 

I 

2 

III, Building, etc. 

25 

32 

50 

Materials 

I 

2 


Building and contracting 

23 

30 

46 

IV. Chemicals 

3 

4 

5 

V. Iron and steel 

5 

7 

6 

Hardware 

I 

2 

2 

Chains, nails, screws 

2 

3 

3 

VI. Engineering 

14 

15 

18 

Mechanical 

5 

5 

5 

Electrical 

I 

I 

1 

Motors, etc. 

6 

7 

10 

Carriages, etc. 

2 

2 

2 

VII, Non-ferrous metals 

2 

3 

3 

Plate, jewellery 

I 

I 

I 

VIII. Textiles 

4 

3 

2 

IX. Leather 

I 

I 

I 

Leather goods 

I 

I 

I 

X. Clothing 


22 

17 

Tailoring 

18 

16 

12 

Boots and shoes 

5 

4 

4 

XI. Food 

19 

19 


Bread 

^5 

14 

18 

XII. Drink 

3 

4 

4 

Aerated waters 

1 

1 

2 

XIII. Tobacco 

0 

0 

0 

XIV. Timber 

8 

II 

14 

Saw-mills 

3 

5 

7 

Furniture 

4 

5 

5 

XV. Paper 

5 ! 

5 

7 

Printing 

— j 

— 

— 

XVI, XVIL Rubber, miscellaneous 

2 ' 

3 

2 

XVIII~XXI. Gas, transport, Government 

4 

4 . 

4 

Total: AU 

120 

135 

159 

Firms making retmms 

87 

124 

155 

Firms not making returns 

33 

1 ” 

4 


BNI 


12 



IjB APPENDIX III. NET OUTPUT OF SMALL FIRMS 

average for the whole Industrial Group, e.g. in the case of 
woollen and worsted in 1935, ii^en and hemp in 1930, tailoring, 
etc., the more conservative estimate was used by taking, instead, 
the average net output for the industry as a whole. By multi- 
plying such average net output by the number of workers in 
the small firms under ten in each trade, the net output was 
estimated for the whole industry^ For the reason above and 
owing to the exclusion of outworkers the net output of the small 
firms is probably somewhat under-estimated by some 7 to 
10 per cent. 

In the case of small firms making returns the net output in 1930 
and 1935 each trade group, for which data concerning the 
size distribution are available in the Final Reports of the Censuses 
of Production, has been arrived at in the same way as in the 
case of firms not furnishing returns. In the case of those 
industries for which the Final Report of the 1935 Census is not 
yet available, it was necessary to use the Preliminary Reports 
and assume that the net output per person was equal to the 
average net output per person for the trade as a whole. 

In the case of Building and Contracting, since it is a very 
important group, a greater degree of accuracy was attempted 
as follows : 

We have the number of persons employed in firms making 
and not making returns. That figure was multiplied by the net 
output per man. The latter is not available in the Preliminary 
Report for 1935 and had to be assumed. We assumed a similar 
distribution of net output per man in 1935 in the groups of 
firms of various sizes as in 1930 and we took the output per man 
in 1930 in the smallest size group, which we deflated in the 
same ratio as that in which the average net output per man in 
^935 has fallen compared with 1930, viz. (199/207). By 
multiplying the result by the total employment we obtained 
the net output of the small firms for the industry. 

At the foot of the table are shown the numbers employed and 
the net output of firms from which returns were obtained 
separately from others. It is seen that the returns were more 
complete in successive Censuses. 

Employment Inclusions and Omissions 

The employment figures in the small firms include the owners 
of the establishments when themselves engaged in productive 
processes. They include all persons whether belonging to the 



APPENDIX III. NET OUTPUT OF SMALL FIRMS 179 

operative or administrative staff, but exclude persons engaged 
in retail and selling operations. In 1930 the employment figure 
in the small firms in the Bread and Cakes Group excludes some 
11,400 employees estimated to be engaged on retail functions 
in bakeries. We excluded likewise all outworkers employed by 
the various trades on the ground that it was impossible to assess 
how many of them were connected with the small firms. This 
is unfortunate, since a large proportion of the outworkers 
recorded were not improbably engaged by small firms. 

Where no direct information was available from the Census 
of Production as to the number of persons engaged in the firms' 
not furnishing returns, it was assumed as in the Census Reports 
that on the average those firms employed the same number as 
the small firms furnishing returns in their respective trades. 

The average number employed per firm in all industries 
together appears not to exceed four in either year. 


12-a 



Chapter IV 

PRICE MOVEMENTS: INDEX OF 
REAL INCOME 

It is the usual practice, after estimates of money income (on 
any definition) have been made for two or more years, to 
adjust them by index-numbers of prices, so as to obtain some 
measurement of the change of 'real income’. The price index- 
numbers are generally weighted by reference to the relative 
importance of different categories of expenditure at the first 
year under consideration. The result is often expressed in some 
such phrase as 'income in year B in dollars of year A\ 

Though there is no more appropriate method possible than 
this or some development of it, it should be acknowledged that 
the result has only a numerical or formal meaning, and is not 
an exact measure of increased well-being, which is a hedonistic 
or psychological concept, and not measurable by statistics- If 
in a period every price increased 20 per cent, and every income 
50 per cent, this method would show an increase of ' real income ’ 
of 25 per cent,^ and it would be possible (if supplies were 
available) for each individual to increase his purchase of each 
article by 25 per cent. But he would not in fact do this and his 
re-arrangement of his purchases would depend on his relative 
preferences for the particular goods. His aggregate satisfaction 
would be greater, but not by 25 per cent or any other numerical 
measure. We could say that he could purchase his former 
budget of commodities and have one-fifth of his money left ; or 
we might reach such a conclusion as 'the partly skilled workman 
to-day with 55^. could make the same purchases as the artisan 
some decades ago with 4.0s. ^ 

Formally at least we get closer to the problem by averaging 
two price index-numbers, one based on purchases at the first 
date, the other on purchases at the second date, thus getting 
over some numerical difficulties caused by abnormal changes 
in prices of particular goods. 

The usual procedure is best expressed in notation. Write K 
for expenditure at the first date on Qj, §3? of various 

goods whose prices per unit are 

I 1*50™ 1*20= 1*25. 



PRICE movements: index of real income i8i 


Write 5 ?2 5 • • ‘ 5 3 J^2 5 • • • for the corresponding quantities 

at the second date. Then k^'Lqp- 

The price index-numbers are 


and 




^QP 

^QP 

I.qP’ 


5 based on the earlier budget^ 
based on the later budget. 


k is then reduced to its presumed value at the earlier prices 
by dividing by or 72, or by (Irving Fisher’s 'ideal 

index-number’) or some other average, e.g. 


or 


g) j) 

S(Q + g)P‘ 


The ratio of 'real’ incomes is then taken as 


Real income second year Tiqp ^ ^Qp __ ^qp _ r r \ 
Real income first year K ' SQP XQp ^ 

nr k-i-l2 __ SgP _ j / \ 

or generally kjK ~ 7. 

It is clear that and J2 are weighted index-numbers of 
change of quantities purchased, and that they may be calculable 
without the intermediate step of forming price index-numbers. 

Write ri = gj/Qi, r2 = g2/Q23 -‘-j ^13^23 **• ratios 

of quantities. Write Pj^QjPj, ^2== $2-^2 3 •••3 
4 — 72^3 •*•3 A ^ ^re the sums expended and K — TiL, 

k = llL Then 

^ SfQP SrP_SPr ^ ^ ^qp _ 1:1 _ k 

2QP K ^^^IlqpIr'^'Lllr Zl/r' 

All we need to know for this procedure is the expenditure at 
each date on each kind of goods, and the ratio for each kind 
of the quantity purchased in the second to that purchased in 
the first year. 

The method is applicable to an individual or to a group of 
individuals or to a nation considered as a unit; but in the latter 
case it takes no account of the variation caused by the changed 
prices and incomes as between persons, families or classes. 

Before the method is used we must, of course, have a clear 
definition of national income, in respect both to the separate or 
corporate incomes included in the nation, and to the items that 



i 82 price movements: index of real income 

are counted as income for this purpose. Such questions were 
considered in Chapter i. 

Particular difficulties are found in connection with goods 
subject to customs, excise or purchasing tax, goods the pro- 
duction of which is subsidized, goods produced or services 
rendered freely by Government (Central or Local), direct 
taxation, indirect taxation, and by transfer of money by tax 
from one group of persons to another. Agreement has not been 
reached as to the appropriate treatment of these problems, and 
the method described below is the subject of some controversy.^ 
We need further notation : 

Take three classes of goods: 

Selling 

Quantity Cost Cost price price 

Produced privately; no excise Qi — Pj 

Produced privately; tax on sale Q2 112 = 1/2/^2 -^2 

Public production, not charged Ll Ha = L^/Ql P3 

to users 

Write P2=^Tl2{i + T)y so that 112 7^18 a tax per unit sold. 
Write E=Q2Tl2T—L2T for the yield of this indirect taxation. 
We have 

7^1 “III 5 7^3 7C = Z /2 "h L 2 "h -^3 • 

Write D for the amount of direct taxation. 

For the second year use small letters, k, p, tt, d, e. In 
general 

Case I. Direct taxation only, applied wholly to the production 
of Q2 and J3. 

E^e = o^ 7^2~n25 D=II^.Q2 = L^, 

T - ?iA + g2-P2 + g 3 -Ps .. 7 'iA + ^ 2-^2 + o r-^L-f+r^L^ 

^ QiPi + Q%P 2 + QzPz ^+-^2 + 0 ~ K-D ’ 

whenrj=yj/Qj, .... 

Here and throughout it is assumed that in every case the cost 
of production equals the income of the producers (profits, rents, 
salaries and wages), and that there are no imports or exports^, 
and that all income is spent (in any proportion) on the goods 

I is re-worked, with some change of notation, from a paper read to 
the Manchester Statistical Society, November 1939. 
a The effect of external trade is considered below. 



PRICE movements: index of real income 183 

produced in the first two classes. The treatment of depreciation 
is left open for the present. 

J ~ _ /i + /2 + Q _ k — d 

^ QlPl'^ Q 2 p 2 '^ ^lAl + ^ 2/^2 ^iAi + 4/^2 

This method in this case, however, leads to an absurdity. 
For if direct taxation is increased so as to absorb a great part 
of income, the denominator of becomes small, is great, 
and J2 is small. In a communistic state naturally the method 
would not apply. 

An alternative method is to regard D as transferred from 
private to communal expenditure, so that the goods are 
furnished to the community without further payment. We 
impute a price equal to the cost price, and write 
p^ = 7 T^. Then 


and 

A 









This method does not lead to inconsistent or ambiguous results, 
and comes directly from the assumption that a community 
decides freely to employ jointly a group of people (say for road- 
making, police protection, etc.) instead of hiring watchmen and 
men for making up their own roads, etc. In such cases evidently 
real income is not affected except by changes in efficiency. The 
same argument applies in a democratic community to all public 
services. Transfers of income (not in return for services) are 
considered later. 


Case IL Indirect taxation only. 

Here the sum Q2P2 is spent on goods of class 2, of which 
Q2Pl2 — ^2 is kept by the producers and L2T—Q2TI2T—E 
handed to the Government. E is then spent on the production 
of $3, so that also E = L^. 

As in Case I it is assumed that the community decides to 
provide goods or services (such as teaching or street-lighting) 
acting as a single employer. But the individuals actually spend 
all their money on goods, and decide how much to buy at the 
price Pg by ^be same considerations as in buying the untaxed 
goods (Qi at price Pj). If all goods were taxed at a uniform rate, 
it would be completely indifferent whether the sum was raised 
by direct or indirect taxation, unless the incidence of taxation 
on different classes was changed, except in so far as the change 



184 PRICE movements: index of real income 

in quantities bought or produced varied from one commodity 
to another, and this result should appear in our formula. 

In this case 


_ YiqP ?i n 1 “b ^ Q _ -^I + 7*2 Z^2 'b ^2 .^2 ^ 

^WP^Qi ni + {i + T)^q\ X o ^ + 

Ti A +^2-^2 + ^2-^3 
K 

A j ’^g2^2(^ "bgs ^ ^ ^ 

^ QiTTi + Q2^2(^ +^) +Q3 X 0 

If T and t were also imposed on class i, and =r2 = r3, then 

(rj -f r2 A) h + A) ^ A i 

J^=:ri = A both in direct and indirect taxation. 

The difference between the effects of direct and indirect 
taxation is therefore to be found in the difference between the 
relative amounts bought when the price of one or more, but 
not every, commodity is raised by excise. 

To simplify the problem assume that there is no change in 
the total number of occupied persons or of number of incomes 
or of average income. These assumptions detract little from the 
generality of the argument. 

Take the case where T=o, but taxation (t) is imposed in 
the second year. Write qi — Qi{i-hu)y = 93 = ^3* 

Here u and v are positive if (as is normally the case) there is 
a transfer of production from the taxed to the untaxed article. 
It is assumed that the quantity of Government products is the 
same as under private enterprise and that the pre-tax price 
equals cost price. Then 


r __ 9i “b $'2^2 + 93113 _ L1U — L2V 

$10^ + ^202 + $303-'-^ K ’ 

I _ + Q2'”’2(^ +^) + Q3 ^ Q 

^2 9l + 92 7^2 ( I + ^) + 93 ^ 


since 


U 


i-f« i—i^ 


(i +t) 


^ 1+4 + 4 


4 I 4+4 

I "htt I — t? 


k 


_ I / i^u (4 + 4) 

i+u'^ l^V ) 



PRICE movements: index of real income 185 

The simplest case is when there is no change in the cost of unit 
production owing to the change in output in either class i or 
class 2. Then 


LJa 

Qi 


4 

Q2 


u 


La ^ 


^2’ Q3 ?3 


ij(i4'w)5 /2 — ^ 2(1 v)y 


Since it is assumed that there is no change in total income. 


+ Z/2 -^3 “ "f” 4 ^3 5 

XL ^ ^2 ^ • 

The income (or wages, profits, etc.), is transferred from 
producers in class 2 to producers in class L^u. Then 


Ji = i and — 

^ J2 ^ i-vj 




Thus, since v is to be taken as positive, Jg is less than unity and 
there is a loss of real income owing to the transfer. 

But if the untaxed article is produced under conditions 
of diminishing or constant return while the taxed is under 
increasing return, then /2/?2 is greater than ^2/^2? ’W’hii^ hlii i^ 
equal to or greater than Write 

lilgi^{i+x) LJQi and /2/?2= + 5 ^) ^2/^2* 

Then, neglecting products ux and vy^ the equation of incomes 
gives 

ij {u+x) —L^ {^~y ) =0 

, y L,x-\-Lm 

and Jj = I * ^ 

Then both and J2 i^ss than unity, that is, real income 
decreases. 

But if Li is produced under conditions of increasing return 
(y negative) and under constant or diminishing return {x zero 
or negative), real income increases. 

These results are believed to be consistent with those first 
stated by Marshall [Principles of Economics^ 19365 Book v, 
Chap, xni, especially pp. 468 seq.). 



i86 PRICE movements: index of real income 


Case III, There is no additional assumption needed for the 
general case where there are both direct and indirect taxation. 
The imputed price per unit in class 3 is now DjQ^. 

i) + £ == whole cost of Q3 = £3 , and E—L^T as before. 


The formula is simplified by writing D = ££3 and £ = ( i — i?) £3 . 


Then 


7 ^ 1-^1 "^^ 2 {-^2 -^3 




When R=::i=r-we have Case I ; when £ — 0 == r we have Case II. 

The conclusions about the effect of transfer from class 2 to 
class I apply in a modified form, which it is not necessary to 
elaborate here. 


There is no need to restrict the analysis to three commodities^ 
one in each group. Each class may be regarded as containing 
any variety of goods and prices, and in class 2 the rates of 
customs or excise may vary. The complete formulae may then 
be written : 


A ^ /^Lisl J- T. +0] I „ V 


Each summation is extended over s—i, 2, ... n, where n is the 
number of separate goods in a class, and R = DI{D + E), 
r=dl{d+e), as before. 


If one or more of the goods is subject to subsidy, we can either 
relegate it to class 2 with a negative value for a or t^, or 
treat it as a modified item in class 3. In the latter case, if there 
are only three commodities and no direct taxation, we have: 


IfJi — rjZj + rjZjCi + T) +r^L^{i —S), 


A 

A 



where S, s are the rates of subsidy per unit value cost. 

Here the tax is used to subsidize other goods and L2T=L^S, 
When ,S'=i=j, we come to Case II above, with 
L^T and l2t available for free government goods. 



PRICE movements: inbex of real income 187 

We can treat depreciation either as subtractive from income 
throughout, or include its amount in income and goods allotted 
to replacement under expenditure, thus merging them with 
savings, taken as devoted to purchase of capital goods. 

Now introduce changes in class 3, writing = {1 w) 
and ^3/^3 == (i + ^) Then, if the cost per unit increases, 

is positive. It is found that, when products of u, v, Xy y, z 
are neglected 

KJ^ = jfiT 4* L^u — L^v + Z3 {R {w-\- v) — v} 
klJ2 = -ST-h L^x + £2^ + L^{z+ - r) (w + t;)}. 

In the simplest case where k= Ky = L^y R— i, r = 0, that 
is constant expenditure and a change from wholly direct to 
wholly indirect taxation, 

I (Ji -f J2) = i - ilK-{L^x 4- L2y 4 - 1X3 (-C + v)}. 

The restriction of the formulae to a closed economy where 
there are no exports or imports may now be removed. If at 
the two dates we have (assuming value of £=0) 

Exports Imports 

Price P p P' p' 

Quantity Q q Q' ?' 

Value LI L V 

where PQ = L=:i' = P'Q', pq^l^V=p'q\ 

Write q = r^Q and q' = r^Q\ Then in the numerator of 
when we consider consumption rather than production, we 
must substitute S q'P' for ^qP, where this expression stands for 
the part of the product that is exported, that is, Hr^L' — 
for Now, as we cannot allocate particular imports to 

particular exports, this must be generalized by writing r^-SZ^ 
r^TiL for Sr^-Z' and Sr^Z, where 

I' llq'F V I 

‘ SQP L ■ 

and li and 4 a,re import and export price indices. 

Hence r^—r^xP, where and measures the ‘terms 

of trade \ 



l88 PRICE movements: index of real income 

Thus, finally, we write instead of for exports, 

as perhaps might have been seen without the analysis. 

Similarly, in the denominator of /2 "^^ite S— for S 

^ 'e ’e 

where 

SQ'/' . ^qp 

F and F' are weighted respectively with q, q' and Q, Q'. 

There remains the question of transfers of income by taxation, 
where the proceeds are devoted to payment for past services 
(interest on the national debt) or for no services (old-age 
pensions) . 

Where, as in this country, the proceeds of direct and indirect 
taxation are pooled, and there is seldom any allocation of a 
particular tax to a particular object, the only unambiguous 
treatment seems to be to suppose that these expenses are met 
from direct and indirect taxation in the same proportion, 
R: i —R, as are those for Government production.' If £4, 
are the sums transferred in the two years, we have to subtract 
RL^ , r/4 (the contributions of direct taxation) from total income 
(including pensions) and insert terms £4(1 — i2), /4(i — r) in the 
terms depending on indirect taxation. The results are 

T _ t'l£i + f 2{£2 + (£3 + -^ 4 ) (^- + 

' £i+£ 2+£3 + £ 4 (i-i 2 ) 

Y /j + ^2 d" ^3 "I" ^4 ( t — r) 

+ i/^ 2{4 + (^3 + y (I -r)} + '^lr,hr' 

To recapitulate the principal assumptions that are novel in 
the foregoing analysis: 

Direct taxation is the transfer of income from personal to 
communal expenditure, and the effective or imputed price of 
communal production is determined by the relation of the 
quantities communally produced to the amount of direct 
taxation. If there is no indirect taxation, this price is the cost 
price. 

i Other hypotheses are worked out in the paper at Manchester referred to 
above (p. 182). Admittedly there is an unresolved difficulty in this treatment. 
But a compromise method by which specific taxes for a specific object are 
credited to D or to -E as the case may be, and the rest are pooled, is not 
unreasonable. 



PRICE movements: index of real income 189 


Indirect taxation is included in the selling price of taxed goods ; 
its proceeds are directed to cheapening Government-produced 
goods, so that their imputed price is determined by direct 
taxation only. If there is no direct taxation, then the cost of 
Government goods has been included in the prices of the taxed 
articles and their effective price is zero. 

Mr Colin Clark and others include in the numerator and 
denominator of not only the price in class 2 after taxation, 
but also Government goods at cost price. In our notation this 
gives 

A j + L2 "1“ A 4 " A3 , = /j 4 - /2 4 " ^ + ^3 5 

where 

j 4 * ^2 ( ^ 4 * if) 4 " ^3 

Ai -}" ^2*^2 ( ^ 4 * A) 4 * ^*3 A3 Aj -j“ ^2 (A2 4 “ A) + 7*3 A3 


In order to make this harmonize with the usual method of 
deflating the second year’s income by an index-number of 
prices so that 


Real income in 2nd year _ Money income in 2nd year 
Real income in ist year Money income in ist year 




an entity is created called ‘gross income’, to obtain which the 
yield of indirect taxation is added to personal incomes. By 
some writers it is then assumed that this gross income is 
spendable on commodities with the apparent conclusion that 
a government can increase income by indirect taxation on any 
commodities. This seems to the writer to arise from confusion 
of thought or of definition. For simplicity take the case where 
there is no direct taxation. Then the whole of the income of the 
nation, including that of those engaged in Government pro- 
duction, is spent on goods of classes i and 2 : 


A — Aj4-A2 + A 3 — Q2A2 — A| 4* A2 4- A.* 

A, the amount of taxation, is the source of the income A3 , and 
A=A3. There seems to be no justification for the creation of a 
fictitious income to harmonize with a particular price index- 
number. The objective is not money income, but a weighted 
index of production or consumption. Some of the writers who 
use this method do not appear to have offered any reasons for 
taking Government goods at cost price, while taxed goods are 


* Since cost price, and ^2= cost price (i + P). 



igo PRICE movements: index of real income 

taken at their selling price. But Professor J. R. Hicks {Economica, 
May 1940, pp. 1 16-18) goes further into the question. He 
arrives at the definition ‘Social Income including public 
services = all private incomes + indirect taxes subsidies — pen- 
sions including public services at their cost price. 

He argues that a commodity should not be valued at zero 
unless it is provided in unlimited quantities. ‘Now hardly any 
of the Public Services are such that no additional satisfaction 
would result from extra e.xpenditure upon them— which is the 
condition for it to be appropriate to value them at zero.’ But 
in the treatment developed above, it is the selling price that (in 
the absence of direct taxation) is placed at zero, while their value 
is taken at the amount of indirect taxation which equals cost 
price. It is not assumed that no further satisfaction would be 
obtained by increasing these services. The position is that the 
community is (for example) willing to pay more for its tobacco 
in order to provide more teaching. Equilibrium is at the point 
where additional teaching is balanced against less tobacco, and 
this is on all fours with the balance between the prices and 
consumption of other commodities. Professor Hicks’s and 
Mr Cohn Clark’s methods result in the paradox that social 
income can be increased indefinitely by increasing indirect 
taxation. In the method adopted above indirect taxes are part 
of private incomes, namely the incomes of persons rendering 
public services. Fortunately it is not necessary here to decide 
on the merits of the rival formulae, since in the period 1924-38 
the results of the two methods differ very slightly' (resulting in 
any case only from differences in weighting the quantity 

I Write for < 7 ; in Case I (p. 182). 

Let E=X.K, i.e. A is the ratio of indirect taxation to the total of incomes. 

Then the measurement in the text, p. 184, is 

iJi = oJi |i + A 

If r2<r^, that is, if production of the taxed commodity diminishes 
relatively to that on the group transferred to Government, 

but the relative difference depends on the product of two fractions each 
of which is usually small. 

Mr Clark’s measurement reduces to 

when is neglected. This differs from by a quantity which is very 
sxnaii, unless is abnormally great. 



PRICE movements: index of real income igi 

relatives), while the margin of uncertainty in other factors, 
especially those relating to services as contrasted with goods, is 
quite considerable. When, as in 1941, indirect and direct 
taxation form large proportions of total income, it may be that 
the differences would be significant. 

It is clear that the formulae for the ratio of real incomes 
depend on weighting quantity changes and that price move- 
ments do not enter explicitly. Prices only enter in the choice 
of weights applied to quantity movements. But if the change 
in the value of though its measurement depends on arbitrary 
definitions, is regarded as being of interest and importance, it 
can be deduced from relating the measurement of changes of 
real income to that of the changes of money income. 

APPLICATION OF THE FORMULAE TO THE 
NATIONAL INCOME OF THE UNITED 
KINGDOM, 1924 TO 1938 

In the accompanying tables index-numbers of quantity are 
given with (A) 1924 as base and (B) 1935 as base. These index- 
numbers are weighted with the estimated income in each class, 
in (A) that of 1924 (£), in (B) that of 1935 (/). 

The results^ are given on the basis of Cost price (line 9) and 
on the basis of the formula developed above (line 12). 

It will be seen that the two different formulae give results 
varying by less than i per cent from each other in most cases. 
For the period 1924 to 1935 we have:^ 

Mr Clark’s 

Cost price Formxila method 

(A) Forward working 100 : 12i-i 100 : 120*2 100 : 1 19*9 

(B) Backward working Jg 100 : 120*3 100 : 1 19*3 100 : 1 18*9 

But the backward working (1935 base) gives a perceptibly 
smaller increase than does the forward working. 

1 The formulae are: 

(A) line 9, 1 00 SL ^ -f- SL, 

line 12, 100 (SL. S (i,+£) + S - Si, 

where E is the amount of indirect taxation, R the ratio of direct to total 
taxation. SZ/j includes lines 4, 7, 8; SZg lines 10, ii ; lines 5, 6. 

(B) The formulae are as in (A) with small and capital letters interchanged. 

2 In the calculations the first decimal place was used. In the table the 
nearest units are given. 



igs PRICE movements: index of real income 

Mr Clark, if I understand him rightly, includes indirect 
taxation and Government goods at cost price. The difference 
made is quite small. 

The averages of and J2 are I20‘6, 119*7 119*4, 

differences which are quite insignificant. 

Thus, as was to be expected, the differences that arise from 
different systems of weighting at one date are quite small, but 
those from variation of the base year are slightly greater, though 
within the kind of margin of error that must attach to this kind 
of estimate. 

On the other hand considerable importance attaches to the 
measurement of the changes of quantity. Physical production 
(lines 4 and 6) accounts for 43 per cent of the value in 1924 
and is credited with an increase of 35 per cent in 1935, while 
Services (lines 6 and 8) account for 50 per cent of the value 
and are credited with a rise of only 10 per cent. Below it is 
shown how difficult and doubtful is the change to be attributed 
to Services ; and the effect of different hypotheses on the final 
index-numbers is discussed. 

After the table there are given explanations and details of 
all the estimates, so that it is possible for a student to compute 
the results on various formulae or after different judgment of 
treatment of the basic series. 

PRICES 

We can deduce an index-number of prices in general by 
dividing the index of money income by that of quantity. 


Index-numbers 

Prices 


Years 

Total 

Total 

Quotient 

Board 

Cost of 

Wage 

quantity 

income 

or price 

of Trade 

living 

rates 

1924 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 


lOI 

98 

97 

98 

100 

lOI 

1926 

9B 

96i 

98 

89 

98 

lOI^ 

1927 

107 

1 00 

934 

85 

95 

IOl| 

1928 

107 

lOI 

95 

84 

94 

lOI 

1929 

no 

lOI 

92 

82 

94 

100 

1930 

107 

98 


72 

94 

99 

1931 

104 


85 

62J 

90 

98 

^932 

105 

85I 

81 

61 

84 

98 

^933 

X09 


83 

62 

794 

95 

1934 


954 

83 

83 

8oi 

95 

1935 

120 

lOI 

84 

84 

8i| 

98 

1936 

125 

107 

86 

68 

84 

984 

*937 

127 

112 

88 

78 

88J 

102 

1938 

123 

112 

91 

73 

89 

105J 



PRICE movements: index of real income 193 

The Quantity index used is the average of (A) line 12 and 
(B) line 13, viz. i(</i + ^2)* 

The money income series is computed from Total B, Table IX 
(p. 81 above). 

For comparison the Board of Trade index of Wholesale 
Prices is given and the Cost of Living index. Except in 1931-33 
the new index lies very close to the Cost of Living. 

Also the Wage-Rate index of the London and Cambridge 
Economic Service is entered. The Cost of Living index is 
approximately half-way between Wholesale Prices and Wage 
Rates, except in 1 929-32, when it is nearer the Wage Rate index. 

A rough comparison is possible between the increase in the 
Quantity index discounted for the growth of population, and 
the increase of real wages as estimated from the quotient of 
the Wage index by the Cost of Living index. But we should 
use, instead of the Wage index in the table above, one modified 
to allow for increased earnings, as discussed on pp. 64, 65 above. 
This revised index of earnings is : 


1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 193S 

95 95i 99 looi ^06 


We then have : 

Quantity index 
adjusted to 

Quotient of earnings 
per head by Cost 

Year 

population 

of Living index 

1924 

100 

100 

1925 

lOI 

lOI 

1926 

97 1 

103 

1927 

' 106 

107 

1928 

105 

107 

1929 

108 

106 

1930 

105 

105 

1931 

102 

109 

1932 

102 

114 

1933 

105 

119 

1934 

no 

119 

1935 


121 

1936 

1 19 

120 

1937 

120 

n6 

1938 

116 

1^9 


Over the whole period the increase is nearly the same on both 
sides. But between 1927 and 1932 the Cost of Living index- 
number falls rapidly and causes an increase which is not 
confirmed by the index of Quantity. The fall of prices in this 
period was in primary foods and materials, not in services or 
cost of manufacture. 


BNl 


13 




Allowii^ for effect of changing ‘terms of trade’. 



Table B 

National Income, Index-numbers of Quantity: 1935 base 


CO 

CO 

C) 

102 

100 

102 

Of to 0 ^ 1 Of 

0 0 0 0 ! c 

coco 

z ^ 

CO CO 

0 Of 

!>• 

CO 

CO 

mco CO 

M (7) H-l 

^ CT5CO <05 

« ^ 05 0 <05 

CO 

0 

(£5 

CM 0 

>-< l-t 

CO f>- 

0 Cf 

CO 

CO 

CO 

CO 0 
000 

<0 CO Of CO Of 

0 0000 

2 

CO Of 

0 0 

w 

fHl« 

Th "4 

0 CM 

10 

CO 

CO 

000 

000 

0 0 0 0 0 

0 2 2 2 2 

0 

0 

0 0 

0 0 

0 (75 

0 *-( 

CO 

Tj-I « lO 

Oi 0 CO 

iHlM 

lO loco CO <s> 
05 05 05 <75 <75 

m 

05 

CO 'Sf 
<75 (05 

ih|ji 

CO 

CX) 

CO 

CO 

Cl 

c£j jo-r^ 
CO OiCO 

CO CO <r> 

CO CO 05 05 05 

Cf 

(75 

0 0 

05 05 

CM 0 

<75 

Of 

CO 

O) 

0 CO ►-« 
CO coco 

« coco '^^CO 

CO r- 05 <05 05 

C75 

00 

<75 05 
CO CO 

<75 <0 

CO 0 

CO 

cn 

0(JD « 
CO CO CO 

tC5 Of 

00 r«> 05 <75 05 

00 

00 

oo 0 

<75 0 

t-t]iN r-(!sj 

00 m 

CO 0 

0 

CO 

01 

CO 

CO CO CO 

CO Of lO 0 UO 
00 CO <7505 05 

<75 

CO 

0 

C75 ^ 

0 

05 0 

CO 

Of 

Oi 

uo CO 
CTiCo a> 

CO CO r^co 

CO CO 0500 05 

Cf 

05 

CD 0 
<7> Cf 

H)(N 

CO 0 

05 

00 

Of 

CO 

!>• 

CO CO 00 

Of 000 CO CO 

CO 00 0500 <05 

0 

05 

M CO 
05 ^ 

0 

^ 2 

r-s 

Of 

CO 

oco 0 
cnco 05 

10 -^co coco 

00 CO 0500 05 

0 

05 

Cf (75 
<75 M 

0 CO 
<75 0 

CO 

Of 

CO 

Of Of 

I r^oD f>* 

CO coco <NCO 

CO CO <7500 <75 

CNF 

CO 

<75 CO 
00 CM 

CO <75 

CO cr> 

Of 

CO 

0 Of 0 
CO 00 CO 

10 0 

r>. 0500 05 

m 

00 

CO Of ^ 
CO CO j 

1 1 

in ^ 

^ 2 

Of 

CO 

0 w 0 

CO COCO 

m 00 <N[ 0 <M 

CO <75CO <7> 

CO 

CO 

<75 Of 
!>■ CO 

^ 0 

00 0 

1935 

Value 1 
{£ mn.) 

lO tn 

coco 1 , 
10 - 1 

i 

0 m lo 0 0 

0 mco cof>- 

<0 CO t-t 

1-^ 

0 

Cf 1 

9 1 

CO 

0 to 
0 0 

Of *-• 

I 1 


3.StJ 
*5 S bo 
^ bo 0 

w Cf CO 

f-l 0 CO 

0 a 0 45 

O! e CS 0 

ts S'g g S 8 

* 0 ffioj 

4* incD i>c6 

0 

8 

1 9 U 

^ g-g 

J-f 

05 

1 

i V 

0 ^co 

ss 

6 w 

u 

(D 

iis 2 
? l-i " 

N CO 

t -4 



13-2 



196 PRICE movements: index of real income 


Explanation of the Table 

Weights {L and /). For Industry the net output (including 
small firms and excluding Government Products) has been taken 
in 1930 and 1935 after deducting 10 per cent as an allowance 
for depreciation and any rates that enter into cost. 

For Agriculture (which has little weight in the total so that 
exact computation is not necessary) one of the estimates for net 
output, as discussed on pp. 95-101 above, is adopted for 1924, 
and after consideration of Schedules A and B of the income tax 
and the numbers and wages of agricultural labourers a slightly 
lower figure has been taken for 1935. 

For Government Products the net output of physical pro- 
duction by the Central and Local Authorities has been written 
in for 1924 and 1935. For Government Services in 1924 and 
1935, Total Expenditure chargeable against Revenue has been 
added to estimated total local rates, and then the interest (and 
other service) of the National Debt and the value of Post Office 
services has been deducted. From this remainder the amount 
already included as Products has been subtracted. 

For Houses it has been arbitrarily assumed that the annual 
value of houses, as distinct from business premises, already taken 
into account in line 4, is 71 per cent of the assessed value of 
buildings in Schedule A. This estimate has no authority, except 
that Mr Flux appears to have used it in his work on the 1907 
Census of Production. The weight is so small a proportion 
of the total, and the Quantity index moves so closely with 
the general index-number, that an exact valuation is of little 
importance. 

The totals of L and I are the estimates of National Income in 
the table on p. 81 above, obtained by subtracting Pensions, 
National Debt interest and Income due to Foreigners from the 
total of personal and corporate incomes. The diflTerence between 
this total and lines 4, 5, 6, 7 is entered in line 8, and is attributable 
to activities outside the Census of Production and Government 
Production. It includes transport, distribution, wholesale and 
retail, other commerce and banking, professions, domestic and 
restaurant service. 

In considering these estimates, it is to be remembered that 
they are only necessary as weights for the Quantity index- 
nuntbers, and precision is only of importance in the larger 
categories. 



PRICE movements: index of real income 197 

Index-numbers of Quantity, In (A) line i is the annual index of 
the London and Cambridge Economic Service after Agriculture 
is detached. In (B) the change shown by Dr Rhodes (see 
pp. 14I5 142 above) between 1930 and 1935, on the basis of 1935, 
gives 86 in 1930. For the years between 1930 and 1935 the 
changes shown in (A) are damped down proportionately to 
yield the smaller increase over the five years. Before 1930 and 
after 1935 the changes in (B) are proportional to those in (A). 

Line 2. For Agriculture series are formed of the annual 
production of wheat, barley, potatoes, sugar, cattle (dairy and 
other), sheep, pigs and fowls, each equated to 100 in 1924, 
and an index-number is formed by using as weights the 
estimated value of their products in 1924. 

Line 3 is a weighted average of lines i and 2. 

In lines 2, 5, 6, 7 and 8 the index-numbers in (B) are the same 
as in (A), reduced proportionally to give 100 in 1935. 

Since the results to the home consumer of production for 
export are found in quantities imported in exchange for them, 
it is proper to include in the index-numbers of quantities con- 
sumed (which are those with which we are concerned when 
considering income) a quantitative measure of imports. Line 4 
shows the result, and since the adjustment from line 3 is small 
a rough method is sufficient. 

Average price index-numbers of imports and exports are 
available in the statistical abstract. The ratios of the export to 
the import price index are approximately 


Year 

Ratio 

Year 

Ratio 

Year 

Ratio 

1924 

i-oo 

1929 

1*00 

1934 

I- 2 I 

1925 

0*99 

^^930 

I *08 

1935 

I'lg 

1926 

1*02 

1931 

I '20 

1936 

i-i 6 

1927 

I’OI 

1932 

I *20 

1937 

1*10 

1928 

1*00 

ms 

I '24 

1938 

i*i 8 


That is, the Herms of trade ^ improved considerably from 1929 
to 1931 and deteriorated from 1934 to 1938. 

For Table A write f for the ratio of exports to total pro- 
duction, each valued at 1924 prices, t for the terms of trade 
and I for the index-number in line 3. 

Then the adjusted index, line 4, is I {i +/(^~ i)}; / varies 
from 0*49 in 1924 to 0*28 in 1936. 

Then the number for 1936 is 139 {i -f 0*28 x o*i6} = 145. 

A similar process, based on 1935, is applied in Table B. 



igS PRICE movements: index of real income 

For line 5 in (A) we have the numbers for 1 924, 1 930, 1 935 from 
the Tables pp. 1 48, 1 50 above. For the years 1 925-29 it has been 
assumed that the greater increase in Government Products than 
for others from 1924 to 1930 was evenly distributed through the 
five years. After 1935 the rate of increase is taken as the same 
as in line i . Since the weight attributed in line 5 is so small, it 
is not important to aim at exact interpolation. 

Lines 6 and 8 may be taken together, for we cannot separate 
clearly the numbers of persons paid by the Government from 
all others rendering services. There is no quantitative measure- 
ment of the change in the amount of service rendered by an 
individual, and the only available method seems to be to 
estimate the number of persons and, assuming that the quantity 
of service per head is unchanged, to take the total amount of 
service as proportional to the numbers. 

The numbers employed in this group cannot be estimated 
from the Unemployment or Health Insurance Statistics, since 
the former exclude domestic service and most railway employees, 
in the latter there is no division by occupation, and both exclude 
persons with incomes over >^250. In default of a better method 
the numbers presumed to have an occupation are taken from 
the table on p. 56 and discounted for unemployment, arbi- 
trarily at half^ the percentage applicable to wage-earners. From 
these are subtracted the estimated numbers employed in the 
Census of Production industries and Agriculture. Thus : 


ooo’s omitted 



1924 

1935 

Numbers ‘occupied* 

2,040 

2,208 

Less imemployed 

180 

292 

Less Production and Agriculture 

938 

916 

Services 

922 

1,000 

Index-number 

100 

108 


There is little doubt that the whole occupied and employed 
population increased more rapidly than those engaged in pro- 
duction;, so that the table which gives an increase from 1924 to 
^935 of 3 por cent for all employed^ a decrease of 2 per cent for 
production, and an increase of 8 per cent for services, is a priori 
reasonable. But these results are hardly consistent with the 
amounts of income credited to the persons in lines B and 8, viz. 

I If the same proportion were subtracted for both classes, the index-numbers 
for Services in 1935 would be 1 10 instead of 108. 



PRICE movements: index of real income 199 

^1950 mn. in 1924 and 1835 mn, in 1935, a decrease of 6 per 
cent; for this could mean that salaries or earnings per head had 
fallen 14 per cent in the period. On p. 92 above it is estimated 
that salaries had fallen about 3 per cent, including the wages of 
shop-assistants. In the same period railwaymen’s earnings had 
fallen 3 per cent. 

There are many elements of approximation both in taking 
the residual income as applying to services and in using the 
occupation figures. But the discrepancy between the fall in 
income and the increase in numbers is too large to explain away. 

If we took 100 instead of 108 in 1935 in lines 6 and 8, the 
index in line 9 would become 118 instead of 123, and there 
would be a corresponding change of about the same amount in 
other index-numbers summarized on pp. 192-3. 

The basis of calculation for Housing (line 7) is the number of 
dwelling-houses in Great Britain in 1931 5 adjusted to other 
years by the number of houses built in each year. This makes 
no allowance for demolitions, but on the other hand does not 
include any estimate for the increase in hotels and other 
buildings, which are not private dwelling-houses nor factories, 
etc. accounted for in the Census of Production. From 1924 to 
1937 it is thus estimated that the quantity of houses increased 
32 per cent, while the assessed value increased 64 per cent; on 
this basis rent increased 24 per cent, while the rents (including 
rates) used in the Cost-of-Living index increased 8 per cent, 
dominated by controlled rents. 

For Customs (A) (line 10) the receipts in 1924 are used as 
weights for series of quantities taxed (1924 to 1938) for beer, 
wine, spirits, tea, cocoa, sugar, currants, tobacco and matches 
separately. Sugar and tobacco dominate the reckoning. For 
(B) it was necessary to take account also of the duties on oil 
and the various new general import taxes. For oil a rough 
estimate is possible of the quantities imported. For the change 
in quantity of other goods newly taxed there is no obvious 
method. It is assumed that the change in the values liable to 
tax is proportional to the value of all imported manufactured 
goods, and that the corresponding quantities are measurable 
by deflating or inflating the values by the import price index 
based on all imports. No doubt this method could be im- 
proved on by more detailed work, but no reasonable revision 



200 PRICE movements: index of real income 

could affect the general index-number of quantity (line 12) 
significantly. 

For Excise (line ii) only spirits and beer have been taken 
into account. Index-numbers of the quantities taxed weighted 
in (A) and (B) respectively by the excise receipts in 1924 and 
1935. The numbers so obtained are applied to total excise 
receipts, for (together with liquor licences) they account for 
the great part of excise, other than the entertainments tax, 
which does not lend itself to any easy quantitative treatment. 

When the whole calculation is reviewed and the margins of 
error attachable to the items that enter into it are considered, 
we can express some opinion about the precision of the main 
result, that is, the progress of real income. Naturally it applies 
only to income as defined for in Chapter ii (Table IX, Total B), 
and it is subject to the vagueness that is intrinsic when an 
objective measurement is applied to a subjective entity. The 
margins that are of importance to the result are those attaching 
to the Index of Production in line 4 and that of Services in lines 
6 and 8, and to a much smaller extent to the weights given to 
these lines. From 1924 to 1938 we may write the increase in 
line 4 at 38 + 6 per cent, so including the estimates in (A) and 
(B). For Services the assumption was unchanged efficiency and 
there is perhaps a margin of 5 per cent to be applied to the 
numbers; if the increase is stated at 10 + 8 per cent we allow for 
both uncertainties. Then for the whole (line 12) the increase may 
be estimated as between 18 and 30 per cent in the fifteen years, 
and the index-numbers as 124 + 6. The extreme limits are im- 
probable and the central figure 1 24 may be used as a reasonable 
approximation. 

The margin given for 1938 may be regarded as cumulative 
during the 15 years, so that the earlier entries have the greater 
accuracy. The dates and relative amounts of variation from 
period to period, for example the rapid rise after 1932, are more 
reliable than the numerical measurements of the changes. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF BOOKS, JOURNALS 

AND OTHER PUBLICATIONS RELATING TO 
NATIONAL INCOME 

The sections of the bibliography are arranged alphabetically, but the 
countries are separated. All sections start with United Kingdom. 

GLASSIFICATION 

A. Theory andjor System (white cards) P> 202 

1. National Income 202 

a. Total representations or estimates only 207 

b. Higher incomes 215 

c. Incomes below tax limit 215 

II. Division of Income. Theory 215 

III. National Wealth 218 

B. Statistical Method (blue cards) 227 

G. Parts of National Income (pink cards) 23 1 

r , Agricultural income 23 1 

2. Income out of real property 233 

3. Wage income 234 

4. Professional income 235 

5. Industrial income 235 

6. Mining income 235 

7. Trade income 235 

8. Corporate income 235 

g. Undivided profits 236 

10. Derivative income 236 

11. Financial income 236 

12. Income from foreign investments 236 

13. Income in the betting industry 237 

14. Public income 237 

15. Tax and rate questions 238 

16. National debt 240 

17. Depreciation and other questions of deductions, costs 241 

18. Legal questions 241 

19. Population questions 241 

20. Earned and unearned income 242 

2 1 . Income and expenditure of social groups 242 

22. Valuation of income, money value, real value 244 

23. Inheritance and death duties 244 

24. Distinction between capital and income 245 

25. Treatment of changes in capital values 245 

26. Change in values of stocks and commodities (inventories) 245 

D. Sources (grey cards) 246 

A card index of the Bibliography is preserved by the National Institute 
of Economic and Social Research. The cards show in most cases in what 
Library the books can be found, and some of them indicate what topics are 
discussed. 



202 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


A. THEORY AND/OR SYSTEM 

AL J^ATIONAL INCOME 
United Kingdom 

A. L. Bowley. National Progress in Wealth and Trade, 1904. 

The definition of national income. Econ. Journ, March 1922. 

Evidence before the Select Committee on Income Tax, 1905-6. 

(U.K. Sel. Com, on Inc. Tax.) 

Three studies on the National Income : being ‘ The Division of the product 

of Industry’ ; ‘The Change in the Distribution of the National Income, 
1 880- 1 9 1 3 ’ ; ‘ The National Income, 1 924 ’ (with Lord Stamp) . London, 

1938. 

Wages and Income in the United Kingdom since i860. Cambridge, 1937. 

The measurement of Real Income, Manchester. Stat. Soc. 1939, 

Some constituents of the National Income (Valedictory address). 

Journ. of R. Stat. Soc. 1940, Pt iv. 

Morgan Browt^. Sir R. Giffen’s indiscretion. New Liberal Review , April 
1902. 

Edwin Cannan. Wealth. 1914. 

A. M. Carr-Saunders and D. Caradog Jones. A Survey of the Social Structure 
of Income of England and Wales. 1937. 

Colin Clark. Income and the theory of production. Econ. Journ. June 1 933. 

Intemationaler Vergleich der Volkseinkommen. Weltwirtschaftliches 

Archiv, 1938. 

The Conditions of Economic Progress^ 1940. 

H. Clay, Property and Inheritance (post 1933). 

F. Y. Edgeworth. Income. Palgrave’s Dictionary of Political Econorny. 

A. W. Flux. Industrial productivity in Great Britain and the United States. 
Quart. Journ. of Econ. Nov. 1933. 

Irving Fisher on capital and interest. Quart. Journ. of Econ. Feb. 1909. 

Sir Robert Giffen, Economic Enquiries and Studies. 1904. 

W. J. Harris. A comparison of the growth of wealth in France and England, 
Stat. Journ. 1894. 

J. R. Hicks. Value and Capital. London, 1939. 

C. K. Hobson. Work and Wealth, a human valuation. 1914; rev. ed. 1933. 
George Howell. The Conflict of Capital and Labour. 1878. 

E. Huncke. Die Entwicklung von Einkommensteuer und Einkommens- 

verteilung in England. Finanz-Archiv, 1905. 

F. Ireson. The People ^ s Progress. 1910. 

R. F. Kahn. The relation of home investment to unemployment. Econ. 
Journ. iunt 1931. 

M. Kalecki. a theory of commodity, income and capital taxation. Econ. 
Journ. 1937. 

J. M. Keynes. The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money. Cam- 
bridge, 1936, 

A. Marshall. Principles of Economics. 1907. 

Economics of Industry. 1907. 

J. S. Nicholson. Capital and labour, their relative strength. Econ. Journ. 
1892. 

R. Inglis Palgrave. An enquiry into the economic condition of the 
country, Inst of Bankers^ Journ. 1904. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


203 


A. C. PiGOU. The Economics of Welfare, 1929. 

Wealth and Welfare, 1929. 

Net income and capital depletion. Econ, Journ. June 1935. 

Measurement of real income. Econ, Journ, 1940. 

G. R. Porter. The Progress of the Nation, 1847. 

G. L. S. Shackle. Expectation^ Investments and Income, 1938. 

G. Findlay Shirras. Volkseinkommen und Besteuerung, Ed. by M. J. Bonn. 

Jena, 1926. 

A. SoETBEER. Z^r Einkommensstatistik Preussens^ Sachsens und Grossbritanniens. 
U.K. Select Committee on the Depression of Trade and Industry. Report 
and Evidences of Sir Robert Giifen and Mr Algernon West. B.P.P. 1 886. 

Austria 

H. Mayer (Editor). Die Wirtschaftstheorie der Gegenwart, Wien, 1928. 

Belgium 

Fernand Baudhuin. Le revenu national en 1930. Bulletin dTnformation et 
de documentation, Banque Nationals de Belgique, Vol. v. No, 10. 

Les finances beiges en 1937. Bulletin de Vinstitut de recherches economiques, 

1937-S. _ ^ . 

Les finances beiges en 1938. Bulletin de Vinstitut de recherches economiques, 

i 93 ^- 9 - 

Canada 

Canada Tear Book, National Wealth and Income. Ottawa (annual). 

France 

M. Huber. La Population de la France pendant la Guerre, avec un appendice sur le 
revenu avant et aprhs la guerre, Paris, 1932. 

J. C. L. SiMONDE DE SiSMONDi. Du Revenu Social, JStudes sur V&onomie 

politique. 1837-8. 

A. R. J. Turgot. Reflections sur la Formation et la Distribution des Richesses, 1 788, 

Germany 

Biedermann. Einkommens- und Vermogensverhaltnisse in Preussen. 

Zcitschrift des Preuss. Stat, Landesamts, 1918. 

L. V. BoRTKiEwrcz. Die Grenznutzenlehre als Grundiage einer ultraliberalen 
Wirtschaftspolitik. Jahrbuchf Gesetzgebung, Verwaltung und Volkswirtschaft 
(Schmoller), 1898. 

K. Diehl. Volkseinkommen und Volksvermogen. Beitrage zur Wirtschafts- 

theorie. Schriften des Vereins fur Sozialpolitik, 1926. 

A. Emminghaus. Einkommen. Renzsch’s Handworterbuch, Leipzig, 1870. 

R. Fricke. Konjunktur und Einkommen, eine Grundlegung zur dynamischen 

Konjurdziurtheorie, Haiberstadt, 1927. 

E. V. Gottl-Ottilienfeld, Volkseinkommen und Volksvermogen. Welt- 

wirtsckaftliches Archiv, 1927. 

B. Harms. Kapital und Kapitalismus, Bd. i, Heft II. Berlin, 1931* (Vor- 

lesungen gehaiten in der Deutschen Vereinigung fiir Staatswissen- 
schaftliche Fortbildung.) 

F. B. W, Hermann. Staatswirtschaftliche Untersuchungen. Leipzig, 1924. 

E. Kleinschmitt. Articles on ‘Volkseinkommen’ in Germania, 25 Nov- 1924? 

Hamburgiscker Correspondent, 24 May 1925. 

A. Lansburgh. Volkseinkommen imd Soziaiprodukt. Die Bank, 1926, 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


H. Losch. Volksvermogen, Volkseinkommen und ihre Verteilung. Leipzig, 
1887. 

Walter Lotz. Kapitalbildxmg und Besteuerung. Schriften des Vereinsfur 
Sozialpolitik, Bd. 174, Heft 4. Munchen, 1929. 

F. Lutz. Dst Bc^TiffVolksTeichtuwL in d&t volkswiftschaftlichcn LitcTntuT^ voTnchtnlich 

Deutschlands. Erlangen, 1922. 

H. G. Mangoldt. Einkommen. Article in Deutsches Staatsworterbmh 
(Bluntschii und Brater), Bd. m. Stuttgart, i 857 -' 70 ‘ 

R. Meyer. Einkommen. Handwbrterbuch der Staatswissenschaften, i. Aufl. 
1892-3. Aufl. 1909. 

H, Nies. Achille Lorias wesentliches wirtschaftliches Gesetz^ Vohwmkel, 1926.^ 
R. Nitsghke. Einkommen und Vermogen in Preussen und ihre Entwicklung seit 

Einfithrung der neuen Steuer mit Nutzanwendung auf die Theorie der Einkom- 
mensentwicklung. Jena, 1902. 

O. Pfleiderer. Die Staatswirtschaft und das Sozii^ip'^odukU Jena, 193^* 

I, PiERSTORFF. Die Lekrs voM Unternehmergewinn. Berlin, 1875. 

Untemehmer und Unternehmergewinn. Article in Handworterbuck 

der Staatswissensckafteni 3. Aufl., Bd. vin. 

H. Roesler. Zur Lehre vom Einkommen. Jahrbuchfiir Mationalokonomie und 
Statistik (Conrad). 

W. Ropke. Sozialokonomische Betrachtungen iiber den abnehmenden 
Bevolkerungszuwachs. Der Economist ^ 

G. Rumelin. Beitrage zur Vermittlung des Volksvernuigens und Volkseinkommens. 

Das Konigreich Wiirttemberg, Stuttgart, 1863. 

Samter. Das Einkommen der Bevolkerung in Preussen. KgL Phys, Oek. 
Gesellschaft, Konigsberg, 1873. 

G, ScJHMOLLER. On National Income. Evangelisch-soziuler Kongress. Leipzig, 
1897. 

G. Schnapper-Arndt. SozialstatistiL Leipzig, 1908. 

E. Schuster. Die Einkommen: eine kritische Untersuchung, Tubingen, 1926. 
Einkommen und Volkseinkommen. v. Diehl, above. 

K. Singer. Kapitalbedarf und Kapitalbildung in Deutschland. Ein 
statistischer Versuch. Schriften des Vereins fur Soziulpolitik, Bd. I 74 ‘ 
Miinchen, 1929 

A. Soetbeer. Z^r Einkommensstatistik Preussens, Sachsens und Grossbritanniens. 
Vierteljahrsschrift fur Volkswirtschaft, Politik und Kulturgeschichte^ 1887-88. 

H. Storch. Betrachtungen iiber die Natur des Nationaldnkommens. Halle, 1825. 
W. WiNKUER. Einkommen. Article in Handworterbuck der Staatswissenschaften, 

4. Aufl., Bd. m. 

Wurttembergisches Statistisches Landesamt. Volksvermogen, Volkseinkommen 
und Steuerbelastung in Deutschland vor und nach dem Krieg. Mfltteilungen 
Nr. 6. 

E. WuRZBURGER. Die Sachsische Einkommensstatistik als Masstab fiir die 
Beurteilung der Einkommensverhaltnisse. d. kgL Sachs. Stat. 

Buros, 1904. 

Holland 

De Bruyn-Kops. Report on the ‘revenu annuel de la nation’. Int. Stat. 
Congress, Pt I, The Hague, 1869. 

J, Ort, Het Inkomensbegrip. Amsterdam, 1911. 

India 

V. K. R. V. Rao. The Pfational Income of British India. 1940. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


205 


Ireland 

Erskine Childers. Irish Fiscal Authority, In ‘The Fiscal Relations of Great 
Britain and Ireland’. Conference of the Royal Economic Society, 
Jan. 1912. 

Italy 

Dettori. Lezioni de Statistica economica, 1918. 

L. Einaudi (Spectator). Gli indici della vita italiana in cinquantennio 
(1861-191 1 ). Articles on Italy’s National Income in Corriere della Sera^ 
April 191I3 Feb. 1916. 

Rivista economico-finanziaria dell’ Italia nel periodo 1885-1901. 

Riforma soziale^ 1902. 

A. Garelli. 11 concetto di reddito nella scienza financiana, Milano, 1917. 

G. Gini. a Comparison of the Wealth and National Income of Several Important 
Nations before and after the War, 1925. 

Quelque chifFres sur la richesse et les revenus nationaux de quinze 

etats. Metron^ VoL iii, 1923. 

Untersuchungen iiber den Einfluss des Krieges auf das Volks vermogen. 

Basel, 1924. Reprint from Z^itschrift fur Schweiz^ Stat, und Volkswirtschaft. 

A. Loria. The Economic Synthesis, 1913. 

V. Pareto, Manuel d^&onomie politique, Paris, 1909. 

G. E. Prato. Di alcuni recenti Teorie sul Capitale e sul Reddito e delle loro conse- 
quenzi tributarie, Turin, 1912, 


Poland 

Birmingham Information Service on Slavonic Countries, The National Income 
of Poland, Birmingham, 1937. 

Russia 

Birmingham University. Bureau of Research on Russian Economic Con- 
ditions, Memoranda No. 3 : National Income of the U,S,S,R, Birmingham, 

1931- 

S. Falkner. Ponyate narodnogo dokhada i ego elementi. The Concept of 
National Income and its elements. Sotsialisti ckeskve Khozyastro^ Vol. n, 
Pt IV, 1929. 

V. Kats. Narodny dokhod U,S,S,R, i ego raspredeleine, (National Income of 

the U.S.S.R. and its distribution.) Moskow, 1932. 

Spain 

Banco de Espana. Servicio de Estudios. La determinacion de la renta nacional. 

1937 - 

J. Vandellos. La richesse et le revenu de la Peninsule iberique. Metron, 
Vol. V, No. 4, 1925. 

Switzerland 

W. Eggenschwyler. Die Bestimmung des Einkommens und die Finanzie- 

rung des Krieges. JahrbUcher fur Nationalokonomie und Statistik, 1915* 

E. Laur. Wechselbeziehimg zwischen privatwirtschaftlichen und volks- 
wirtschaftlichen Einkommen unter Beriicksichtigung der Landwirt- 
schaft. Z^^'l^<^hriftfur Schweiz- Stat, und Volkswirtschaft, 1924. 

P. Mori (Bern). Das Schweizer. Volkseinkommen, Bulletin de Vinstitut 
international de Statistique^ Vol, xxv, 1931. 



2o6 bibliography 

A. Reighlin. Das schweizerische Volkseinkommenj seine Quellen und ihre 

Bedeutung. Journ, de Statistique Suisse ^ 1927- 
J. Wyler. Das schweizerische Volkseinkommen imjahre 1924. ^eitschrift 
fur Schweiz- Statistik mid Volkswiitschaft^ 1927. 

Union of S. Africa 

S. H. Frankel and S. D. Neumark. Note on the National Income of the 

Union of South Africa. South African Journ. of Econ, 1940. 

U.S.A. 

B. M. A. Anderson. The Income of the American people and the ratio of foreign 

to domestic trader 1890-1924. Chase National Bank, Economic Bulletin, 

2925^ 

M. R. Benedict. Studies in Income and Wealth. Vol. i. Part 8. New York, 1937. 
J. D. Black. Ibid. Vol. i. Part 8. New York, 1937. 

R. Blough. Ibid. Vol. i. Part 4. New York, 1937. 

Brookings Institution. Institute of Economics, Publ. No. 56 : 

M. Leven and others. Americans Capacity to Consume. Wasliington, 1934. 
(Pt II of the ‘Distribution of Wealth and Income’.) 

Brookings Institution. Institute of Economics, Publ. No. 68 : 

H. G. Moulton. Income and Economic Progress. Washington, 1935. (Pt IV 
of the ‘Distribution of Wealth and Income’.) 

Brookings Institution. Institute of Economics, Publ. No. 74: 

M. Leven and C. Wright. The Income Structure of the United States. 
Washington, 1938. 

A. F. Burns. Quarterly Journal of Economics ^ May 1936. Review of the 
Brookings ‘Inquiry into the Distribution of Wealth and Income’. 

Journal of Political Economy^ October 1935. Review of the Brookings 

‘Inquiry into the Distribution of Wealth and Income’. 

T. N. Carver. The Distribution of Wealth. New York, 1925. 

J, M. Clark. Studies in Income and Wealth. 

G. Golm. Review of G. H. Simms, Personal Income Taxation', The Definition 
of Income as a problem of fiscal policy, Chicago, 1938. Social Research, 1938. 
Studies in Income and Wealth. 

J. R. Commons. The Distribution of Wealth. New York, 1893. 

M. A. Copeland. National wealth and income; an interpretation. Journal 
of the American Statistical Association, June 1935. 

Some problems in the theory of national income. Journ. of Polit. 

Econ. 1932. 

W. L. Crum. The national income and its distribution. Journ. Amer. Stat. 
Assoc. March 1935. 

R. R. Doane. The Measurement of American Wealth. New York, 1933. 

Irving Fisher. Der Einkommensbegriff im Lichte der Erfahrung (The 
income concept in the light of experience). See H. Meyer, Die 
Wirtschqftstheorie der Gegenwart. 1928. 

The Mature of Capital and Income. New York, 1912. 

The role of capital in economic theory. Econ. Journ. 1897. 

— — What is Capital? Econ. Journ. Vol. vi, 1896. 

D. Friday. Taxable income of the United States. Journ. of Polit. Econ. 1918. 
G. Harrison and F. G. Mitchell. The Home Market; a Handbook of Statis- 
tics. 1936. 

The Index New York Trust Go. The National Income. Recent Changes in its 
Distribution. Feb. 1937. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 207 

A. G. Miller. War finance and inflation. Annals of the American Academy 
of Political and Social Science^ Jan, 1918: ‘Financing the MSlziv'. 

National Bureau of Economics. Research No. 3 : 

O. W. Knauth. Distribution of Income by States in 1919. 

C. C. Plehn. Income as recurrent consumable receipts. American Econ, 
Review, 1924. 

H. Staehle. Review of Federal Trade Commission on Wealth and Income; 
Senate Document No. 126, 69th Congress, ist Session. Jahrbucher fur 
Gesetzgebung und Verwaltung (Schmoller), 1926. 


A I iz. Total representations or estimates only 
United Kingdom 

R. D. Baxter. Direct Taxation of Property and Income. 1871 (?). 

National Income: the United Kingdom. London, 1868. 

H. Beeice. Observations on the produce of the Income Tax and on its proportion to 
the whole Income of Great Britain, including important facts respecting the extent, 
wealth and population of this Kingdom. London, 1799, 

G. H. Blunden. a new property tax. Econ. Journ. Dec. 1897. 

A. L. Bowley. The census of production and the national dividend. Econ. 
Journ. March 1913. 

A Short Account of English Foreign Trade in the Nineteenth Century. 1922. 

Some Economic Consequences of the Great War. 1930. 

The national income of the United Kingdom in 1924. Economica, 

May 1933. 

Some constituents of the national income. Statistical Journ. 1940. 

The measurement of real income. The Manchester School, April 1940. 

The measurement of real income. Econ. Journ. June-Sept. 1940. 

A, L. Bowley and Sir Josiah Stamp. The National Income, 1924. A Com- 
parative Study of the Income of the United Kingdom in 191 1 and 1924. 
Oxford, 1927. 

A. J. Brown. Resources available for war: A Comparison. Oxford Economic 
Papers, no. 3, 1940. 

Sir George Chalmers. An Estimate of the Comparative Strength of Great Britain. 
1802. 

Colin Clark. The National Income, 1 924-1 931. Cambridge, 1932. 

The national income and the net product of industry. Stat. Journ. 

i933» 4- 

The national income, 1932. Econ. Journ. 1933. 

Further data on the national income. Econ. Journ. Sept. 1 934. 

National Income and Outlay. London, 1937. 

National income at its climax. Econ. Journ. 1937. 

W. Coates. The Citizen^ s Purse. Manchester Statistical Society, 1931. 

T. A. CoGHLAN. See United Kingdom Select Committee on Income 
Tax, 1906. 

Patrick Golquhoun. Treatise on the Wealth, Power and Resources of the British 
Empire in every quarter of the world, including the East Indies, etc. London, 
1815. 

L. R. Connor. On certain aspects of the distribution of income in the 
United Kingdom in 1913 and 1924. Journ. Stat. Soc. 1928. 

E. Crammond. The economic position of Scotland and her financial relation 
with England and Ireland. Stat. Journ. 1912. 



2o8 bibliography 

E. Crammond* The economic relations of the British and German Empires. 

Stat. Journ. 1914. 

C. Crowther. Ways and Means. Twelve Broadcast Talks. A study of the 
economic structure of Great Britain of to-day. 

Myra Curtis. National income and expenditure and the measurement of 
savings. Econ. Journ. Sept. 1935. 

Chas. Davenant. The Discourses of the Public Revenue and on the Trade of 
England. 1698. 

An Essay on Ways and Means of Supplying the War. Reprinted in the 

Political and Commercial works of the Celebrated writer Ch. Davenant. London, 
1771. 

W. Farr. Vital Statistics. 1885. 

Sir Alfred Flux. The national income. Stat. Journ. 1929. 

Review of Colin Clark, The National Income, 1924-1931. Econ. Journ. 

June 1933. 

See United Kingdom Report on Census of Production, 1907, Cd. 6320. 

F. A. Hayek. Review on How to pay for the War, by J. M. Keynes. Econ. 

Journ. ]\xnt to Sept. 1940. 

J. M. Keynes. Income and fiscal potential of Great Britain. Econ. Journ. 
Dec. 1939. 

The Revision of the Treaty. London, 1922, pp. 81, 82. (M. J. Elsas’ 

Estimate of Germany's National Income.) 

How to pay for the War. London, 1 940. 

The Concept of national income (Supplementary Note). Econ. Journ. 

March 1940. 

Gregory King. Two Tracks. National and Political Observations and Con- 
elusions upon the State and Condition of England. 1696. Reprint, 1936. 

G. F. Kolb. The Condition of Nations. London, 1 880. 

P. D. Leake. Evidence before the Treasury Committee on National Debt 
and Taxation, 1927. 

Leone Levi. Statistics of the revenue of the United Kingdom, 1859 1882. 

Stat. Journ. 1884. 

Liberal Industrial Enquiry. Britain^ s Industrial Future. 

Lord Liverpool. Debate on Agricultural Distress in the House of Lords, 
Hansard, 1822. 

A. Loria. The Economic Synthesis. A study of the law of income. 1914. 

J, Lowe. The Present State of England in regard to Agriculture, Trade and Finance. 
2nd ed. 1823. 

T. P. MgQpeen. Estimate for England, 1828, in Tait’s Edinburgh Magazine, 
July 1839. 

B. Mallet and H. C. Strutt. The multiplier and capital wealth. Stat. 

Journ. 1915. 

M. G. Mulhall. Balance Sheet of the World for Ten Tears, 1870-1880. 
Printed 1881. 

Progress of the World. 1880. 

Rich. Paget. See U.K., B.P.P. xlv, Session 345. Re Paget’s 

Return. 

F. DE Pebrer. Histoire Financihe gine'rale et Statistigue de V Empire Britannique. 
Paris, 1839. 

Sir William Petty. Political Arithmetic. 1690. 

E. H. Phelps-Brown and G. L. S. Shackle. Statistics of .Monetary Circulation 
in England and Wales ig tg to 1937. London and Cambridge Economic 
Service, Special Memoranda 46. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


209 

E. C. Snow. Reviews of Colin Clark’s The National Income, 1924-1931. 
StaU Journ, 1933. 

Sir Edgar Speyer. Some aspects of national income. Inst of Bankers'^ 
Journ 1905. 

J. C. Stamp. British Incomes and Property. London, 1916. 2nd ed. 1920. 

Review of Maurice Leven, Income in the Various States — its Sources and 

Distribution, National Bureau of Economic Research, 1925. Stat Journ. 
1927. 

Richard Stone. Review of Studies in Income and Wealth (see Bowley and 
Stamp). Econ. Journ. 1938. 

U.K. Report on Financial Relations between Great Britain and Ireland. 

B. P.P. 1895, XXXVI, C. 7720-21 and 8008; B.P.P. 1896, G. 8262, xxxiii, 
Final Report. Evidences: Sir Alfred Milner, Sir Robert Giffen, Thos. 
Lough and Sir Edw. W. Hamilton; Memoranda: Prof. Henry Sidgwick 
and Prof. G. F. Bastable. 

Report of the Royal Gommission on the Income Tax (Goiwyn Com- 
mittee). B.P.P. 1920, xvin, Cmd. 615. Evidences: Prof. Bowley, J. C. 
Stamp, Sir L. G. Chiozza Money and Prof. Edgworth. 

Report from the Select Committee on Income Tax together with the 

Proceedings of the Committee. Minutes of Evidence and an appendix, 
1906. Evidences: Sir Henry Primrose, Sir Bernard Mallet, Sir L, G. 
Chiozza Money, Prof. Bowley and T. A. Coghlan. 

Royal Commission on Local Taxation, 1899. B.P.P. 1899, xxxv, 

C. 9141 ; B.P.P. 1899, XXXVI, C. 9150, 9319, 9528. Answers to questions 
by Sir Robert Gi&n, Prof. Sidgwick, Prof. Marshall, Prof. Bastable 
and Prof. Carman, Memoranda by Sir Edw. W. Hamilton. Reprint 
of an Article on ‘A new property tax’ by G. H. Blunden in the Econ. 
Journ. 

An Analysis of the Sources of War Finance and an Estimate of 

National Income and Expenditure in 1938 and 1940 (Cmd. 6261). 

Sir Frederic Wise. Evidence before the Treasury Committee on National 
Debt and Taxation, 1927. 

Pritchard- Wood and partners. A Commercial Barometer. 1930 to date, 
quarterly. 

Arthur Young. The question of Scarcity plainly stated, 1 800. 

Australia 

Colin Clark and J. G. Crawford. National Income of Australia. Sydney, 

1938. 

T. A. Coghlan. A Statistical Account of Australia and New Zealand, 1902-3. 
Printed 1903. 

A Statistical Account of the Seven Colonies of Australasia, 1861-1896. 

Sydney, 1897. 

D. B. Copland. National income and economic prosperity, American Acad, 
of Political and Soc. Science Annals, Vol. cLvin, 1931. 

J. T. Sutcliffe. The National Dividend, Melbourne, 1926. 

G. L. Wood. Survey of production and the national income, American 
Acad, of Political and Soc. Science Annals, Vol. clviii, 1931. 

Austria 

K. V. Bales. Theorie der Einkommens-^ und Z^^hlungsmachtverteilung. Wien, 1927. 
A. Beer. Given in de Foville, The Wealth of France and other Countries. 

Stat. Journ, 1893. 


BNI 


H 



210 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


F. V. Fellner. Die Schdtzung des Volkseinkommens. 1903. 

Die Schatzung des Volkseinkommens. Bull, de VInst. Int, de Stat, 

Vol. XIV, 1905. 

Das Voikseinkommen Oesterreichs und Ungarns. Stat, Monatsschrift, 

1916. 

Das Voikseinkommen Oesterreichs und Ungarns, Mainz, 1917. 

A. Gurtler, Das Voikseinkommen Oesterreichs und Ungarns. Kritische 
Erganzungen zu dem gleichnamigen Buck von F. v. Fellner. Welt- 
wirtschqftliches Archive n. Bd. 1918. 

F. O. Hertz. Kapitalbedarf^ Kapitalbildung und Voikseinkommen in Oesterreich. 
Wien, 1928. 

Zahlungsbiianz und Lebensfahigkeit Oesterreichs. Schriften des Vereins 

fur Sozialpolitik. Vol. cLxvn. Miinchen, 1925. 

R. Meyer. Das Wesen des Einkommen, 1887. 

Monatschrift Oesterr. Institut f, Konjunkturforschung (26 April 1937)- d)ie 
Entwicklung d, Einkommens in Oesterreich, since 1929. 

E. Waiszner. Das Voikseinkommen Altos terreichs und seine Verteilung 

auf die Nachfolgerstaaten. Metron, Vol. vn, 1928. 

Belgium 

F. Baudhuin. La fortune, le revenu et Fepargne de la Belgique en 1924. 

Revue cath., soc, etjur. Brussels, Dec. 1924 and Jan. 1925. 

Belgia. Proceedings of the Chamber of Representatives. 8 March 1892. 
Armanb JuLiN. The economic progress of Belgium, 1880-1908. Stat, Journ, 
Feb. 1911. 

E. Maham (Editor). La Belgique restauree, Etudes Sociologiques, Institut 
Solvay, Brussels, 1926. 

Ministry of Finance: 

Lord Stamp, Wealth and Income of the Chief Powers, 

Bulgaria 

P. Kiranoff. National Income of Bulgaria, 1929 and 1932. 

Kiril G. PopOFF. La Bidgarie &onomique, Sofia, 1920. 

A. Tchakanoff. National Income of Bulgaria, 1924-1935. Stat. Inst, for 
Economic Research. Sofia, 1937. 

Canada 

Dominion Bureau of Statistigs. General Statistical Branch. The National 
Income of Canada, Ottawa, 1934. 

Czegho-Slovakia 

S. pROKOPOVic. Repartition du revenu national en Boh^me, Moravie et 

Sil^sie au cours de 1913a 1917. Revue Stat, Tchechoslovaque, 1926. 

P, Smutny. Revenu National. Revue Stat. Tchechoslovaque, 1930. 

Denmark 

A. Liegaard. La fortune nationale du Danemark. Journ, de la Sociitd de 
Stat, de Paris, 1876. 

Egypt 

J. Baxter. Notes on the estimate of the national income of Egypt. &g^pte 
Contemporaine, 1923. 

J. Craig. National income of Egypt, ]Sg)!pte Contemporaine, 1924. 

I. G. Levi. Evaluation du revenu national de Ffigypt. £gypte Contemporaine, 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


2 II 


Finland 


W. Lindberg. 
Nov. 1926. 


Incomes in Finland. Bank of Finland Monthly Bulletin^ 
France 


Delai d’Agier. French Income of Personal Property. 1791. 

A. Amelin. V£cho Agricole. Aug. -Sept. 1878. 

VicoMTE d’AvENEL. DecouverUs d^histoke sociale^ ctc. 1200-1910. Paris, 1910. 

Histoire &onomique de la ProprieUy des Salaires et des Denrees. 1909. 

Ballue. Est. in National Assembly Ghambre des Deputes, No. 1314. 
Journal Officiel, 1886. 

CocHUT. Encherissement des marchandises et des services. Revue des Deux 
Mondes^ 1883. 

The wealth of France and other countries. Revue des Deux Monies^ 

1849. 

Dug:^ de Bernonville. Les revenus prives. Revue d^ Economie Politique, 1933. 

E. de Eichthal. Revenus prives et revenu national. Journ. de la Societe de 

Stat. de Paris, 1917. 

A. DE Fovtlle. L’evaluation de la richesse nationale. La France &onomique, 

1899- 

F. Leroy-Beaulieu. La lenteur de Taccroisement de la fortune des classes 

aisees et opulentes en France. Economiste frangais, 23 Jan. 1892. 

E. Levasseur. La Population frangaise. Paris, 1884. 

A. Neymarck. The distribution of personal property in France. Stat. 
Journ. 1896. 

H. Passy. On large and small farms and their influence on the social economy including 
a view of the progress of the division of the soil in France since 1915. London, 
1848. 

C. Pelletan. Report on the Financial Situation of France. 

Poussielgue. French National Income. 1817. 

Ch. Rist. Article in Revue de Paris, Dec. 1915. 

L. Welewski. Est. in National Assembly Ghambre des Deputes. Journal 

Ojfficiel, 22 Dec. 1871. 

Germany 

Th. Balogh. The national economy of Germany. Econ. Journ. 1938. 

V. Bohmisch. Die Ergebnisse des sachsischen Einkommens-Abschatzungen 
in den Jahren 1875-77. Z^itschrift d. kgl. Sachs. Stat. Biiros, 1878. 

Golin Glark. Intemationaler Vergleich der Voikseinkommen. Weltw. 
Arch. 1938. 

Dresdner Bank. The Economic Forces of the World. Berlin, 1930. 

M. J. Elsas. Germany's National Income. (J. M. Keynes, The Revision of the 

Treaty. London, 1922, pp. 81, 82.) 

Voikseinkommen. Magazin der Wirtschaft, Jahrg. i- 

E. Engel. Die Klassensteuer und die klassifizierte Einkommensteuer und die 
Einnahmenverteilung im preussischen Staat in den Jahren 1852-1875. 
Zeitschrift d. kgl. Preuss. Stat. Buros, 1875. 

E. Fuhrmann. Das Volksvermogen und Voikseinkommen im Konigreich Sachsen. 
Leipzig, 1914. 

B. Gleitze. Der Streit um die Hdhe des deutschen Volkseinkommens. 
Die Arbeit, 1930. 

Gothaer Almanack. Average income per head in different European States. 
1928 edition. 


14-2 



212 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


F. Guth. Die Lehre mm Einkommen in dessen Gesamtzweigen. Prag, 1869. 

K, Helfferich, Das deutscke Volkseinkommen vor und nach dem Krieg. Berlin, 

1932. 

Volksvermogen; Volkseinkommen und Steuerlast einst und jetzt, 

Weltpolitik und Weltwirtschaft, Bd. i, 1926. (Since 1926 ^eitschrift fiir 
Geopolitik.) 

Institut fur Konjunkturforschung. Konjunkturstatistisches Jahrbuch. Berlin. 

Journal of the Royal Statistical Society (E^torial). Distribution of incomes in 
Germany. Account of EngePs Address in the ‘Volkswirtschaftiiche 
Gesellschaft Berlin; probably reprinted in VolkswirtschafUiche Zeitfragen, 
Siat, Journ, 1888. 

A. KtiHNER. Deutschlands Volksvermogen und Volkseinkommen vor dem 
Krieg und heute. Wirtsckqftswissenschaftliche Vierteljahrshefte, i. 
des Verbandes katholischer kaufmarmischer Vereinigungen Deutschlands. 

A. Lansburgh. Die finanzielleTragfahigkeit Deutschlands. Die Bank^ 

F. List, Das nationale System der politischen Oekonomie. Stuttgart, 1841. 

Magazin der Wirtsckcft (Editorial). Das Volkseinkommen nach der Steuer- 
statistik. Magazin der Wirtschaft, 5. Jahrg,, Nr. 23, 1929. 

R. E. May. Das deutsche Volkseinkommen im Jahre 1900. Jahrbuch f 
Gesetzgebungy Verwaltung und Volkswirtschqft (Schmoller), 1909. 

Das deutsche Volkseinkommen imd der Zuwachs des deutschen 

Volksvermbgens im Jahre 1907. Jahrbuch f. Gesetzgebungy Verwaltung 
und Volkswirtschaft (Schmoller), 1909. 

R. Meerwarth. Nationalokonomie und Statistik. 1925. 

J. V, Miquel. Mitteilungen des kgl. Preussischen Finanzministeriums. Nov.- 
Dec. 1892. 

National Industrial Conference Board. Studies No. 236 ; 

V. Trivanovitch. Economic Development of Germany under National Socialism. 
New York, 1937. 

Kxara Perls, Die Einkommensentwicklung in Preussen seit 1896. Berlin, 191 1. 

Reichsverband der deutschen Industrie. Deutsche Wirtschafts- und Finanz- 
politiky Heft 29, 1925. 

E. Rogowski. Das deutsche Volkseinkommen. Berlin, 1926. 

A. Soetbeer. Das gesamte Einkommen und dessen Verteilung im preus- 
sischen Staat. Arbeiterfreundy 1875. 

Umfang und Verteilung des Volkseinkotnmens im preussischen StaatCy 1872- 

1878. Leipzig, 1879, 

Vermderungen in der Zusammensetzung des Volkseinkommens in 

Grossbritannien. Vierteljahrsschrift fur Volkswirtschaft y Politik und Kultur- 
geschichtey 1884. 

Volkseinkommen im preussischen Staate 1876 und 1888. Jahrbucher 

fur Nationalokonomie und Statisiik (Conrad), 1889. 

Statistisches Reichsamt. Das deutsche Volkseinkommen vor und nach dem Kriege. 
Einzelschriften zur Statistik des deutschen Reichs. Berlin, 1932. 

Das Vo&seinkommen in den Ldndern und preussischen Provinzeru (Annual 

since 1932 for 1931.) 

A. Wagner. Statistik des Volks- oder Nationaleinkommens. BvlL de V Inst, 
Jnt. de StaU 1905. 

W. WiNKi-ER. Statistisches Handhuch fiir das gesamte Deutschtum. Berlin, 1927. 

Statistik des Volksemkommens. Handworterbuch der Staatswissenschafteny 

jBd. vm. 

H. WoLPF. WirtschcftsStatistik. Grundriss zum Stadium der Nationalokonomie. 
Herausg. v. K. Diehl und P. Mombert. Jena, 1927. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


213 


Greece 

G. Kafandaris. Minister of Finance Budget, 1927/28. (See Rediadis.) 

P. D. Rediadis. The Greek national income and wealth in 1929. Metron^ 
June 1930. 

G. Sagalis. Private estimate. (See Rediadis.) 

S. Skiadas. Estimate, 1890. (See Rediadis.) 

X. ZoLOTAS. National Income of Greece, 1929. (See Rediadis.) 

Hungary 

F. V. Fellner. Le revenu national de la Hongrie actuelle. Bull, de Vlnst. Int. 

de StaL VoL xxv, Part III, 1931. 

D. DE Laky. The National Income of Hungary, 1924/25-1936/37. London, 

1938- 

M. Matolcsy and St Varga. The National Income of Hungary, 1924/5- 
1936/7. London, 1938. 

India 

Fred. J. Atkinson. A statistical review of the income and wealth of British 
India. StaU Joum. 1902. 

G. Findlay Shirras. India’s national income. Revue de VInst. Int. de Stat. 

Vol. 1936, Jan. 1937. 

Ireland 

T. J. Kiernan. The national income of the Irish Free State in 1926. Econ. 

Journ. March 1933. 

C. H. Oldham. Public finances of Ireland. In ‘The Fiscal Relations of 
Britain and Ireland’. Conference of the Royal Economic Society, 
Jan. 1912. 

Italy 

A. Balbi. Bilancia politica del Globo. Padua, 1837. 

C. Gini. L’evaluation de la richesse et du revenu de I’ltalie avant et apr^s 
la guerre. Int. Inst, of Statistics, xrx Sess. 1930. 

L. Meliad6. II reddito private degli Italiani nel 1928. Metron, 1932. 

J. Tivaroni. Patrimonio e Reddito di alcune Nazione Civili. Turin-Rome, 1901. 
Wiseman. Article in Nuova Antologia de Scienze, Letter e ed Arti. Florence, 1915. 

Japan 

Bureau of Statistics of the Cabinet. The estimated National Income of Japan 
in 1925. 

K. Mori. Estimate of the national wealth and income of Japan proper. 

Bull de ITnst. Inf. de Stat. Vol. xxv, Pt II, 1931. 

Charles V. Sale. Some statistics of Japan. Stat. Journ. 

S. Shiomi. Japan’s national income. Kyoto University Economic Review, 1930. 

Japan’s wealth and income. Kyoto University Economic Review, 1930. 

Survey of the distribution of the peoples’ income in the light of the 

household rate. Kyoto University Economic Review, 1934. 

Netherlands 

G. A, Verijn-Stuart. Volksvermogen und Volkseinkommen in den 
Niederlanden. Bull, de ITnst. Int. de Stat. 1931* 



214 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Russia 

Amtorg Trading Corporation. Economic Statistics of the Soviet Union. New 
York, 1928. 

S. Prokopovitch. The World War and National Economy. Moskow, 1917* 

Spain 

CoRRiANi. Economista, Aug. 1918. 

Sweden 

E. Lindahl and others. National Income of Sweden. London, 1937. 

Sweden. Officiella statistik Folkrdkningen, igii-1920. Stockholm, 1929. 

Switzerland 

P. Mori. Das Schweizerische Volkseinkommen. Z^itschriftfur Schweizerische 
Statistik und Volkswirischaft^ 1926. 

Union of S. Africa 

R. A. Lehfeldt. The National Revenue of South Africa. 1922. 

United States 

Bankers’ Trust Company of New York City. What is my share! 

H. E. Fisk. Some new estimates of national income. American Econ. Review, 
March 1930. 

W. I. King. Das Einkommen der Vereinigten Staaten. See H. Meyer, Die 
Wirtsckaftstheorie der Gegenwart. 

The Wealth and Income of the People of the U.S.A. 1915. 

S. Kuznets. National income. EncycL of the Social Sciences. 

National Income in the United States 1929-1935. U.S.A. Department of 

Commerce. 

A. R. March. Taxable income in the United States in 1923. Economic 
World, 1929. 

R. F. Martin. National Industrial Conference Board. No. 227. National 
Income and its Elements. New York, 1936. 

National Industrial Conference Board. No. 241. National Income in the 

United States, 1799-1938. New York, 1939. 

National Bureau of Economic Research, New York. 

National Income Totals. Bulletin 35, 

W. L King. The National Income and its Purchasing Power. Publication 
No. 15, 1930. 

S. Kuznets. National Income, 1929-1932. Bulletin 49. 1934. 

National Income, 1919-1935. Bulletin 66. 1937. 

National Income and Capital Formation. Publication No. 32. 

1937 - 

National Income and its Composition. Publication No. 40. 1941. 

Maurice Leven and W. I. King. Income in the Various States: its Sources 
and Distribution, 1919^ 1920 and 1921. Publication No. 7. 1925. 

W. C. Mitchell. Business Cycles: the Problem and its Setting. Publication 
No. 10. 1927. 

W. C. Mitchell, W. I. King, F. R. Macaulay and O. W. Knauth, 
Income in the United States, its Amount and Distribution. VoL i, 1921, 
Vols. 2 and 3, 1922. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 215 

S. Nearing. Income: An examination of the returns for services rendered and from 
property owned in the New York, 1915. 

R. Stone. Review of S. Kuznets’ National Income and Capital Formation. 
(See Nationaf Bureau.) Econ. Journ. 1938. 

U.S.A. Department of Commerce. The national income, 1929-1932. 
Survey of Current Business, Feb. 1934. 

Robert F. Martin. The national income, 1933. Survey of Current 

Business. 1935. 

Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce. National Income in the 

United States, 1929-1935. Washington, 1936. 

Robert R. Nathan. Expansion in the national income (continued 

in 1935). Survey of Current Business, July 1936. 

National income increases five billion dollars in 1934. Survey of 

Current Business, Au%. 1935. 

National income in 1 936 largest of recovery period. Survey of 

Current Business, 1937. 

National income 1937 largest since 1929. Survey of Current 

Business, 1938. 

The national income produced, 1929-1934. Survey of Current 

Business, Nov. 1935. 

U.S.A. Treasury Department. Bureau of Internal Revenue. Statistics of 
Income. Reports of Individual and Corporation tax returns. Annually. 

See also A I. H. Mayer. Die Wirtschaftstheorie der Gegenwart. 

Alb, Higher Incomes 

Anonymous. The super-tax and some other branches of inland revenue. 
Economist, Oct. 1913. 

C. Heiss, Die grossen Einkommen in Deutschland und ihre Zunahme in den 
letzten Jahrzehnten. HirtEs Annalen, 1893, 

Lord Stamp. The influence of the price level on the higher incomes. Stat. 
Journ. 1936, 


Air. Incomes below Tax Limit. 

A. L. Bowley. Report of a Committee of the British Association. The 
amount and distribution of income (other than wages) below the 
income-tax exemption limit in the U.K, Journ. of the Stat. Soc. 1910-1 1. 
Viscount Gosghen. The increase of moderate incomes. Stat. Journ. 1887. 
P. I. Strayer. The Taxation of Small Incomes. New York, 1939. 

AIL DIVISION OF INCOME. THEORT 
United Kingdom 

A. L, Bowley. The Change in the Distribution of the National Income, 1 880- 1913. 
Oxford, 1920, 

The Division of the Product of Industry. An Analysis of National Capital 

before the War. Oxford, 1919. 

Edwin Cannan. The division of incomes. Quart. Journ. of Econ. 1905. 

Review of A, L. Bowley, The Division of the Product. Econ. Journ. 

1919- 

R. McG. Carslaw and P. E. Graves. The Labour Bill and output on arable 
farms. Stat. Journ. 1935, 



2i6 bibliography 

Colin Clark. How the consumer used his ;;{^5 j0005000,ooo this year. 

Marketing Survey of the United Kingdom^ 1936. 

H, Clay. Distribution of capital in England and Wales. Trans, of the Man^ 
Chester Stats. Soc. 1924-25. * 

Myra Curtis. National income and expenditure and the measurement of 
savings. Econ. Journ. 1935. 

Hugh Dalton. Some Aspects of the Inequality of Incomes in Modern Communities. 

L.S.E. Studies in Econ. and Pol. Sci. No. 59, 1925. 

Charles Davenant. An Essay upon the probable methods of making people gainers 
in the balance of trade. 1699. 

Fabian Tracts: revised by Max Brown. Facts for Socialists showing the dis- 
tribution of the National Income and its results. No. 5, 14th ed. 1937. 

A. E. Feavearyear. Spending the national income. Econ. Journ. March 

1931- 

Spending the national income. Econ. Journ. 1931. 

Sir Robert Giffen. The expenditure of national capital, hist, of Bankers^ 
Journ. 1901. 

R. Jones. An Essay on the Distribution of Wealth and on the Sources of Taxation. 
1831. 

Walter Layton. Some statistical aspects of the labout unrest. Economist, 
Aug. 1911. 

W. H. Mallock. The Landlords and the National Income, a chart showing the 
proportion borne by the rent of the landlords to the gross income of 
the people. 1884. 

Mercatante. Profits, Wages and Taxes. Answer to Layton’s ‘Some 
statistical aspects of the labour unrest’. Economist, Sept. 191 1. 

Sir L. G. Chiozza Money. La distribution de la richesse en Angleterre. 
Revue Econ. Intern. Oct. 1908. 

A. C. PiGOU and Colin Clark. The Economic Position of Great Britain. 

L. and C.E.S. Special Memoranda No. 43, April 1936. 

Nassau Senior. Political Economy. 3rd ed. 1845. 

W. Smart. The Distribution of Income. 3rd ed. 1923. 

Charles B. Spahr. An Essay on the Present Distribution of Wealth in the United 
Kingdom. New York, 1896. 

Austria 

F. Leiter. Die Verteilung des Einkommens in Oesterreick. Wien, 1907. 

E. V. Philippovich. Die Regelung der Einkommensverteilung durch die 
Wirtschaftspolitik. ^eitschrifi fur Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und 
Verwaltung, xvl, 2, 1907. 

France 

J. Bertillon, Repartition de la richesse en France selon Page des habitants. 

Journ. de la Society de Stat. de Paris, 1909. 

E. Chatelain. La repartition de la richesse en France. Revue Sociale, Oct, 

1909- 

J. Ditens. Essai comparatif sur la formation et la distribution du revenu de la France 
en 1815 et 1835. Printed 1843. 

A. BE Foville. Le Morcellement. Paris, 1885. 

La statistique de la division de la propriete en France et dans la 
Grande Bretagne. Bull. de lTnst. Int. de Stat. i, 1886. 

A. Leroi-Beaulieu. Essai sur la Repartition des Richesses. Paris, 1883. 

P. Leroy-Beaulieu, Les successions et la repartition de la richesse en 
France. Economistefrangais, 5 and 12 Dec. 1908. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


217 


Germany 

Alfred Amonn. Grundzuge der Volkswohlstandslehre, I. Teil. Der Prozess der 
Wohistandsbiidung. Jena, 1916. 

E. Angelopoulos. Die jEinkommensverteilung im Lichte der Einkommenssteuer- 

statistic Leipzig, 1931. 

Fr. Kleinwaghter. Das Einkommen und seine Verteilung, Leipzig, 1896. 

C. Landauer. Theorie der Verteilung. See H, Mayer, Die Wirtschaftstheone 
der Gegenmart. 

W. Lexis. Verteilung. Handworterbuch der Staatswissenschaften, 3. Aufl. 
Bd. vm, Jena, 1911. 

R. Michaelis. Die Gliederung der Gesellschaft nach dem Wohlstand auf Grund 

der neueren deutschen EinkommenS’’ und Wohnungsstatistik. Leipzig, 1878. 
Th. Mithoff. Das Einkommen und seine Verteilung. In Schdnberg*s 
Handbuch der polit, Oekonomie^ Volkswirtschaftslehre i. Tubingen, 1896. 
C. Rodbertus-Jagetzow. Z^r Beleuchtung der sozialen Frage. Berlin, 1890. 
G. ScHMOLLER. Die Einkommensverteilung in alter und neuer Zeit. 
Jahrbucher fur Gesetzgebung, Verwaltung und Volkswirtsckaft (Schmoller), 
1895. 

A. SoETBEER. Die Klassen- und Einkommenssteuer und die Einkommens- 
verteilung im preussischen Staate. Concordia, 1875. 

Das souverane Gesetz der Preisbildung. Ein Beitrag zur Kritik der 

Einkommensverteilung und zur Lehre von der Steuerprogression. 
HirtEs Annalen, 1875. 

A. Wagner. Weitere statistische Untersuchungen iiber die Verteilung des 
Volkseinkommens in Preussen, des Preuss. Stat Landesamts, 

1904. 

Hungary 

F. V, Fellner. Die Verteilung des Volksvermdgens und Volkseinkommens der 

Lander der ungarischen heiligen Krone zwischen dem heutigen Ungam und den 
Sukzessionsstaaten. Ferrara (no date). 

Italy 

C. Bresciani-Turoni. Influenze deW inflazione cartacea sulla distribuzione della 
richezzo. in Germania, Triest, 1925. 

V. Furlan. Neue Literature zur Einkommensverteilung in Italien. Jahrbuch 
fur Kationalokonomie und Statistik, 3. Folge, Bd. xlii (Conrad). 

G. Gini. II diverse accrescimento deUe classi sociaii e la concentrazione della 

richezza, Giornale degli Economisti, 1900. 

F. Vinci. Nuovi contributi alio studi della distribuzione dei redditi. Giornale 
degli Economisti, 1921. 

Recenti redute suUe legge di distribuzione dei redditi. In R, Bacchi, 

Problemi di finanza> fascista, 1937. 

Japan 

S. Shiomi. Form of the distribution of our national income. Kyoto Uni- 

versity Economic Review, 1932. 

Norway 

A. N. Kiaer, Indtaegs- og Formnesforbold i Norge. Statsokonomsk Tideskrif 
1892-93. Distribution of Property and Incomes in Norway. Review 
in StaU Journ, 1895. 



2i8 bibliography 

A. N. Kiaer. La repartition des revenus et fortunes privee. Bull de V Inst, 
InL de Siat, Vols. xix, xx. 

Repartition sociale des revenus. Bull, de Vlnst. Int. de Stat. Vol. xviii, 

Pt igog. 

United States 

E. R. Beckwith. Inequalities in the Distribution of Income, their Meaning 

and Measurement, Typewritten Harvard thesis. ig24. 

A. G. Hart. How the National Income is divided. Chicago, igsy. 

W. I, King. Wealth and Income of the People of the U.S.A. New York, published 
1915, reprint 1917. 

H. G. Moulton. Income Distribution under Capitalism. 1930. 

National Bureau of Economic Research, Bulletin 59 : 

S. Kuznets. Income Originating in Nine Basic Industries^ 1 91 9-1934. Printed 
1936. 

F. H. Streightoff. The Distribution of Incomes in the United States. Studies 

in History, Economics and Public Law, Columbia University, New 
York, 1912. 

See also A 1 . L. v. Bortkiewicz. Die Grenznutzenlehre als Grundlage 
einer ultraliberalen Wirtschaftspolitik. 

A I. J. M. Keynes. The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money. 
A I. A, Loria. The Economic Synthesis. 

A I. H. Mayer. Die Wirtschaftstheorie der Gegenwart. 

A 1. A. R. J. Turgot. Refections sur la Formation et la Distribution des 
Rickesses. 


A III. NATIONAL WEALTH 
United Kingdom 

Anonymous, probably Newmarch. The aimual accumulation of capital in 
the United Kingdom. Economist, 12 and 19 Dec. 1863; Stat. Joum. 1864, 
Anonymous. Growth of wealth and capital. Economist, 1911. 

M. S. Booker. Review of S. Kuznets, Commodity Flow and Capital Formation, 
New York, 1939. Fconomica, May 1939. 

A. L. Bowley. National Progress in Wealth and Trade since 1882. 1904. 
British Association, Report 1910 re National Wealth. See A. L. Bowley ’s 
B.^-poxt, Stat. Joum. 1910-11. 

H, Campion, Public and Private Property in Great Britain. London, 1939. 

G. W, Daniels and H. Campion. The Distribution of National Capital. 
Manchester, 1936. 

P, H. Douglas. An estimate of the growth of capital in the United Kingdom, 
1865-1909. Joum. of Economics and Business History, Vol. ii, 1929-30. 

M, J. Elsas. An index of prosperity. Statist, 1934, 1936. 

Richard T. Ely. Property and Contract in their relation to the Distribution of 
Wealth. 1914. 

Fabian Tracts. Capital and Land. 1890 (?). 

Sir Alfred Flux. Review of Pareto’s Cours d^&onomie Politique, Vol. 11. 

Econ. Joum. March 1897. 

Sir Robert Giffen. The Growth of Capital. 1889. 

A. E, Feavearyear. Capital accumulation and unemployment. Econ. 
Journ.JmiG 1936, 

W. J. Harris and K. A. Lake, Estimates of the realisable wealth of the 
United Kingdom based mostly on the estate duty returns. Stat. Journ. 
1906, 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


219 


A. Hooke. An Essay on the National Debt and the National Capital. 1 750. 

J. M, ELeynes. Fluctuations in net investment in the United States. Econ. 
Journ. Sept. 1936. 

J. Landerdale (Maitland). An Inquiry into the Nature and Origin of Public 
Wealth. Edinburgh, 1804. 

Leone Levi. History of British Commerce. London, 1880. 

J. R. MacGulloch. a descriptive and statistical account of the British EmpirCy 
exhibiting its extent^ physical capacities^ population^ industry and civil and 
religious institutions. 3rd ed. London, 1847. 

W. H. Mallock. Classes and Masses of Wealthy Wages and Welfare in the 
United Kingdom. 1896. 

The Nation as a Business Firm. London, 1910. 

Sir L. G. Chiozza Money. The Nation^ s Wealth. Will it endure? 1914. 

Riches and Poverty. 1914. 

M. G. Mulhall. Dictionary of Statistics. 1892. 

Industries and Wealth of Nations. 1896. 

J. S. Nicholson. The living capital of the United Kingdom. Econ. Journ. 
1891. 

Sir William Petty. A gross estimate of the wealth of England (endorsed 
‘ a gross estimate of the value of the lands, goods and people of England % 
1685). The Petty Papers y ly 1^2 J. 

Verbum Sapenti and the Value of the People. The Economic Writings of 

Sir William Petty, Cambridge, 1899. 

Britannia Languens or a disclosure of Trade. 1680. 

G. D. Rokeling. The measurement of national prosperity. Economisty 
6 Oct. 1928. 

Nassau Senior. On the National Property and on the prospects of the present 
administration and of their successors. 3rd ed. London, 1835. 

Lord Stamp. The Economic Distribution of the National Capital. In 
L. D. Stamp and S. H. Beaver, An Introduction to Stratigraphy: The 
British Isles y 2nd ed. 1934. 

An estimate of the capital wealth of the United Kingdom in private 

hands. Econ. Journ. 1918. 

Inheritance as an economic factor. Econ. Journ. Sept. 1926. 

The national capital. Stat. Journ. 1931. 

The National Capital. 1937. 

Wealth and Taxable Capacity. 1922. 

The Wealth and Income of the Chief Powers, 1914. In Current 

Problems in Finance and Government. 1924. 

U.K. Select Committee on Increase of Wealth (War) Report. Minutes of 
Evidence, Appendices, B.P.P. 1920, vii (102). Evidences: A. H. Kilner, 
A. J. Hobson, Lord Stamp and F. W. P. Lawrence. 

Increase of Wealth (War). Memorandum of the Board of Inland 

Revenue on the Methods of Graduation, on the practicability of levying 
a duty on War-time Wealth, etc. (different Memorandums). B.P.P. 
1920, xxvn (275). 

Suggested Taxation of War-time Increases of Wealth. Memoranda sub- 
mitted by the Board of Inland Revenue to the Select Committee of the 
House of Commons on Increase of Wealth (War). B.P.P. 1920, xxvn, 
Cmd. (594). 

Ch. de Varigny. Les grands Fortunes aux Etats-Unis et en Angleterre. Paris, 
1889. 

J. C. Wedgwood. The Economics of Inheritance. L.S.E. Studies No. 98. 1929. 



1220 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Lord Welby. The progress of the United Kingdom from the War of the 
French Revolution to 1913. S^at, Journ. 1915. 

M. R. Weyermann. National Wealth. Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences, 1933. 

Austria 

F. V. Fellner. Ein Beitrag zur Frage der Schdtzung des Volksvermdgens. 1930. 

L’evaiuation de la richesse nationale. Bull, de V Inst. Int. de Stat. 

Voi. xni, Pt II5 1902. 

Das Voiksvermogen Oesterreich und Ungarns. Bull, de V Inst. Int. de 

Stat. Vol. xx, Pt II5 1913. 

J. Gruntzel. Die Lehre vom Volksreichium. Wien^ 1926. 

K. Th. V. Inama-Sternegg. Die Ergebnisse der Erbschaftssteuer in Oester- 

reich in den Jahren 1889-91 und ihre Bedeutung fur die Schatzung des 
Nationalvermogens. Stat. Monatsschrift, Wien, 1893. 

F. Neumann-Spallart, Mesure des variations de Fetat economique et 
social des peuples. Bull, de I Inst. Int. de Stat. 1887. 

J. V. Roschmann-Hoerburg. Veroffentlichungen des Stat. Landesarnts der 
Bukowina. Heft 2-6. 

J. V. SoDEN. Die Nationalokonomie. Ein philosophischer Versuch uber die Quelle 
des Nationalreichtums und uber die Mittel zu dessert Beforderung. Wien, 1815. 

Belgium 

F. Baudhuin. Le Capital de la Belgique et le rendement de son industrie avant la 
guerre. Louvain, 1924. 

V. Fallon. La richesse de la Belgique 10 ans apr^s la declaration de 
guerre. Revue cath., soc. etjur. Brussels, Dec. 1924, Jan, 1925. 

Czecho-Slovakia 

F. Bibl. Evaluation de la richesse nationale d’avant-guerre. Revue Stat. 
Tchdchoslovaque, 1927 and 1928. 

France 

VicoMTE G. d’Avenel. La fortune privee d tracers sept slides. Paris, 1904. 

Due d’Ayen (Comte de Noailles). Estimates de la richesse en France et en 
Angleterre. Joum. des jSconomistes, May 1875. 

Revenu salaire et capital, leur solidarite. 1872. 

M. Block. Statistique de la France. Paris, 1875. 

O. Colson. Couts d^lSconomie Politique. Paris, 1918. 

Ad, Goste. Etudes statistiques sur la richesse comparative des departments 
de la France, Journ. de la Societe de Stat. de Paris. Feb. 1891, 

L’evaluation de la fortune privee en France. Journ. de la Societe de 

Stat. de Paris, 1901. 

L’6valuation de la richesse nationale. Journ. de la Societe de Stat. de 

Paris, 1901. 

A. A. Cournot. Principes de la Thiorie des Richesses. 2nd ed. 1863. 

P. Doumer. La fortime de la France. Je Sais Tout, 15 June 1909. 

S. Fauconnier. Leselementsde la fortune publique. J£conomistefrangais, 1879. 
E. Fournier de Fiaix. L^accroisement de la richesse depuis 1 789 en France, 
en Angleterre et dans d’autres etats. Joum. de la Sociiti de Stat. de Paris, 
1885. 

The national wealth of France compared with other countries, Stat. 

Joum. 1886, 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


221 


A. DE Foville. La fortune de la France. Journ. de la Societe de Stat. de Paris ^ 
1883. 

De quelques devaluations recentes du capital national. J^conomiste 

frangais^ 7 and 14 Dec. 1878; 4 and 18 Jan., 15 Feb. 1879. 

Richesse. A. B. Say, Dictionnaire du Finance, Paris, 1894. 

La richesse en France. U Opinion, 23 Jan. 1909. 

La richesse en France. Revue &onomique Internationale, Voi. iii, Pt 2, 

1906. 

La richesse en France et a I’etranger. Journ, de la Societe de Stat. de 

Paris, 1893. 

La richesse publique a Fetranger et en France. &onomiste frangais, 

12 Aug,, 23 Sept., 21 Oct. 1882. 

The wealth of France and other countries. Translation from Diction- 
naire de Finance. Stat. Journ. 1893. 

C. Gide and W. Oualid. Le bilan de la guerre pour la France. Paris, 1931. 

E. DE Girardin. Uimpdt. 1853, See A. de Foville, ‘The wealth of France 
and other countries 1893. 

Goudchaux. 1848. See A. de Foville, ‘The wealth of France and other 
countries’, 1893. 

Y. Guyot. Evaluation de la fortune privee en France d’apres les elements 
fiscaux. Bull, de Plnst. Int. de Stat. Vol. xrv, Pt III. Berlin, 1905. 

A. DE Lavergne and L. P. Henry. La Richesse de la France, Fortune et 
Revenus Privees. Paris, 1918. 

A. Leroy-Beaulieu. Les fortunes en France d’apres les declarations 
successorales. &onomiste frangais, 25 July 1903; 5 and 12 Dec. 1908. 

J. Lesgure. UEpargne en France. Paris, 1914. 

E. Michel. La Propriite. Valuation de la fortune privee. Enquete sur la proprieti 
non bdtie et bdtie. EnquSte agricole. Paris-Nancy, 1908. 

S. Mony. ^tude sur le Travail. 2nd ed. 1881. 

H. C. Moulton and C. Levsts. See Brookings Institution, The French Debt 
Problem. 

C. P. L’augmentation de la fortune de la France depuis 1826. Correspon- 
dence in &onomiste frangais, 7 April 1877. 

Peytral. Projected Law of 30 Oct. 1888, Appendices. Ghambre des 
Deputes. 

R. PupiN, La Richesse de la France devant la guerre. Paris, 1916. 

La Richesse privee et les finances frangaises de V avant-guerre et Vapr^s-guerre. 

Paris, 1919. 

A. Raffalovich. Frankreichs Nationalvermogen. Bankarchiv, igii, 

E. Reglus, Jlouvelle Geographic universelle, Vol. n: La France. Paris, 1877. 

J. H. ScHNiTZLER. Criotion de la Richesse. Paris, 1842. 

Talandier. Journal Officiel, 29 Jan. 1878. 

E. ThiIiry. La Fortune Publique de la France. Paris, 1911. 

Les progrh iconomiques de la France; Bilan du regime douanier de 1892. 

Paris, 1908. 

La situation ^conomique et financi^re de la France avant, pendant et 

apr^s la guerre, ^conomiste Europien, 18 Jan.—22 Feb. 19 tS. 

H. LE Tresor de la Roque. Les Finances de la Repuhlique. Les Chambres 
Prodigues. Paris, 1884. 

V, Turquan. Evaluation de la fortune privee de la France. Revue d^£commie 
politique. 1900. 

B. Vagher. La fortune nationale en France. Joum. de la SocUU de Stat. de 

Paris, 1878. 



222 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


L. Vacher. La fortune publiquede la France. jSconomistefrangais, Dec. 1878. 
E. ViGNES. Estimate of Personal Property. See A. de Foville, ‘The wealth 

of France and other countries’, 1893. 

Germany 

J. W. Angell. The Recovery of Germany. Publication of the Council of 

Foreign Relations, Yale Univ. New Haven, 1929. 

H. Benson and W. Genzmer. Die Folgen der Markentwertmg fur uns und die 
andern. Leipzig, 1923. 

G. Golm and H. Neisser. Kapitalbildung und Steuersystem. Verhandlungen 
und Gutachten der Konferenz von Eilsen. Berlin, 1930, 

Dresdner Bank. Die wirtschaftlichen Krdfte Deutschlands^ 2. Aufi. Berlin, 1914. 

M. J. Elsas. An Index of Prosperity {Wohlstandsindices) . Blazek and 
Bergmann, Frankfurt a.M., bimonthly. 

Wohlstandsindex u. sozialer Wohlstand. Archivf Soz. Wissenschaft u. 

Soz- Politiky 1928. 

K. Elster. Vom ^Volksvefmdgen\ Eine erkenntnistheoretische Studie. Moskau, 

1934- 

G. Evert. Das deutsche Voiksvermdgen und sein jahrliches Wachstum. 
Die Woche, 1913. 

A. Friedmann. Die Wohlstandsentwicklung in Preussen 1891-191 1. 

Jakrbiicher fur Nationalokonomie und Statistik (Conrad), 1914. 

Ph. Geyer. Untersuchimgen iiber Quellen und Umfang des allgemeinen 
Wohlstands in Deutschland. Jahrbuchfur Gesetzgebung, Verwaltung und 
Volkswirtschaft (Schmoller), 1880. 

K. Helfferich. Deutschlands Volkswohlstand, 1888-1913. Berlin, 1917. 

A. Hesse. Das deutsche Volksvermogen. Jahrbiicher fur Nationalokonomie und 
Statistik i 1915* 

J. Jastrow. Deutschlands Volksvermogen im Krieg. Berlin, 1919. 

G. Kreiser und B. Bening. Kapitalbildung und Investitionen in der 
deutschen Volkswirtschaft, 1924-28. Vierteljahrshefte zur Konjunktur- 
forsckung^ Sonderheft 22, Berlin, 1931. 

L. Krug. Betrachtungen iiber den Nationalreichtum des preussischen Staates. 1805. 

R. Kuczynski. oiVitMerich, Deutschlands Volkswohlstand. Allg. Stai 

Archiv^ 1914* 

W. Lexis. Volksvermogen. Handworterbuch der Staatswissenschaften. 3. Aufi. 

Bd. vin. Jena, 1911. ^ 

R. Liefmann. Vom Reichtum der Nationen. Karlsruhe, 1925. 

G. Losch. Lebeudes und totes Volksvermogen. Allg. Stat. Archiv, 1898. 
Prinz Fr. zu Lowenstein. Volksvermogen und Kriegsentschddigung. Berlin, 1918, 

G. V, Mayr. Volksvermogen, Staatsvermogen imd Statistik. Allg. Stai 

Archiv, Bd. x, 1916-17. 

E. Philippi. Schwankungen des Volkswohlstands im deutschen Reich. 

Preuss. Jahrbucher, 1883-85. 

F. Popp. DU Bedeutung der Volksvermdgensrechnungen, ihr Gegenstand, ihre 

Methoden. Bayreuth, 1929. 

Reichs-Kredit-Gesellschaft. Aktiengesellschaft, Deutschlands wirtschaftliche 
Lage an der Jahreswende^ 1927/28. 

H, Ricken. Das Volksvermogen. Heidelberg, 1923. 

H. Ritsghl. See Walter Lotz, ‘Kapitalbildung und Besteuerung’. 

W. Ropke. Die Theorie der Kapitalbildung. In Recht und Stoat in Gesckichte 
und Gegenwart. Tubingen, 1929. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 223 

R. Rouse. Une evaluation ailemande de la richesse publique de rAliemagne. 
Journ. des EconomisteSy 1917. 

A. Salz. Kapital, Kapitalformen, Kapitalbildung, Kapitaidynamik. 

Grundriss der Sozialokonomie, iv. Tubingen, 1925. 

R. ScHALL. Volksvermogen und Volkseinkommen. Das Konigreich Wufitemberg. 
Stuttgart, 1884, 

H. Schmidt. Der Wohlstandsindex im Dawes-Gutachten. Erlangen, 1926. 

E. Schnapper-Arndt. Die Wohlstandsentwicklung in Deutschland. Denk* 
schriftenband Reichsfinanzreform zuscmfimengestellt im Reichsschatzamt. 
Berlin, 1908. 

R. ScHNAUDT. Methodologie des internationalen Steuerbelastimgs-Verglekhs. 

Koln, 1928. 

S. Schott. Der Volkswohlstand im Konigreich Sachsen. Leipzig, 1890. 

A. Steinmann-Bucher. Deutschlands Volksvermogen im Krieg. 1916. 

350 Milliarden deutsches Volksvermogen. Berlin, 1909. 

Das reiche Deutschland. Ein Wehrbeitrag. Berlin, 1914. 

A. Wagner. Denkschrift zur Begriindung des Entwurfes eines Gesetzes 
betrefFend Aenderungen im Finanzwesen. III. Teil. Materialen zur 
Beurteilung der Wohlstandsentwicklung Deutschlands im letzten 
Menschenalter. des preuss. Stat. Bureaus^ 1904. 

E. Walter. Wandlungen der deutschen Kapitalbildung. Deutsche Spa^kassen^- 

zeitung, Berlin, qo Sept. 1928. 

F. Weinschenck. Das Volksvermogen. Sammlung nationalokon. und stat. 

Abhandlungen, Bd. xiii, 1896. 

M. R. Weyermann. Sozialokonomische BegrifFsentwicklung des Vermogens 
und Volks vermogens. Jahrbucher fiir Nationalokonomie und Staiistik 
(Conrad), 1916. 

Volksvermogen und Staatskredit in Krieg und Frieden. Finanz und 

volkswirtschaftliche N'r. 47. 1918. 

Greece 

P. D. Rediadis. The Greek national income and wealth in 1929. Metroni 

1930. 

Hungary 

F. V. Fellner- La fortune nationale de la Hongrie actuelle. Bull, de VInst. 

Int. de Stat. Vol. xxrv, Pt II, 1930. 

India 

J. M. Datta. a wealth survey for Bengal. Mysore Econ. Journ. April 1934. 

K. T. Shah and K. J. Khambata. The Wealth and Taxable Capacity of India. 

London, 1924. 

Italy 

R. Benini. Quote successorie di alcune specie di ricchezza, Rendiconti della 
R. Acc. dei Linceiy Rome, Feb. 1909. 

C. Bresciani-Turoni. La Ricchezzd della Cittd. Universita di Palermo, 1912. 
M. N. Golajamni. L’evaluation de la fortxme de Fltalie. JVuova Antologia, 
16 April 1917. 

G. SoLiNAS Gossu. Valore dei beni transferiti per successione e donazione 

nel quindicennio 1885-1899/1900. (Contributo alio studio suUa 
probabile ricchezza privata dTtalie.) Boll, di Statistical e di Legislazione 
comparata, 1900. 

A. DEGLi Espinosa. La ricchezza privata degli Italiani, 1928. Metron, 
June 1929. 



224 


bibliography 


A, 


">*»-■ f™”" 

-J^Z^'determinazione della ricchezza e del deUe naz^ni 

dopo guerra e il loro confronto col penodo prebellico. Bull, de I Inst. 

-iueber Woulf^^vertedung. Deutsche stat. Z^att, 1911. 

”ia«. 

G. “'S. ddla ricchczz. p,iv... ddl-Itlia. 

GiotTiale degli Ecmotmsti, 1909. 

TT q Nttti La Ricchezza delV Italia. Torino-Rome, 1905. . 

M probabda djB. ricto. pnval. .n 

SS’ aSontare probabile della ricchezza privata m Itaha. Ra^segm 

Nr^S^rtua ricchezza privata fatto L. PrincivaUe. 

E. p"a co“ ‘i-erse region! d> Italia. 

11 ^^^^ ^formaSociaU, to^. 

r - T^irrher^a Privutd in ItdUci. Naples, 1909* , uT+^Kia ^ 

ZI M N. Colajamni, ‘L’evaluation de la fortune de 1 Itahe. 

Journ. des Economistes^ Aug. 1917* 

Relazione della Ainir^strazione del Demanio. 

successioni e dondzioni. Rome, i 7 * , T«firk/7/Toto Printed IQH* 

nelie sue region!. Rivistd Itdliana di Sociologid, 1916. 

I? La Vitd delld Ricchezza- Turin, igio. 

G. Sensini. Le Variazimi dello Stato Economico d Itaha. Rome, 9 4 - 

Japan 

r c+ +' rvf tlip Cabinet The Estimated Ndtional Wedlth of Jdpdn 

“• "■ ™- 

Ft II, 1931-) 

(Mentioned by Mori, ^ 

of popu.bd„ 

Zo^'rS^"=?b 5 “b'Si'y?«'. 93 o. fCf.. 

—“.STiw weald, and bnanne. 

July 1933' 

Mexico 

Official statistics of national wealth. 


La Ricchezza in rapporto alle 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


225 


Netherlands 

Boissevain. Netherlands Statistische Ufficiale^ or Bulletin de Statistique du 
Ministhre de Finance^ Oct. 1892. See A. de Fovilie, ‘ The wealth of France 
and other countries’. 

Russia 

Economic Survey. Ekonomichestve Obozreme. National Wealth of the 
U.S,S.R. Jan. 1937. 

U.S.S.R. Handbook^ London, 1936. 


Spain 

Banco Urquijo. La riquezay el progreso de Espana, 

A. Barthe. Essai d’evaluation de la richesse de FEspagne. Journ, de la 
SociitS de Stat de Baris ^ May 1917. 

A. Borrego. Der Nationalreichtum Spaniens. 1834. 

Sweden 

P. J. Fahlbegk. L’evaluation de la richesse nationale de la SuMe. Bull, 
de rinst. Int. de Stat. Vienne, 1913, Vol. xx, Pt II. 

La richesse nationale de la SuMe. Bull, de VInst. Int. de Stat. Vienne, 

1892. 

Switzerland 

F. Buomberger. Vermogensverhaltnisse in Stadt und Landschaft Freiburg 
imjahre 1845. Journal de Stat. Suisse, ZoUschriftfur schweiz* Statistik^ 1896. 
M. Fahrlander. Das Volksvermdgen der Schweiz* Basel, 1919. 

- G. Sergeev. Die Verteilung der Outer in einigen Kantonen der Schweiz* Basel, 1 889 . 
M. R. Weyermann-W. Eggenschwyler. ZumBegrifFdes Volksvermogens. 
Replik und Duplik. schweiz* Statistik und Volkstmtschaft^ 

Heft 4, 1916. 

M. R. Weyermann. Zum BegrifF des Volksvermogens. Erkenntnistheo- 
retischer Beitrag zur nationalokonomischen Begriffslehre. 
fur schweiz* Statistik und Volkswirtsckaft^ Bern, 1916. 

United States 

Brookings Institution. Institute of Economics, Publication No. 59 : 

H. G. Moulton. The Formation of Capital. Washington, 1935, (Pt III of 
the ‘Distribution of Wealth and Income’.) 

Brookings Institution. Institute of Economics : 

H. G. Moulton. The Formation of Capital. Pittsburg, 1935. 

T. N. Carver. How ought wealth to be distributed? Atlantic, Vol. xcvii, 

I9i4(?). 

J. A. Collins. Distribution of Wealth in the United' States. Sen. Doc. 75, 
55th Congress, 2nd Session, 1898. 

R. R, Doane. Summary of the evidence on the National Wealth (U.S.A.). 
Annalist, 26 July-16 Aug., 15 Nov., 20 Dec.- 1935; 31 Jan., 27 March, 
15 May 1936. 

W. W. Hewett. See National Bureau of Economic Research, Studies in 
Income and Wealth. 

W, R. Ingalls. Wealth and Income of the American People. 2nd ed. York, Pa. 
1923. 

A. R. March. The national wealth and annual income of the American 
people. Econ. World, 1929. 

BNI 


15 



226 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


B. G. Matthews. Our Irrational Distribution of Wealth, New York, 1908. 

R. Mayo-Smith. Statistics and Economics, New York, 1899. 

National Bureau of Economic Research : 

S. Kuznets. Commodity Flow and Capital Formation^ Publication 34. 1938. 

Gross Capital Formation, 1929-1933. Bulletin No. 52. 1934. 

Charles B. Spahr. An Essay on the Present Distribution of Wealth in the United 
States, New York, 1896. 

G. Tucker. Progress of the United States in Population and Wealth in 50 Tears. 
New York, 1843, 

C. A. Tuttle. The real capital concept. Quart, Journ, of Econ, Boston, 1 903. 
Bureau of Statistics of Labour, Distribution of Wealth, 25th Annual Report, 

March, 1895. 

Department of Commerce; Bureau of the Census. Estimated Valuation of 
National Wealth, 1850-1912. Washington, 1915. 

Department of Commerce; Bureau of the Census. Wealth, Public Debt and 
Taxation. 1913 ed. 1915; 1922 ed. 1924, (Ten-yearly since 1850.) 
Department of Commerce : 

A. D. Morehouse. The real property inventory of 1934. Survey of Current 
Business, Nov. 1934. 

Australia 

C. H. Knibbs. The Private Wealth of Australia and its Growth, 1918. 

See also A I. Edwin Gannan. Wealth, 

A I. A. M. Garr-Saunders and D, Caradog Jones. A Survey of the 
Social Structure of Income of England and Wales, 

A I. G. R. Porter. The Progress of the Nation. 

A 11 . Nassau Senior. Political Economy. 

Germany 

A 1 . K. Diehl. Volkseinkommen und Voiksvermogen. 

Alfl. E. Fuhrmann. Das Voiksvermogen und Volkseinkommen im 
Kbnigreich Sachsen. 

A I. B. Harms. Kapital und Kapitalismus, 

Ala. K. Helfferigh. Voiksvermogen; Volkseinkommen und Steuer- 
iast einst und jetzt. 

A I <2. A. Kuhner, Deutschiands Voiksvermogen und Volkseinkommen 
vor dem Klrieg und heute. 

A I. Walter Lotz. Kapitalbiidung und Besteuerung. 

A I. F. Lutz. Der Begriff Volksreichtum in der volkswirtschaftlichen Literatur, 
hla, R, E. May. Das deutsche Volkseinkommen und der Zuwachs des 
deutschen Volksvermdgens. 

A I. R. Nitsghke. Einkommen und Verrrwgen in Preussen, 

Greece 

A I <2. P. D. Redladis. The Greek national income and wealth in 1929. 

Italy 

Ala. J, Tivaroni. Pairimonio e Reddito di olcrnie Nazione Civili. 

Japan 

Ala. K. Mori. Estimate of the national wealth and income of Japan 
proper. 

A la. S. Shiomi. On Japan’s wealth and income. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


227 


B. STATISTICAL METHOD 

United Kingdom 

R. G. D. Allen and A. L. Bowley. Family Expenditure, 1935. L.S.E. 

Studies in Statistics and Statistical Methods, No. 2, 1935. 

A. L. Bowley. Criticism of official statistics. Address to the Economic 
Section of the British Association. Same reprinted as ‘ Improvement of 
official statistics^, StaL Journ, Sept. 1908. 

The insufficiency of official statistics. Criticism of Mallock, ‘The 

possibilities of an income tax according to the scheme of PitU, Nineteenth 
Century, 1910. 

Nature and Purpose of the Measurement of Social Phenomena, London, 1923. 

— — Official Statistics; what they contain and how to use them, London, 1921. 

Some tests of the trustworthiness of public statistics. Economica, 

Dec. 1928. 

V. V. Branford. On the calculation of national resources. Stat, Journ. 1901 . 
Colin Clark. Determination of the multiplier from national income 

statistics. Econ. Journ. 1938. 

W. L. Crum. Individual shares in the national income. Review of Economic 

Statistics, 1935. 

F, Y. Edgeworth. Supplementary note on statistics. Stat. Journ. 1896. 

C. Gmi. Measurement of inequality of incomes. Econ. Journ. 1921. 

— See Italy: Stat. Journ. 1926. 

International Labour Office : 

Hans Staehle. A Study of Certain Problems connected with the Making of 
Index Numbers, of Food Costs and of Rents. 1934. 

Harry Jerome. Statistical Method. New York and London, 1924. 

J. C. Kapreyn. Skew Frequency Curves in Biolog)i and Statistics. 

Holt Mackenzie. Observations on the means of collecting information 
on various points of statistics. Proceedings of the Stat Soc. of London, Vol. i, 
1835-1836, No. 6. 

Bernhard Mallet. A method of estimating capital wealth from the estate 
duty statistics. Stat Journ. 1908. 

W. H. Mallogk. The possibilities of an income tax according to the 
scheme of Pitt. Nineteenth Century, March 1910. 

H. Staehle. See International Labour Office. 

Lord Stamp. Methods used in different countries for measuring national 
income. Stat Journ. 1934. 

A new illustration of Pareto’s law. Stat Journ. 1914* 


Austria 

E. CzuBER. Beitrag zur Theorie der statistischen Reihen. Versicherungs- 

wissenschaftliche Mitteilungen, Keue Folge, Bd. ix. Wien, 1914. 

Fr V Fellner. pas Volkseinkommen und dessen statistische Erfassung. 
' Der intemationale Kapitalisriius und die Krise. FestscMft fur Julius 
Wolf, hrsg. von S. v. KardorfF. Stuttgart, 193a. ^ . 

F. Savorgnan. Di alcuni metodi per misurare la distribuzione dei redditi 

m Austiia {igos-1910). Bull. Jiut. M. de Stat. 1 Q 3 U 

E. H. Vogel. Zur Methodologie der Emkommensstatistik. Stat. Monats- 
schrift. Wien, 1912. 


15-2 



228 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


France 

J. Bertrand. See A. A. Cournot. 

A. A. Cournot. Recherches sur les Principes Mathematiques de la Theorie de la 
Rickesse. Nouvelle ed. avec les compliments de L. Walras, J. Bertrand 
et V. Pareto. Paris, 1938. 

A. DE Foville. Ce que c’est que la ricbesse d’un pays et comment on pent 
la mesurer. BulL de PInsL Int, de Stat, VoL xrv, Pt III. 1905. 

M. G. FRANgois. La courbe de la repartition de la ricbesse. Journ, des 
&onomisteSy Sept. 1896. 

R. Gibrat. Les Ine'galites ^conomiques. Paris, 1931. 

X. Heuschling. Mode d’evaluation du revenu national. Journ. des 
£conomisteSi 1871. 

Germany 

L. V. Bortkiewicz. Die Disparitatsmasse der Einkommensstatistik. BulL 

de rinst. Int. de Stat. VoL xxv, Pt III, 1931. 

C. Bruckner. Einkommensteuerstatistik und Woblstandsverteilung. 
Deutsches Statistisches Z^ntralblatt^ i, 1932. 

M. J. Elsas. Volkswohlstand und Volkseinkommen^ Messung des Wohlstands und 

Dynamik des Lohns. Leipzig, 1934. 

H. Heckmann. Die Erfassung des Woblstands einer Bevolkerung. Heidel- 
berger Studien, ii, 1932. 

E. Huncke. Metbodologiscbes zur Verwertung der Einkommensstatistik. 

Allg. Stat. Archiv, vn, 1907. 

Paul Jostock. Wie weit sind Volkseinkommen international vergleichbar? 
Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv^ 1939. 

F. Kierdorf. VolksTeichtumundBerechnungdes Volksvermdgens. Elberfeld, 1918. 
R. Meyer. Ein Versuch auf dem Gebiet der Statistik der Einkommensteuer. 

Allg. Stat. Archiv^ 1914* 

Walter Schmidt. Beitrdge zur statistischen Erfassung des Volksmrmbgens. 
Stralsund, I9i4(?). 

K. Sorer. Ueber die Berecbnung von Korrelationskoeffizienten zwiscben 
den Symptomen der wirtscbaftlicben Entwicklung in Oesterreicb. 
Allg. Stat. Archiv, 1914. 

Stat, Reicbsamt. Ueber die Mbglicbkeiten einer kurzfristigen Einkommens- 
beobacbtimg. Vierteljahrshefte zur Statistik des deutschen Reichs, Heft 4, 
1933 - 

C. A. Verijn-Stuart. Ueber die Metbode der Berecbnung des geseliscbaft- 
lichen Vermbgens aus der Erbschaftsstatistik. Allg. Stat. Archiv, 
Tubingen, 1894. 

E. Wagemann. Die statistische Erfassung der Kapitalbildung. See Colm 
and Neisser, ‘ Kapitalbildimg imd SteuersystemL 
A. Wagner. Zur Metbodik der Statistik des Volbeinkommens und 
Volksvermdgens. Z^tschrift des Preuss. Stat. Landesamts, Bd. xliv, 1904. 

Statistik des Volks- oder Nationaleinkommens. (Grosse, Arten, 

Verteiiung, besonders mit Verwertung der Steuerstatistik.) Bull, de 
rinst. Int. de Stat. Berlin, xiv, 3, 4, 1905. 

J. WoRTMANN. Die Berechnung des Volkseinkommens: ein Beitrag zur Frage der 
statistisck-^nationalbkonomischen Begriffshildung. Emstetten, 1930. 

E. WtJRZBURGER. Zur Frage der Emkoinmensstatistik. Bull, de VInst. Int. 
de Stat. XX, i, 2, 1913. 

N. ZABACOVIC 3 E. Die Statistik der Einkommensverieilung mit besonderer Rikksicht 
auf das Kmigreich Sachsen. Leipzig, 1913. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


229 


Italy 

R. Benini. Ancora sul coefEciente pel calcoio della ricchezza privata. 
Bolletino di Statistica e Legislazione comparata. Rome, 1910. 

Distribuzione probabile della ricchezza privata in Italia per classi di 

popolazione. Riforma Sociale, fasc. 9-10, anno i, 1894. 

Quote successone di alcune specie di ricchezzu* 1919* 

II totalizzatore applicato agli indici del movimento economico. 

Giornale degli Economisti^ 1892. 

L. Bodio. Di alcuni indici misuratori del movimento economico in Italia. Rome, 
1891. 

C. Brescxani-Turoni. La curva dei redditi. In R. Bachi, Problema die 
Finanzy Fascista, 1937. 

Ueber einen quantitativen summarischen Ausdruck fiir die Ungleich- 

massigkeit der Einkommensverteilimg. Deutsches staL Zentralblatt, 1911. 

Di indice misuratore della disuguaglianza nella distribuzione della ricchezzd^ 

Palermo, 1910. 

Dell’ influenze delle condizione economiche sulla forma della cawa. 

dei redditi. Giornale degli Economistiy Vol. xxxi, 1903. 

Kritische Betrachtung liber einige Methoden der Einkommens- 

statistik. Stat. Monatsschrifty 1915. 

Ueber die Methode der Einkommensverteiiimgsstatistik. Jahrbiicher 

fur Plationalokonomie und Statistik (Conrad), 1907. 

F. Goletti. La determinazione della durata della generazione e il calcoio 

della ricchezza privata di un paese. Riforma Sociaky xrv, Vol. xvn. 

Nota sulla valutazione sintomatica del movimento economico e del 

benessere nazionale. Rassegna di Scienze sociali e politichcy 1892. 

V. Furlan. Note sulla curva paretiana dei redditi. Giornale degli Economisti, 
1909/II. 

C. Gini. II calcoio della ricchezza di un paese in base alle statistiche delle 
succession! e donazioni. Atti deW Ateneo di Treviso, Treviso, 1908. 

The contribution of Italy to modern statistical methods. Stat, Joum. 

1926. 

Methoden zur Erfassung und Verteilung der gegenseitigen Bezie- 

hungen statistischer Erscheinungen. Deutsches staU ^entralblatt, 1911. 

Sulla misura della concentrazione e della variability dei caratteri. 

Rendiconti del Reale Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Vol. lhi, Pt II 
Venice, 1914. 

Variability e mutabilita, contribute alio studio delle distribuzioni e 

delle relazioni statistiche. Studi economico-giuridici University di Cagliaru 
Bologna, 1912. 

G. Mortara. Nozioni elementari intorno ad alcune categoric di rapporti 

statistic!. Giornale degli Economisti, Serie III, Vol. xi, Feb. 1910- 
V. Pareto. La Courbe de la Repartition de la Rickesse. Lausanne, 1896. 

La curva della entrate e le osservazioni del Prof. Edgeworth. 

Giornale degli Economisti, March 1896. 

II modo di figurare i fenomeni economici. Giornale degli Economisti, 

1896. 

G. PiETRA. Delie relazioni tra gli indici di variability. Rendiconti del Reale 
Istituto Veneto di Scienze, Lettere et Arti, Vol. ltv, Pt II. Venice, 1915' 

L. P. (Luigi Princivalle). Alcune indagini sui passagi della propriety 
fondiaria per causa di morte. Bolletino di Statistica e Legislazione comparata, 
i9o8*-9. 



230 BIBLIOGRAPHY 

L. Princivalle. II coefficiente per il calcolo della ricchezza privata. 
Bolletino di Statistka e di Legislazione comparata, 1909-10. 

Intorno al coefficiente per il calcolo della ricchezza privata in base 

alle denuncie di successione. Revista di Legislazione tributariai 191 1. 

U. Ricci. U Indice de Variabilitd e la Curva dei Redditu Rome, 1916. 

F. Savorgnan. Intomo alF approssimazione di alcuni indicti della distri- 
buzione dei redditi. Atti del Reale Istituto Veneto^ Vol. lxxiv, Pt II. 

F. Vinci. Calcolo delle probability e distribnzione dei redditi nel pernsiero 

di Pareto. Giornale degli Economisti, 1924. 

Netherlands 

C. P. DE Groot. Metkoden voor de herekening van het nat inkomen^ met een onder- 
zoek naar de bruikbaarheid der Nederlandsche helastingsstatistieken. Pur- 
merend, 1936. 

G. A. Verijn Stuart. See Germany. 

I. VAN DER WijK. InkomenS' en Vermogens-Ver deling. Haarlem, 1939. 

H. D. Dickinson. Review of Van der Wijk, Inkomens- en Vermogens-Verdeling^ 

Haarlem, 1939. Econ, Joum, 1940. 

Russia 

A. N. Kiaer. Memoires . . . Essai sur la question d^une statistique du revenu national. 
Petersburg, 1876. 

Switzerland 

W. Eggenschwyler. Sind Volksvermogen messbar? Z^itschriftfur schweize- 
rische Statistik und Volkswirtschaft^ 1916. 

L. Walras. Theorie Tnatfkmatique de la Richesse sociale. Paris, 1883. 

M. R. Weyermann. Die statistischen Versuche einer Erfassung des Voiks- 

vermogens. Z^^^^hriftfur schvueizerische Statistik und Volkswirtschqft, 1915. 

Die statistischen Versuche einer Erfassung des Volksvermogens. 

Zeitschrift fur schweizerische Statistik und Volkswirtschaft^ Heft 3, 1916. 

J. Wyler. Vom Tableau Economique zur volkswirtschaftlichen Einkom- 

mensbilanz. Z^^^f^hrift fur schweizerische Statistik und Volkswirtschaft, 1927. 

United States 

American Economic Association. The Federal Census: Critical Essays. New 
York, 1899. 

Susan S. Burr. See J. Franklin Ebersole. 

E. Day. The measurement of variations in the national real income. 

Qiiarterly Publications of the American Statistical Association^ 1921. 

J. Franklin Ebersole, S. S. Burr and George M. Petersen. Income 
forecasting by the use of statistics of income data. Review of Economic 
Statistics^ 1929. 

Irving Fisher. Income in theory and income taxation in practice. Econo- 
metficay^^xL. 1937. 

G. H. Holmes. Computation of the value of the wealth in existence. 

Armkcai Statistical Association Reports y Dec. 1894* 

G. K. V. Holmes. Review of Lorenz’s method of measuring the inequality 
of income. Quart. PubL Amer. StaU Assoc. No. 71, 1905. 

W. 1. King. Desirable additions to statistical data on wealth and income. 

Atnmcm Stadstieal Association Publications y 1916-17. 

W, J. King. Income and wealth. How can they be measured? American 
Econ. Review, Sept. 1925. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 231 

M. O. Lorenz, Methods of measuring the concentration of wealth. 
American Statistical Society, No. 70, 1905. 

W. C. Mitchell. See National Bureau of Economic Research: R. G. 
Epsteiuj Industrial Profits, 

W. C. Mitchell and S. Kuznets. Current problems in measurement of 
national income. Bull, de Vlnst. Int. de Stat, Vol. xxxvin, 1935. 

National Bureau of Economic Research. Conference on Research in 
National Income and Wealth. Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. i, 1937. 

National Bureau of Economic Research. Bulletin 60 : 

S. Fabricant. Measures of Capital Consumption, 19 19-1933. 1936. 

W. M. Persons. The variability in the distribution of wealth and income. 
Quart. Journ, of Econ, 1909. 

G, M. Petersen. See J. Franklin Ebersole. 

E. Sydenstrigker and W, I. King. Measurement of relative economic 
status of families. Quart, Puhl, Amer. Stat, Assoc, Sept. 1921. 

G. P. Watkins. Comment on the method of measuring the concentration 
of wealth. Quart, Publ. Amer, Stat. Assoc, Bulletin 72, 1905. 

An interpretation of certain statistical evidence of concentration of 

wealth. Quart, Publ, Amer. Stat. Assoc. March 1908. 

The measurement of the concentration of wealth. Quart, Joum. of 

Econ, 1909. 

D. B. Yntema. The Measurement of Inequality in the personal Distribution 
of Wealth and Income (typewritten). University of Michigan. 

A. A. Young. Do the statistics of the concentration of wealth in the United 
States mean what they are commonly assumed to mean? American 
Statistical Association Publications, Vol, xv, 1916-17. 

See also A I. L. v. Bortkiewicz. Die Grenznutzenlehre auf Grundlage 
einer ultraliberalen Wirtschaftspolitik. 

A I. A. Emminghaus. Einkommen. 

A I. V. Pareto. Manuel d^&onomie politique. 


C. PARTS OF NATIONAL INCOME 
G I , Agricultural Income 
United Kingdom 

Anonymous. Rent, wages and profits of British agriculture, 1913. Ecorwmist, 
1913 - 

Sir James Caird. General view of British agriculture. Journ, of the Royal 
Agricultural Society, Vol. xxxix, 1878. 

On the agricultural statistics of the U.K. Stat, Journ, 1868. 

R. M. G. Carslaw, a. W. Menzies-Kjtchin and P. E. Graves. Cambridge 
University Department of Agriculture, Report No. 19. An Economic 
Survey of Agriculture in the Eastern Counties of England, 1931. 
Published 1932. 

Major Craigie. Discussion ofT. E. Elliott’s Paper. Stat.Jowm,Jxxxkt 1887. 

-- — Taxation as affecting the agripultural interest. Journ. of the Royal 
Agricultwral Society, 1878. 

L. Dresgher. Die Entwickixmg der Agrarproduktion Grossbritanniens und 
Irlands seit Beginn des 19. Jahrhimderts. Bemerkungen zum Index der 
Agrarproduktion. Weltwktschcftliches Archio, March 1935- 



232 BIBLIOGRAPHY 

R. H. Few. Farm revenue and capital. Journ, of the Royal Agricultural 
Society, 1895. 

P. E. Graves and S. H. Carson. A cost index for miscellaneous farm 
expenses. Journ. of the Ministry of Agriculture, Nov. 1935. 

Sir R. Griffith. Thoughts and Facts relating to the Income of Agriculture, 
Manufacture, etc, Dublin, 1895. 

Journal of the Institute of Surveyors, 1884. 

T. J. Kjernan. National income of the Irish Free State. Econ. Journ, 

March 1933. 

J. R. MagCulloch. Dictionary, Appendix, Articles: Corn, Food, Animals. 
1882. 

J. S. Nicholson. Rates and Taxes as affecting Agriculture, 1905. 

R. H. Inglis Palgrave. Estimates of agricultural lands in the United 
Kingdom in the last 30 years. Stat. Journ. 1905. 

F. Purdy. On the earnings of agricultural labourers in England and Wales, 
i860. Stat, Journ, 1861. 

R. J. Thompson. An enquiry into the rent of agricultural land in England 

and Wales during the nineteenth century. Stat. Journ. 1907. 

Gh. Turner. Income and Agricultural Owners. Letter to The Times, 
24 Feb. 1914. 

U. K. Royal Commission on Agricultural Depression, 1894-97. Reports 

of District Commissioners on different Counties ; tables, mostly re gross 
and net output, rent, taxes, tithe, collected in B.P.P. 1894, xv, i; 
1895, XVI and xvn, together with 18 different G. numbers. Accounts 
summed up in Final Report, Appendix III, B.P.P. 1897, xv, C. 8541, 
by W. G. Little. 

F. W. Wateridge. Prosperous Agriculture. 1911. 

O. S. Wells. Thesis on Agricultural Production (unpublished). Cam- 
bridge, 1936. 

L. W. WiLSDEN. The Census of Production and agriculture. Econ. Review, 
1914. 

Austria 

F. V, Fellner. Der Wert des landwirtschaftlichen Grundbesitzes in Ungarn 
imd Oesterreich. (Anmerkimg zu Pribrams Artikel.) Stat, Monatsschrift, 
Neue Folge, Brunn, 1915. 

K. Pribram. Der Wert des landwirtschaftlichen Grundbesitzes in Oester- 
reich. Stat, Monatsschrift, Neue Folge, Briiim, 1915, Nr. 7-8, 1 1-12. 

Italy 

S. Jacini. La proprietd fondiaria e la popolazione agricola in Lombardia, Milano, 

1895. 

S. Pugliese. Due secoli de vita agricola. Produzione e valore dei terreni, contratti 
agrari, salari e prezzi nel Vercellese nei secoli XVIII e XIX. Turin, 1908. 

United States 

A. B. Gennung. Farm Management Demonstrator, 1920. 

E. A. Ggldenweiser. The farmer’s income. American Econ, Review, March 
1916. 

R. F. Martin. National Industrial Conference Board, 232. Income in 
Agriculture, 1929-1935. New York, 1936. 

See also A U.K. Royal Commission on Local Taxation. 1899. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


233 


C 2. Income out of Real Property 
United Kingdom 

E. Adam. Land Values and Taxation, London, 1907. 

R. D. Baxter. Local Government and Taxation and Mr Goshen’s Report, 1874. 
A. L. Beck. Discussion of L. R. Connor’s paper. Stat. Journ, 1928. 

Ch. Bidwell. Changes in value of land since i860. Institute of Surveyors 
Transactions, 1905. 

John D. Black. The agricultural situation, March 1940. Review of Econ, 
Stat. May 1940. 

G. H. Blunden. Some observations on the distribution and incidence of 

rates and taxes. Stat. Journ. 1896. 

Sir James Cairo. The British land question. Stat. Journ. 1881. 

Chorlton. Rating of Land Values. Manchester University Publ. Econ. 
Series, No. 5. Manchester, 1907. 

H. Cox. Land Nationalisation. London, 1892. 

P. G. Craigie. Inaugural presidential address. Stat. Journ. 1902. 

F. R. G. Douglas, A. R. McDougal and James Scott. Agriculture and Land 

Value Taxation. 1930. 

F. Y. Edgeivorth. The incidence of urban rates. Econ. Journ. 1900. 

Recent schemes for rating urban land values. Econ. Journ. March 1 906. 

R. M. Garner. History of English Landed Interest. 1893. 

Sir R. Giffen. Recent state finance and the budget. Quarterly Review, 1909. 
Viscount Goshen, Report on Local Taxation. 

Sir R. Griffith. Instructions to Valuers in Ireland. See R. B. O’Brien, 
The Irish Land Question and English Public Opinion. 

The Irish Land Question and English Public Opinion. 1881. 

G. Gunton. Forum, March 1887. 

W. J. Harris. Forum, J\jly 1887. 

A. Hook. Rating and site valuation. Econ. Review, April 1906. 

J. Hyder. The Case of Land Nationalisation. 1923. 

London County. Assessment and Valuation Conference, 1893/4 to 1934. 
Primrose McConnell. Notebook of agricultural facts and figures for farmers and 
farm students. 1883. 

G. M’Crae. Chambers' Journal, Jdin. 1901. 

W. H. Mallock. Phantom millions. An inquiry into the actual amount of 
the annual increments of land values. Nineteenth Century, Nov. 1909. 

Sir L. G. Chiozza Money. Things that matter. 1905. 

Francis Newbury. Observations on the Income Act, particularly as it relates to 
the Occupiers of Land. 1801. 

W. Newmarch. On the electoral statistics of the counties and boroughs in 
England and Wales, 1832-1853. Stat. Journ. 1857. 

R. B. O’Brien. The Irish Land Question and English Public Opinion. 1881. 

F. Purdy. Pressure of taxation on real property. Stat. Journ. 1869. 

A. MacCallum Scott. The International, Feb. 1909. 

H. W. Singer. Unpublished Cambridge Dissertation. 

P. Snowden. Social List Review, 1909. 

J. Calvert Spensley. The London valuation since 1871. Stat. Journ. 1903. 
Lord Stamp. Land valuation and rating reform. Econ. Journ. March 191 1. 
N. J. Synnott. Revaluation of Ireland. Journal of Statistical and Social 
Inquiry Society of Ireland, August 1900. 

Thomasson. Land nationalisation. Westminster Review, Axxg. iQOO. 



234 BIBLIOGRAPHY 

U.K. Reportfrom the Select Committee of the House of Lords on the Burdens 
Affecting Real Property, 1846. B.P.P. 1846, vi, Parts I and II. 

Income Tax Commission. B.P.P. vii Session, 1861. 

Select Committee on Income Tax. B.P.P. ix, 1852. 

Copy of a letter dated 23rd Dec. 1850 addressed by the Commissioner 

for Valuation (Sir Richard Griffith) to the Lord Lieutenant of Ireland 
with reference to the present state and progress of the general valuation 
of Ireland. B.P.P. l Session, 1851. 

Westminster Review, Thirty Years, 1902-3. 

Whig and Tory. June 1899. 

Sir Thomas Whittacker. Ownerships Tenure and Taxation of Land. 1914. 


Austria 

W. ScHiFF. Les changes de la preprint e fonciere en Autriche. Bull, de V Inst, 
Int. de Stat. 1893. 

Belgium 

J. Malou. Le Budget des Votes et Moyens de la Belgique dei^^i d 1880. Brussels, 
1881, 

France 

Y. Guyot. L’evaluation des proprietes non baties. Journ, de la Societe de 
Stat, de Paris s April 1914. 

Italy 


L. Sbrojavacca. Sul valore della propriety fondiaria rustica e sulla gravezza 
delle imposteche la colposcono in alcuni stati. Bull, de VInst, Int, de 
Stat, I, 1886, 

United States 


Harvard University. Business Research Studies, No. 13: 

W. L, Crum. The Distribution of Wealth, A factual survey based upon 
federal estate tax returns. Boston, 1935. 

See also Ala. Arthur Young. The question of Scarcity plainly stated, 
hi a, H, Passy. On large and small farms, 

G 2. Sir Thomas Whittacker. Ownerships Tenure and Taxation of Land. 

G I. U.K. Royal Commission on Agricultural Depression. 1894-97. 

C I . Major Craigie. Taxation as affecting the agricultural interest. 

A II, Sir Robert Giffen. The expenditure of national capital. 

A III. J. S. Nicholson. The living capital of the United Kingdom. 

C 15. R. H. Inglis Palgrave. Local Taxation. 


G 3. Wage Income 

A. L. Bowley. Changes in the average wages in the United Kingdom 
between 1880 and 1891. Stat, Joum, 1895. 

Tests of national progress. Econ, Jowm, 1904. 

E. C. Ramsbottom. Wage rates in the United Kingdom, 1921-1934. 
Stat, foam, 1935. 

See also C i. Anonymous. Rent, wages and profits of British agriculture. 
A L A. L. Bowley. Wages and Income in the United Kingdom since i860. 

C I. F. Purdy, On the earnings of agricultural labourers in England 
and Wales. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


235 


C 4. Professional Income 
U.S. Department of Commerce: 

Walter L. Slifer. Income of independent professional practitioners. 
Survey of Current Business, April 1938. 

G 5, Industrial Income 
United Kingdom 

A. L. Bowley. An Index of the Physical Volume of Production. Econ, 
Journ. 19121. 

Bowley, Schwartz and Rhodes. Output, Employment and Wages in the 
United Kingdom, 1924, 1930, and 1935. L. and G.E.S. Spec. Mem. 

G. W. Daniels and H. Campion. The Relative Importance of British Export 

Trade, L. and C.E.S. Spec. Mem. No. 41, Aug. 1935. 

Walter Hoffmann. Index of British industrial products. Annual 1780 
onwards. Weltwirtschaftliches Archiv, Sept. 1934. 

J. M. Keynes. Efficiency in Industry. A Measure of Growth. The Times, 
13 Sept. 1938. 

J. W. F. Rowe. The Physical Volume of Production, L. and C.E.S. Spec. Mem. 
No. 85 1924. 

Lord Stamp. Index number of profits. Stat. Journ, 1932. 

Belgium 

See A III. F. Baudhuin. Le Capital de la Belgique et le rendement de son Industrie, 

United States 

National Bureau of Econ. Research, Bulletin No. 26: 

R. C. Epstein. Industrial Profits in the United States, 1934. 

National Bureau of Econ. Research, Bulletin No. 45 : 

F. G. Mills. Changes in Physical Production, 1933. 

National Industrial Conference Board. Studies No. 213. Costs and Profit in 
the Manufacturing Industry, 19 14-1933. New York, 1935. 

See also C i . Sir R. Griffith. Thoughts and Facts relating to the Income of 
Agriculture, Manufacture, etc, 

C 14. G. L. Schwartz. Output, employment and wages, etc. 

C 6 . Mining Income 

W. R. Sorley. Mining royalties and their effects on the iron and coal trade. 
Stat, Journ, 1889. 

G 7. Trade Income 

Iris Douglas. Retail trade statistics in different countries. Stat, Journ. 

1935 - 

H. J. H. Parker. Income of Small Shopkeepers and Independent Industrial Workers. 

Dep. of Social Science, University of Liverpool. 

Lord Stamp. The effects of trade fluctuations upon profits. Stat. Journ, 1918. 

C 8. Corporate Income 
United Kingdom 

Economist, Regular analysis of companies’ profits and losses. 



236 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


United States 

Harvard University. Biisiness Research. Studies, No. 8 : 

W. L. Crum. The Effect of Size on Corporate Earnings and Conditions. An 
Analysis of Income-tax Statistics. Boston, 1934. 

National Bureau of Economic Research, Bulletin No. 50 : 

S. Faericant. Recent Corporate Profits in the United States. 1934. 

National Bureau of Economic Research, Bulletin No. 55 : 

S. Fabricant- Profits^ Losses and Btisiness Assets, 1929-1934. Published 
1935 - 

National Bureau of Economic Research, Bulletin No. 26 : 

W. A. Paton. Corporate Profits as shown by Audit Reports. 1935. 

See also A I. Edwin Gannan. Wealth. 

Ala. Colin Clark. National Income and Outlay. 

Ala. E. Lindahl. National Income of Sweden, Pt I. 

Ala. Bowley-Stamp. The National Income, 1^24.. 

Ala. A. Wagner. Statistik des Volks- oder Nationaleinkommens. 

C 9. Undivided Profits 

See G 2. A. L. Beck. Discussion of L. R. Connor’s paper. Stat.Journ. 1928. 
G 10. Derivative Income 

E. Bresson. Contribution a I’etude des doubles emplois dans revaluation 

des biens en France. Joum. de la Societi de Stat. de Paris, 1901. 

F. T. CoLONjON. Des doubles emplois dans revaluation des biens en France. 

Journ. de la Societe de Stat. de Paris, 1903. 

See also A 1 . Edwin Cannan. Wealth. 

Ala. Colin Clark. National Income and Outlay. 

A I. M. A. Copeland. National Wealth and Income, Pt I. 

Ala. F. V, Fellner. Le Revenu National de la Hongrie actuelle. 

Ala. E. Lindahl. National Income of Sweden, Pt II. 

Ala. Matolcsy and Varga. The National Income of Hungary. 1938. 
Ala. Verijn-Stuart. Discussion on Stamp’s paper. Stat. Journ. 

C 1 1 . Financial Income 

National Industrial Conference Board. Research Report No. 55. Taxation 
and National Income. New York, 1922. 

G. H. Simms. Personal Income Taxation. The Definition of Income as a problem 

of fiscal policy. Chicago, 1938. 

U.S.A. Department of Commerce. Revised estimate of monthly income 
payments in the United States, 1922-1938. Survey of Current Business, 
Oct. 1938. 

C 12. Income from Foreign Investments 
United Kingdom 

Harold Cox. The effect of the Corn Laws. Nineteenth Century, 1903. L 
Financial Expert, Socialist Review, March 1909. 

G. K. Hobson. The Export of Capital. 1914. 

Sir Robert Kindersley. British overseas investment. Econ. Joum. yearly 
1928-34. 

J. R. Macdonal, Financial Review of Reviews, April 1909. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


237 

w. H. Mallogk. The expatriation of capital. Nineteenth Century, March 1906. 
Sir George Paish. Great Britain’s capital investments in individual colonial 
and foreign countries. StaU Journ. 191 1. 

Germany. 

K. Helfferigh. Auslandswerte. Vol. x, April 1911. 

See also Ale. Bowley-Stamp, 'The National Income, 1924. 

Ala. E. Lindahl. National Income of Sweden, Vol. iii, Pt II. 

Ala. Matolcsy and Varga. The National Income of Hungary. 

G 1 3. Income in the Betting Industry 

Anonymous. Britain’s betting industry. Economist, Feb. and March 1936. 

G 14. Public Income 
United Kingdom - 

Anonymous. British finance in the nineteenth century. Edinburgh Review 
1899. 

Sir Gwilym Gibbon. The expenditure and revenue of local authorities. 
Stat. Journ. 1936, 

W. R. Lawson. Two record budgets, i860 and 1903. Fortnightly Review, 
May 1903. 

Sir Bernard Mallet and George G. Oswald. British Budgets, Vol. i, 1888 
(1887-1912/3); Vol. II, 1929 (1913/14-1920/21); Vol. m, 1933 
(1921-22-1932/33). 

Sir Herbert Samuel. The taxation of various classes of the people. Stat. 
Journ. 1919. 

D. M. Sandral. The taxation of various classes of the people, Stat. Journ. 

1931- 

G. L. Schwartz. Output, Employment and Wages in Industry in the United 
Kingdom. L. and G.E.S. Spec. Mem. No. 26, 1924. 

Gharles Senior. Handbook to Income Tax Law arid Practice. 1862. 

G. Findlay Shirras. Taxable capacity and the burden of taxation and 
public debt. Stat. Journ. 1925. 

Statistical Journal. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. Miscellaneous. 
General results of the Census of i86i of the United Kingdom, Progress 
of the Income Tax Assessments, 1853-1860. Stat. Journ. 1861. 

W. M, J. Williams. Imperial Funds spent in Ireland. Contemporary Review, 
1912. 

Egypt 

I. G. Levi. L’augmentation des revenus de I’etat. ^g^pte Contemporaine, 1923. 

France 

F. DE Colonjon. Composition et importance de la fortime de I’^tat en 
France. Journ. de la Sociite de Stat. de Paris, 1907. 

Germany 

F. Kuhnert. Die Ergebnisse der staatlichen Einkommensbesteuerung der 
nichtphysischen Personen in Preussen im Zeitraum 1892-1905. Z^t~ 
schriftd. kgl. Preuss. Stat Biiros, 1906. 

V. MiJhlenfels. Steuerkreft und Wohlstandsindex. Leipzig, 1927. 

W. Ropke. Deutschlands Leistungsfahigkeit. Jahrbucher fur NaUonalokonomie 

und Statistik (Conrad), m, Folge, Bd. 66, 1923. 



238 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Italy 

F, S. Nitti. II Bilancio dello Stato dal 1862 al 1896-97. Primi linii de una 

inchiesta sulla ripartizione territoriale della entrate e della spese pubbliche in 
Italia. Naples, 1900. 

Switzerland 

G. Bucher, Basel * s Staatseinnahmen und Steuerverteilung, 1 878- 1887. Basel, 1 888 . 
See also G 2. Sir Robert Giffen. Recent state finance and the budget. 

Belgium 

C 2. J. Malou. Le Budget des Voies et Mqyens de la Belgique de 1831 d 1880, 

Germany 

A I^r. Th. Balogh. The national economy of Germany. 

G 15. Tax and Rate Questions 
United Kingdom 

Lord Arnold. A capital levy. The problems of realisation. Econ. Journ. 
1918. 

J. Ellis Barker. British finances and the Budget. Fortnightly Review, May 

1909* 

G. F. Bastable. See U.K., Gommission on Local Taxation, 1899. 

See U.K., Report on Financial Relations between Great Britain and 

Ireland, 1895-96. 

A. L. Bowley. The British super-tax and the distribution of income. 
Quart. Joum. of Econ. 1914. 

Report of a Gommittee of the British Association. The amount and 

distribution of income (other than wages) below the income-tax 
exemption limit in the United Kingdom (1910-11). Joum. of R. Stat. Soc. 
Frederick Brown. Expei^es of production in Great Britain. Economica, 
Dec. 1928. 

Edwin Cannan. See Royal Gommission on Local Taxation, 1899. 

W. H. Goates. Evidence before the Treasury Gommittee on National Debt 
and Taxation, 1927. 

S. Dowell. A History of Taxation and Taxes in England from the earliest times to 

the year 1885. 2nd ed. London, 1888. 

T. H. Elliott. The annual taxes on property and income. Stat. Joum. 

W. T. Layton. Evidence before the Treasury Gommittee on National Debt 
and Taxation, 1927, 

League of Nations. International Financial Gonference at Brussels. Report 
IV : Public Finance, 1920. 

Xjeone Levi. On the reconstruction of the income and property tax. 
Stat. Joum. 1874. 

Sir L. G. Chiozza Money. The possibilities of an income tax according to 
the scheme of Pitt. A reply to Mallock’s article of the same title, same 
journal. Nineteenth Century, 1910. 

R. H. Inglk Palgrave. Local Taxation. Eictionoxy of Political Econorry. 

W. H. Price. The British income tax. Quaxt. Joum. of Econ. Feb. 1906. 

D. H. Robertson. The Golwyn Gommittee and the income tax and the 
price level. Econ. Joum. Dec. 1927. 

Ed. R. A. Seligmann. Essays in Income Taxation. 1925. 

The Shifting and hwidertce of Taxation. 1899, 19215 1932. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


239 

Lord Stamp. Economic aspects of income tax change. Economic Review, 
1909 ' , 

The incidence of the taxation of leaseholds. Economic Review, July 

1911. 

Fundamental Principles on Taxation, 1921 5 1936. 

U.K. Select Committee on the Taxation of Ireland. Draft Report, B.P.P. 
XV, 1864. 

Treasury. Committee on National Debt and Taxation, 1927. See 

W. H. Coates, W. T. Layton, P. D. Leake and Sir Frederic Wise. 

Select Committee on the Taxation of Ireland. Report 1865, B.P.P. 

xn, 1865. 

Austria 

R. Meyer. Die ersten Ergebnisse der Personaleinkommensteuer in Oester- 
reich. Z^itsckriftfur Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und Verwaltmg, vm, 1899. 
Das Z^^l^^'^^dltnis z^ischen der Steuer und dem Einkommen, Wien, 1901. 

France 

F. Baudhuin. Finances beiges: la stabilisation et ses consequences, 2nd ed. 

Paris, 1928. 

P. Leroy-Beaulieu. Traits de la Science de Finance, Paris, 1889. 

Germany 

G. CoLM. Volkswirtschaftliche Theorie der Staatsausgaben. Tubingen, 1927. 
Evert. Sozialistische Streifziige durch die Materialien der Veranlagung 

zur Staatseinkommensteuer. Preuss, Stat, Bureaus, 1902. 

Adolf Heil. Resultate der Einschdtzung zur Einkommensteuer in Hessen, Sachsen 
und Hamburg, Jena, 1887. 

P, Hernberg. Volkswirtschaftliche Bilanz^ti, Probleme des Geld- und Finanz- 
wesens. Leipzig, 1927. 

Intemationaler Steuerbelastungsvergleich. Einzelschrift z- Stat, d. Deutschen 
Reiches, 1933. 

B. KLautsky. Die Kapitalbildung der offentiichen Hand seit dem Kxieg in 

Deutschland und Deutschosterreich. Schriften des Vereinsfur Sozialpolitik, 
Bd. 174/IV. (See Walter Lotz, editor.) 

R. E. May. Das Verhaltnis zwischen Einkommen und Familienentfaltung. 
Jahrbuch fur Gesetzgebung, Verwaltung und Volkswirtschaft (Schmoller). 

1903* 

G. ScHANZ. Der Einkommensbegriff und die Einkommensteuergesetze. 
Finanz- Archiv, 1896. 

Italy 

C. Gmi. Di alcuni circostanze che nei tempi moderni tendono a fare 

apparire P incremento del reddito nazionale maggiore del vero. 
Bull, de ITnst. Int, de Stat, n, 1935. 

A quanto ammonta il reddito degli Italian!? Tempo econormco, 1921. 

B. Grizotti. L’ imposte sulla ricchezza dopo la guerra. Giomale degli 

Economisti, 1919. 

C. Jarach. Gome funziona la nostra imposta di ricchezza mobile. Riforma 

soziale, Vol. xvn. 

R. Meyer. Direzione generale delle impost! dirette, Statistica del reddite 
accertato e tassato. Bulletine ufficiale, x, 1902; xm, 1905. 



240 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Spain 

F. Bernis. La Hacienda Espanola. Los Impuestos. Barcelona, 1918 (?). 

F. Y. Edgeworth. Review of F. Bemis, La Hacienda Espanola, Econ, Journ. 

1919* 

See also C 2. E. Adam. Land Values and Taxation. 

C 2. G. H. Blunden. Some observations on the distribution and inci- 
dence of rates and taxes, 

Ala. T. A. CoGHLAN. Evidence before the Select Committee on Income 
Tax. 

G 2. Edgeworth. The incidence of urban rates. 

C 2. Edgeworth. Recent schemes for rating urban land values. 

A I. E. Huncke. Die Entwicklung von Einkommensteuer und Einkom- 
mensverteilimg in England. 

G 14. W. R. Lawson. Two record budgets. 

C I. J. S. Nicholson. Rates and Taxes as affecting Agriculture. 

C 14. G. Findlay Shirras. Taxable capacity. 

A I. G. Findlay Shirras. Volkseinkommen und Besteuerung. 

C 2. Lord Stamp. Land valuation and rating reform. 

G 2. U.K. Income Tax Commission. 

G I, U.K. Royal Commission on Agricultural Depression, 1894-97. 
Ala. U.K. Royal Goimnission on Local Taxation, 1899. 

A III. U.K. Suggested Taxation of War-time Increases of Wealth. 

France 

A III. E. Thery. Les progres economiques de la France. 

Germany 

A II. A. Angelopoulos. Die Einkommensverteilung im Lichte der Einkom- 
mensteuerstatistik. 

A I. Walter Lotz. Kapitalbildung und Besteuerung. 

A II. A. Soetbeer. Das souverane Gesetz der Preisbildung. 

A I. Wiirttembergisches Statistisches Landesamt. Volksvermogen, Volks^ 
einkomrmn und Steuerbelastung in Deutschland vor und nach dem Krieg. 

India 

A III. K. T. Shah and K. J. Khambata. The Wealth and Taxable 
Capacity of India. 

Italy 

C 14. F, S. Nitti. R Bilancio dello Stato. 

Netherlands 

AL De Brxjyn-Kops. Report on the ‘revenu annuel de la nation’. 
Switzerland 

G 14. G. BtiCHER, BaseVs Staatseimakmen und Steuerverteilung. 

C 16. National Debt 

L* Einaudi. La inclusione del debito pubblico nelle valutazioni della 
riccbezza delle nazione. Bull, de ITnst. Int. de Stat. n, 1935. 

Brookings Institution. Institute of Econonaics, PubL No. 8 : 

H. G. Moulton and G. Lewis. The French Debt Problem. New York, 1925. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


1241 

See also A III. R. Giffen. The Growth of Capital, 

A III. A. Hooke. An Essay on the National Debt and the National Capital, 
G 15. W. T. Layton. Evidence before the Treasury Committee on 
National Debt and Taxation. 

A II. J. M. Keynes. General Theory of Wages, Interest and Money, 

C 2. Sir L. G. Ghiozza Money. Things that matter, 

G 1 7. Depreciation and other questions of deductions^ costs 
United Kingdom 
G.T. Jones. Increasing Returns, 1932. 

Italy 

A. CoNiGLiANi. Sul preteso decremento del patrimonio nazionale itaiiano. 
Giornale degli Economist^ 1901. 

United States 

National Bureau of Economic Research : Publication 35. 

S. Fabricant. Capital Consumption and Adjustment, New York, 1938. , 

See also C 15. Frederick Brown. Expenses of production in Great Britain. 
A I. A. C. PiGOu. Net income and capital depletion. 


G 18. Legal Questions 
United Kingdom 

Raymond Needham. The distinction between capital and income. Accountant^ 
6 June 1925. ' 

Germany 

L. V. Petrazycki. Die Lehre vom Einkommen, Berlin, 1893. 

See also G 2. Chorlton. Rating of Land Values* 


G 19. Population Questions 
United Kingdom 

Charles Booth. Occupations of the people of the United Kingdom, 
1801-1881. Stat, Joum. 1 886. 

A. L. Bowley. Numbers occupied in the Industries of England and Wales, 19 ii 
and 1921. L. and G.E.S. Spec. Mem. No. lya, 

Germany 

Einkommensteuergesetz vom 10. Aug. 1925, Reichsgesetzblatt v. 15. Aug, 
1925, Nr. 39. 

Kdrperschaftssteuergesetz vom 10. Aug. 1925, Reichsgesetzblatt, Nr. 39. 

Reichsbewertungsgesetz vom 10. Aug. 1925. Reichsgesetzblatt, Nr. 39. 

See also G 14. Statistical Journal, General results of the Census of 1861, 

Italy 

C I . S. Jacini. La propriety fondiaria e la popolazione agricola in Lombardia, 

Japan 

A III, S. Shiomi. Interrelation between the wealth and the density of 
population in Japan, 


BNI 


16 



242 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


G 20. Earned and Unearned Income 

R. Brunhuber. The taxation of the unearned increment in Germany. 
Quart, Journ. of Econ. 1907/8. 

A. Hook. Earned and unearned income and income tax. Westminster 
Review, Feb. 1906. 


G 2 1 . Income and Expenditure of Social Groups 
United Kingdom 

A. L. Bowley. Has poverty diminished? L.S.E. Studies in Econ. and Pol. Sci. 
No. 82, 1925. 

A. L. Bowley and A. R. Burnett-Hurst. Livelihood and Poverty: a study in 
economic conditions of working-class households in Northampton, Warrington, 
Stanley and Reading, 1915. 

A. E. Feavearyear. The national expenditure 1932. Econ. Journ. 1934. 
International Labour Office. The Workers Standard of Living. Studies and 
Reports, Series B, No. 30, 1938. 

Sir John Orr. Food, Health and Income. Report on a survey of adequacy 
of diet in relation to income. 1936. 

S. U. Procopovitch. The distribution of the national income. Econ. Journ. 
March 1926. 

G. D. Rokeling. a British index of national prosperity, 1920-1927. 
Economist, Suppl. 6 Oct. 1928. 

Austria 

E. V. Philippovich. Das Einkommen nach dem Berufe und nach der Stellung 

im Berufe in Oesterreich. Z^itschrift fur Volkswirtschaft, Sozialpolitik und 
Verwaltung, xv. 

F. Savorgnan. La distribuzion dei redditi mile provincie e mile grandi citth 

delV Austria, Triest, 1912 (?). 


France 

L. Dugie de Bernouille. Les revenus prives et les consommations. Revue 

d^Sconomie politique, 1935. 

A. DE Foville. Les valeurs successorales et la repartition territoriale de la 
richesse en France. &onomiste frangcds, 5 Nov. 1881. 

M. A. Neymargk. La repartition et la diffusion de Fepargne frangaises sur 

les valeurs mobili^res fran^aises et etrang^res. Bull, de ITnst. Int. d. 
Stat, 1892. 

Germany 

W. Bohmert. Die mittleren Klassen der Einkommensteuer in einigen 
deutschen Grossstadten in den Jahren 1880^-1895. Jahrbuch fur Gesetz- 
gebung, Verwaltung und Volkswirtsckcft (SchmoUer), 1896. 

--- — Die Verteilung des Einkommens in Preussen und Sachsen. Dresden, 1898. 

F. Freiherr v. Friedenfels. Die Hdhe des Einkommens nach Geschlecht 
und Beruf der Zensiten des Personaleinkommens 1903. Mitteilungen des 
Finanzministeriums, 2, 1907. 

Zur Statistik der Personaleinkommensteuer 1898; Hohe des Ein- 
kommens nach Geschlecht und Beruf des Zensiten. Mitteilungen des 
Fincmzministeriums, xm, 2, 1903. 

W. Lederer. Was verbrauchen wir? Die Arbeit, 1931. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


243 

F. Lemmer. Die Grossenordnung des deutschen Arbeitseinkommens. 
Arbeitgeber, 1929. 

E. WuRZBURGER. Dos Einkommeti der Haushaltungsvorstdnde. 1906. 

F. Zahn. Die Probleme des Mittelstandindexes. Arztiiche Mitteilungen. 

Sozialwissenschaftliche Rundschau^ Nr. 40, 1928. 

Italy 

C. Gini e R. d^Addario. La distribuzione dei redditi mobiliari in Italia. 
Bull, de rinst, InL de Stat, 1, 1931. 

Japan 

S. Shiomi. Survey of the distribution of the people’s income in the light 
of the household rate. Kyoto University Economic Review, ]v 1 y 1933* 

Switzerland 

C. Muhlmann. Untersuchungen xiber die Entwicklung der wirtschaftlichen 
Kultur und die Guterverteilung im Kanton Bern. Mitteilungen des 
Bernischen statistischen Bureaus, 1905, 

United States 
U.S.A. Department of Commerce. 

Oswald Nielsen. Survey of family income. Survey of Current Business, 
Dec. 1937. 

Robert R. Pettengill. Division of the tax burden among income groups 
in the United States, 1936. The American Econ, Review, March 1940. 

See also A II. Walter Layton. Some statistical aspects of the labour 
unrest. 

G 14. Sir Herbert Samuel. The taxation of various classes of the people, 
C 14. D. M. Sandral. The taxation of various classes of the people. 

France 

A ITT. C. Colson. Cours d^&onomie Politique, 

Germany 

A Ifl. Th. Balogh. The national economy of Germany. 

B. C. Bruckner. Einkommensteuerstatistikund Wohlstandsverteilung. 
Alfl, E. Engel. Die Klassensteuer und die klassifizierte Einko mm en- 
steuer. 

A I Journal of the Royal Stat. Society. Distribution of incomes in Germany. 

Italy 

A III. E. PoRRU. La concentrazione della ricchezza nelle diverse regioni 
d’ Italia. 

A III. F. Savorgnan* L’ ammontare e la composizione della ricchezza 
in Italia e nelle sue regioni. 


United States 


A L Brookings Institution. Leven and Wrightt. 
the United States, 


The Income Structure of 
16-2 



244 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Czegho-Slovakia 

Ala. S. Prokopovic. Repartition du revenu national en Boh^me. 


C 22* Valuation of Income^ Money Value, Real Value 
United Kingdom 


A- K. Cairncross, Price Index for Iron and Steel Goods, Glasgow University. 
Sir Robert Giffen. Recent changes in prices and incomes compared. Stat, 
Joum. Dec. 1888. 

International Labour Office. A Contribution to the Study of International Com- 
parisons of Costs of Living, 1932. 

U.K. Report from Select Committee on the General Valuation of Ireland, 
B.P.P. 1868-69, Session ix. 

Select Committee on Irish Valuation. B.P.P. 1868-69, Session ix. 

Ministry of Labour Gazette, The Cost of Living Index Number, Method 

of Compilation. B.P.P. 1931 5 Session O. 36-9999* 

E. A. WiNSLAw. Budget Studies and the Measurement of Living Costs and Standards, 

1923- 


France 


Ala. A. Neymarck. The distribution of personal property in France. 


Germany 

F. SoLTAU. Wohistandsindices. Magazinder Wirtschaft, 6*Jahrgang, Nr. 13, 

1930* 

Der Wohlstandsindex des Dawes Gutachtens und die Bedeutung seines 

Fortfalls im Young Plan. Magazin der Wirtschaft, 6. Jahrgang, 1930. 

United States 

Bureau of Applied Economics, Inc. Standards of Living. A compilation of 
Budgetary SUtdies. (Revised Edition.) Bulletin No. 7, Washington, 1920. 
U.S.A. Department of Commerce. Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Com- 
merce. Survey of Current Business. Washington, Dec. 1936. 

National Bureau of Econ. Research, Bulletin 62 : 

S. Fabrioant. Revaluation of Fixed Assets, 1^2^— 1936. 

See also C 2 1 . International Labour Office. The worker’s standard of living. 
A I. J. M. Keynes. The General Theory of Employment, Interest and Money. 
A 11 . A. C. PiGOU and Colin Clark. The Economic Position of Great 
Britain. 

G 23. Inheritance and Death Duties 
United Kingdom 

Lord Stamp. Inheritance — a sample inquiry. From the Report of the 
British Association, Sept. 1930. Econ, Joum, 1930, 

H. C, Strutt. Notes on the distribution of estates in France and the Umted 
Kingdom. Stat, Joum, 1910. 

J. W.Tyler. Estate duty valuation and agricultural property. Transactions 
qf the Surveyors^ Institute, 1902-3. 

J. C. L^ Zorn, The Incidence of the Income Tax, London, 1909. 

France 

J. Bertillon. Statistique des successions en France et k Tetranger. Journ, 
de la SodM de Stat, de Parts, Sept, >1910. 

M. J. Seailles. La Ripartition des Fortunes en France, 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


245 


Italy 

Bollettino di Statistica e Legislazione Comparata. Sciolgimento delle tasse di 
successione nel periodo 1877-1902. 190 1-2. 

Bollettino di Statistica e Legislazione Comparata. Le successioni e le donazioni 
neir anno 1902-03, (Elementi per uno studio sulla natura e F ammon- 
tare probabile della ricchezza privata nazionale e sulla sua ripartizione 
fra le diverse provincie e compartimenti.) 1903-4. 

See also A II. H. Clay. Distribution of capital in England and Wales. 

A I«. T. A. CoGHLAN. Evidence before the Select Committee on Income 
Tax. 

Ale. Viscount Goschen. The increase of moderate incomes. 

A III. W. J. Harris and K. A. Lake. Estimates of the realisable wealth 
of the United Kingdom. 

A I <2. B, Mallet and H. G. Strutt. The multiplier and capital wealth. 

Austria 

A III. K. Th. V. Inama-Sternegg. Die Ergebnisse der Erbschaftssteuer. 

France 

A III. G. Colson. Corns d^&ommie Politique. 

C 21. A. DE Foville. Les valeurs successorales et la repartition terri- 
toriale. 

A I^. A. DE Foville. L’evaluation de la richesse Rationale. 

A III. A. Leroy-Beauueu. Les fortunes en France d*apr^s les declara- 
tions successorales. 

Italy 

A III. R. Benini. Quote successorie di alcune specie di ricchezza, 

A III. G. SoLiNAS Gossu. Valore dei beni transferiti per successione e 
donazione nel quindicennio 1885-1899/1900. 

A III. Relazione della Amministrazione del Demanio. La Ricchezza in 
rapporto alle successioni e donazioni. 

A III. M. Pantaleoni. DelF ammontare probabile della ricchezza 
privata. 

B. Luigi Princivalle. Alcune indagini sui passagi della propriety 
fondiaria per causa di morte. 

C 24. Distinction between Capital and Income 

Horst F. Mendershausen. The relation between income and savings of 
American Metropolitan families. The American Econ. Review^ Sept. 1939. 

See also Ala. Colin Clark. National Income and Outlay, 

G 18. Raymond Needham. The distinction between capital and income. 

G 25. Treatment of changes in Capital Values 
United States 

See G 22. S. Fabricant. Revaluation of Fixed Assets ^ 1925*"^ 934 * 

C 26. Change in Values of Stocks and Commodities: Inventories 
United States 

See C 17, S. Fabricant, Capital Consumption and Adjustment, 



246 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


D. SOURCES 

United Kingdom 

U.K. Return of the amount of property assessed to income and property 
tax imder schedules A, B and D in each county, 1814 and 1842/3- 
1864/65. B.P.P. Session xxxrx, 1866, Session xli, 1870. Schedules D 
and E, 1864/65-1869/70. 

First Census of Production. Cd. 6320, Final Report, Tables, 1907. 

Report on the Census of Production, 1907 (Sir Alfred Flux). B.P.P. 

I912/13, CEX. 

Second Census of Production, 1912. 

Third Census of Production, 1 924. 

Fourth Census of Production, 1930. Preliminary Survey. 

Reports of the Commissioners of Inland Revenue aimually from 

1855/56. 

Distribution by Counties to Assessments to Income Tax under 

Schedules A and B. B.P.P. 1912-13, xlix, 414. 

Approximate distribution of the estimated amounts of taxable 

incomes. B.P.P. xxxn (Cmd. 224), 1919. 

Treasury. Imperial Taxation on Real and Realised Personal Property. 

B.P.P. Session xlv, 1884/85. 

Treasury. Select Committee on Income and Property Tax 1861. 

B.P.P. vn, 1861. 

Treasury. Select Committee on Municipal Trading. B.P.P. vii, 

1900; vn, 1903. 

Supertax. Number of persons asked to make returns, number of 

persons who gave notice, number of persons who neglected to make 
returns for supertax 1909/10-1913/14. B.P.P. xxxvm, 36, 1914-16. 

Ministry of Labour Gazette, Railway Returns, collected yearly, mostly 

September issue. 

Ministry of Agriculture and Fisheries. The Agricultural Output of 

England and Wales, 1925. Cmd. 2815, 1927. 

Ministry of Agriculture. The Agricultural Output of England and 

Wales, 1 930-1 93 1. B.P.P. Cmd. 4605, xxvi, 1933-34. 

Ministry of Agriculture. The Agricultural Output of Scotland, 1930. 

B.P.P. Cmd, 4496, XXVI, I 933 -- 34 - 

Australia 

Bureau of the Census and Statistics : 

G. H. Knibbs. The Primte Wealth of Australia and its Growth and Distribution, 
Ed. M. Atkinson. Australia Economic and Political Studies. Mel- 
bourne, 1918. 

Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. Ten years of progress^ 
1926-1936. Melbourne, 1936. 

A. G. B. Fisher. The Economic Record (New Zealand), Nov. 1930. 

Austria 

C. J. V. CzoERNiG. Statistisches Handbiichlein der Oesterreichischen Monarchic, 
1861. 

J. Fiixunger. Vergleichende Statistik iiber die Real- und Prodvkiionswerte der 
Landwirtschaft, der Montan-Industrie^ der Verkehrs- und Communikations- 
Anstalten und des Staatskauskaltes im Oesterr, Kaiserstaat. Wien, 1868. 



BIBLIOGRAPHY 


247 


Belgium 

A. Quetelet. RecherchesStatistiquessurleRoyaume des Pays-Bas, Bruxelles, 1929. 

France 

Chambre de Deputes. Inventaire de la Situation finangike de la France au debut 
de la i^idme. Legislature presente par M. Clementel, 1924. 

A. DE Foville. La consommation nationale et Pexportation. j£conomiste 
frangais^ ii April 1891. 

E. Michel. Les habitants, demographie, salaires, corporations et syndicate, assistance, 

mutualite, epargne, prevoyance, imp 3 ts, Paris-Nancy, 1910. 

M. A. Neymarck. La statistique internationale des valeurs mobili^res. 
Bulk de PInst InL de Stat, VoL xx. Supplement, 1913. 

Germany 

F. C. W. Dieterigi. Statistische Uebersicht im preussiseken Staat und im deutschen 

Zollverein, 1831-1836/44. 4 Vols. edited between 1836 and 1846. 

Die Einkommensbesteuerung vor und nach dem Kriege. Einzelschriften z^r 
Statistik des Deutschen Reichs. No. 24. 

H. G. Moulton. The Reparation Plan. New York, 1924. 

Statistisches Reichsamt. Statistisches Jahrbuch fur das Deutsche Reich. Berlin, 
annual from 1877. 

W. WoYTiNSKi. Die Welt in ZMen, VoL i. Berlin, 1925-2 8, 

Italy 

G. Mortara. Numeri indici dello stato e del progresso economica delle 

region! italiane. Giornale degli Economisti, Vol. xlvii, 1913. 

Numeri indici delle condizionieconomiche in Italia. 1920. Bull, delTnst. 

Int. de Stat. xx, 2. 

United States 

Brookings Institution. Institute of Economics, Publ. No. 55 : 

E. G. Nourse and Associates. Americans Capacity to Produce. Washington, 
1934. (Being Pt I of ‘The Distribution of Wealth and Income’-) 

E. E. Day and W. M. Persons. An Index of the Physical Volume of 

Production. Review of Economic Statistics, Supplement for 1920. 

D. Friday. Profits, Wages, Prices. New York, 1920. 

F. J. Guetter and A- E. McKinley. Statistical Tables relating to The 

Economic Growth of the United States. Philadelphia, 1924. 

Moody’s Manuals. Especially those for Public Utilities and those for Statistics. 
Different annuals, 

U.S.A. Senate. 73rd Congress, 2nd Session, Document 124. National Income, 
i929-'32. I4etter from the Acting Secretary of Commerce. Under 
supervision of S. Kuznets and R. F. Martin. Washington, 1934. 

U.S.A. Federal Trade Commission. 69th Congress, ist Session, 1926. 
National Wealth and Income. 

U.S.A, Foreign and Domestic Commerce Bureau. Statistical Abstracts from 
1923 onwards. 

U.S. Treasury Department. U.S. Internal Revenue. Statistics of Income. 
Washington, yearly since 1917 to date, figures from 1919. 

See also G 8. Economist. Regular analysis of companies’ profits and losses. 
C 7. H. J. H. Parker. Income of small shopkeepers, etc. 

Japan 

A 1^7, Charles V. Sale. Some statistics of Japan. Stat. Journ. 1911. 



SUPPLEMENTARY BIBLIOGRAPHY 


SELECT LIST OF REGENT CONTRIBUTIONS 
United Kingdom 

T. Barna. Valuation of stocks and the national income. Economica, 
November 1942. 

A. L, Bowley. National income in America and the United Kingdom. 
Economica, August 1942. 

Milton Gilbert, U.S, national income statistics. Econ. Joum. April 1943. 
A. G. PiGOU. Comparisons of real income. Economica, May 1943. 

E. G. Rhodes. The distribution of income. Economica, August 1942. 

G. Findlay Shirras and L. Rostas. The Burden of British Taxation. National 

Institute of Economic and Social Research; Economic and Social 
Studies II, Cambridge, 1942, 

H. W. Singer. The German War Economy, Manchester Statistical Society, 

May 1943. 

E. H- Stern. Public expenditure and the national income. Economica, May 

1943 * 

R. Stone, D. G. Champernowne and J. E. Meade. The precision of 
national income estimates. Review of Economic Studies, Vol. dc, No. 2, 
Summer 1942. 

R. Stone. National Income in the United Kingdom and the United States of 
America, Manchester Statistical Society, I942--43. 

The national income, output and expenditure of the United States 

of America 1929-1941. iSron. June/September 1942. 

White Paper of the Financial Secretary to the Treasury. An Analysis of the 
Sources of War Finance, and an Estimate of the National Income and Expenditure 
in 1938, 1940 and 1941. (Cmd. 6347) 1942. 

An Analysis of the Sources of War Finance, and an Estimate of the National 

Income and Expenditure in 1938, 1940, 1941 and 1942. (Cmd. 6438) 

1943- 


United States 

Harold Barger. Outlay and income in the United States of America 
1921-1938. National Bureau of Economic Research; Studies in Income 
and Wealth, Vol. 4. New York, 1942. 

Marvin Hoffenberg with assistance from Mabel S. Lewis. Estimates of 
National Output, Distributed Income, Consumer Spending, Saving, and Capital 
Formation, Review of Economic Statistics, Cambridge, Mass. May 

1943- 

SiMON Kuznets. National Income and its Composition 19 19-*! 938. National 
Bureau of Economic Research {2 vois.). New York, 1941. 

The Conference on Research in Income and Wealth. Income size distribu- 
tions in the United States. Parts I and II. National Bureau of Eco- 
nomic Research; Studies in Income and Wealth, Vol. 5. New York, 
1943 - 



SUPPLEMENTARY BIBLIOGRAPHY 249 

U.S.A, Department of Commerce: 

Milton Gilbert and Dwight B. Yntema. National income exceeds 
76 billion dollars in 1940. Survey of Current Business^ June 1941. 

‘An economic review of 1941% subsection on ‘The national income’. 

Survey of Current Business , February 1942. 

Milton Gilbert. War expenditures and national production. Survey of 
Current Business, March 1942. 

Milton Gilbert and R. B. Bangs. Preliminary estimates of gross national 
product, 1929-41. Survey of Current Business, May 1942. 

Milton Gilbert and George Jaszi. National income and national 
product in 1942. Survey of Current Business, March 1943. 

George Jaszi. National product and income in the first half of 1943. 
Survey of Current Business, August 1943. 



Index 


A Comparison of the Wealth and National 
Income of Several Important Nations 
before and after the War^ 1925, Con- 
rado Gini, 41 

A Critique of Russian Statistics, 1939, Colin 
Clark, 42 

Advertisement, 5, 19, 24-44, 48 
Aerated waters, excise, 167, 170 seq.; 
see also Drink 

Age-distribution of occupied popula- 
tion, 54-60 

Agricultural Register, 46 
Agriculture, 67, 70, 95-101, no, 122, 
127-8, 132, 135, 153, 194-7 
Allotments, see Gardens 
Artificial silk, customs and excise, 166, 
170 seq.; see also Textile industry 
Austria, taxation, 9 

Banking, 71, 86-90, 93, 196; see also 
Commerce 
Baudouin, F., 37 
B.B.C., 47 

Belgium, customs and excise, 8; National 
income, 37 

Board of Inland Revenue, 85; see also 
U.K. Official Publications 
Board of Trade, 85, 140, 151-3, 192; 
see also Index numbers, U.K. 
Official Publications 
Booker, M. S., 72, 94 
Boot and shoe industry, 62-3, 67, 151, 
159, 174-7; see also Clothing in- 
dustry 

Bowley, A. L., 2, 7-9, 11-17, 19, 21-2, 
24-5, 48, 57, 61, 66, 77, 83, 92, 94, 
98, 1 30-1, 154 

Bread making, 1 59, 1 74-9; see also Food 
Brewing, excise, 67, 170 seq.; see also 
Drink 

Brick industry, 62-3, 67, 104, 107-8, 

157 

British Income and Property, Lord Stamp, 
3, 12 

Building industry, 67, 71, 103-4, ^06-9, 
122-3, I55 j I57j 

168, 174-8 

Building materials industry, 124, 126, 
146-50, 157, 161, 164, 174-7; see 
also Brick industry 
Building subsidy, 146, 173 
Bulletin d^irformation et de documentation, 
banc national de Belgique, 37 


Bulletin de Vinstitut de recherches econo-- 
miques, 37 

Bulletin de Vinstitut International de Statist 
tique, 2, 3, 34 

Campion, H., 20, 49, 50, 76, 84, 94-5 
Canada, national income, 23, 32-3; 

taxation, 8, 10 
Canada Tear Book, 32 
Carman Edwin, 2, 27 
Capital Consumption and Adjustment, S. Fa- 
bricant, 2 

Capital goods, 5, 18, 19, 24-44, 48; see 
also Services of durable goods 
Census of Agriculture, 46, 99, 135; see 
also U.K. Official Publications, 
Ministry of Agriculture 
Census of Production, 9, 61, 85, 95, 
97-9, 101-13, 122 seq,, 157 seq. 
Central Statistical Office, 83 
Cha?iging Inventory Valuations in Studies in 
Income and Wealth, S. Kuznets, 3 
Charities, see Corporate bodies 
Chemical industry, 67, 70, 104-8, 123, 
124, 126, 142, 147-50, 158, 161, 
164, 166, 169, 171, 173, 176-7 
Churches, see Corporate bodies 
Clark, Colin, 2, 9, 10, 14-16, 19-23, 
26, 36, 42, 1 15, 119-20, 189-92 
Clay, see Building materials 
Clothing, national expenditure on, 21, 
53; see also Services of durable 
goods 

Clothing industry, 67, 70, 104, 106-8, 
124, 126, 142, 147-5L 159? 162, 
164, 176-7; see also Tailoring 
Coal mining, 62-3, 70, 103-8, 123-6, 
153? ^55? 157? 161, 164, 175; 
subsidy, 45, 166, 168-9; see also 
Mining 

Coates, W. H., 2, 15, 30 
Cocoa, customs, 166, 171 seq.; see also 
Drink 

Commerce, 105, no, 112, 135, 153, 
196; see also Banking 
Commodity Flow and Capital Formation, 
S. Kuznets, 3, 16 

Concepts of National Income, Studies in 
Income and Wealth, M, A. Cope- 
land, 2 

Consumption goods, 5, 18, 19, 24-44, 
48 

Copeland, M. A., 2, 9, 15-17, 26-7 



INDEX 


Corporate bodies, 6, 20, 24-44, 49? 50? 
8i~4 

Cost of living, 5; local differences, 17, 
26-31, 48; see also Index numbers 
Cotton industry, 62-3, 70, 104, 158, 
175; see also Textile industry 
Crawford, G., 36 
Curtis, Myra, 20 
Customs duties, see Import duties 

Dalton, H., 12 

Das Volkseinkommen Oesterreichs und Un- 
garnSi 1917, F. v. Fellner, 40 
Death duties, 15 
de Bernonville, Duge, 39 
Defence services, 71, 122, 133, 135, 161; 
see also Services 

Depreciation, 5, 19, 23-44, 4^-9? 53? 
129-32, 187 seq. 

Destruction, of irreplaceable goods, 5,17, 
24-44, 48 

Devons, E., 142 seq. 

Die Wirtschqftstkeorie der Gegenwart, I. 
Fisher, 2 

Distribution, of incomes, 1x3-19; of 
national expenditure, 6, 20- r, 24- 
44? 5^>? 53? of national income, 3, 6, 
21-2, 24-44, 50-1 

Distributive trades, 67, 71, 75-8, 86-90, 
93? 96? 109, 112, 129, 196; see also 
Shop assistants 

Domestic services, 69, no, 130, 196; 
see also Services 

Dominion Bureau of Statistics (Canada), 

32 

Drink industry, 70, 104, 107-8, 125-6, 
142, 146-50, 157, 159, 164, 175-7; 
see also Food 

Dyeing industry, 70, 161-2; see also 
Chemical industry 

Earners, numbers of, 10 r, 113; see 
also Occupied persons. Wage- 
earners 

Earning strength, 57-60 
Earnings, 21, 61-3, 66, 70, 81, 88, 
153 seq.; see also Index numbers 
Earth products, see Mineral products 
Economic Journal^ 2, 12, 13, 20, 47, 131, 
134, 151, 153 
Economic Review^ 35 

Economic Review (Kyoto University), 
34 

Economica f X2i, 190 

Economics of Industry^ Alfred Marshall, 

Education, see Services, public 
Eire, see Irish Free State 
Electrical engineering industry, 70, 158, 
176-7 


251 

Electricity supply, 71, 103, 125-6, 151, 
160, 164-5; see also Public Utility 
Works 

Elsas, M. J., I 
Employers, 70-1, 79 
Engineering industry, 67, 70, 103-4, 
107-8, 122, 124, 126, 142, 147-50, 
158, 1 60-1, 164, 174-7 
Entertainments, 71, 102, 105 
Entertainments Duty, 169 
Excise duties, 4, 8, 9, 24-45, 123, 
128, 130, 132-3, 146, 165 seq., 
182 seq. 

Export Credit Guarantees, 169 
Exports, value of, 128-9, 197 

Fabricant, S., 2, 27 
Farm crops, income from, 97 
Farm products, consumed by family, 4, 
14, 24-44, 46 
Farmers^ income, 98-9 
Feavearyear, A. E., 20, 134 
Feeding stuffs, cost of, 97, 99, 100 
Fellmongery, 138, 159; see also Leather 
Fellner, F. v., 2, 9-1 1, 16, 20, 27, 40 
Fertilizers, cost of, 97, 99, too 
Finance, see Banking, Commerce 
Fisher, Irving, 2, 10, 16, 27, 136, 181 
Fishing, 70, 105, 109, 127, 135 
Flux, A. W., 3, 16, 32, 49, 127-9, 132-6, 
196 

Food, Health and Income, Sir John Orr, 
118 

Food, national expenditure on, 21, 53 
Food industry, 67, 70, 102, 104, 106^, 
123, 125-6, 142, 146-50, 157, 159, 
164, 171, 175-7 

Foreign investments, 3, 8, 24-45, 129, 
132 

Foreign possessions, 3, 8, 24-45 
Foreigners, income of, 3, 8, 24-45, 52, 
81, 83-4, 134, 190 
Forestry, see Agriculture 
France, national income, 38-9; taxa- 
tion, 9, 16 

Frankel, S. Herbert, 43, 56 
Furniture, see Services of durable goods. 
Wood trades 

Gardens, produce of, 4, 14, 24-44, 46, 
127 

Gas supply, 71,1 08-9, 1 25-6, 1 5 1 , x 60, 
164-5, 17^7; see also Public Utility 
Works 

Germany, national income, 23, 33-4; 

taxation, 8-10, 14-17 
Giffen, Sir Robert, 50 
Gifts, from abroad, 4, 15, 24-44, 47; 
within the country, 4, 15, 24-44, 
47 



INDEX 


252 

GinijC., 3, II, 16,28,41 
Glass industry, 108, 157; see also Pottery 
Govemmeiit debt, 4, 8, 15, 24-44, 47 j 
52,81-4, 188 seq. 

Government employment, 71, ob, 90, 
93, 102, 105-12, i30j 
176-7; see also Public administra- 
tiLon 

Government expenditure, 4, 5, 6, 9, 

' I9> 20, 24-44, 47 j 49? 53 

Government production, 122-3, 125-0, 

132, 134? 157? 160-5, 176-7? 

182 seq. 

Government Publications, see U .iv. 

Official Publications 
Greece, national income, 39 
Guillebaud, C. W., 47 

Health services, see Services, public 
Hicks, J. R., 3? 30? 190 
Hotel services, 130, 196; see also Per- 
sonal services 

Houses, 132, 196-9; see also Services of 
houses 

Huber, Michel, 38-9 
Hungary, national income, 411 

II reddito privato degli Italiani, nel 1928, 
Leonardo Meliadd, 41 
Import duties, 4, 8, 9, 24-45? i^3? 128, 
130, 132, 133? 165 seq., 182 seq. 
Import Duties Act Inquiry, 151 
Imports, materials for agriculture, 128; 
materials for industry, 128; value 
of, 128, 132, 197 

Income, actual, 21, 45, 51? ^4? °i'"4; 
aggregate, 8, 15, 21, 45? 5C>-i? 63, 
130; assessable, 51; disposable, 8, 
2 1 ; earned and unearned, 8, 2 1 , 81 , 
84; gross, 6, 21-44, 51? 57? ^2, 
189 seq.; individual and corporate, 
8, 21, 132, 181; net, 6, 22-44, 52; 
real, 6, 7, 23-44? 130? 172, 180-200; 
soci^, 8, 15, 21, 38, 83, 190; 
taxable, 8, 21, 51 
Income in Hnd, 5, 16, 24-44, 47 
Income of the People of Ike United States, 
National Bureau of Economic 
Research, 22 

Income tax, 44-53? 64-7? 76-85, 95-6, 
nS-iS 

Incomes, numbers of, 1 12-19 
Index numbers, Board of Trade, 140, 
152? 192 seq.; cost of living, 23, 
192 seq.; earnings, 63; economic 
service, 146; efficiency, 141, 146, 
148, 150-1; employment, 152-3; 
money income, 192 seq.; national 
wage bai, 58-9, 65; output, 146; 
prices, 23, 139, 140, 146-50, 180- 


200; production, value, 146-50; 
production, volume, 136, 146-53, 
192; quantity of national income, 
192 seq.; real income, 180-200; 
salary rates, 92-3; Statist, 140, 146; 
wage rates, 58-64, 92, 154? 192 seq. 
India, customs and excise, 8; Depart- 
ment of Agricultural Statistics, 5; 
national income, 37-8; produce of 
farms, 14 

Inequality of Incomes, H. Dalton, 1 2 
Insurance, 5, 8, 16, 24-44, 52, 82-3, 

134 

Insured persons, numbers, loi, 1 10-15, 
152; see also Index numbers 
Irish Free State, customs and excise, 8, 
172; national income, 14, 40 
Iron and steel industry, 62-3, 70, 124, 
126, 137, 142? 147^50? ^58? 164, 
177 

Italy, national income, 40, 41; taxa- 
tion, 9 

Japan, national income, 34? taxation, 

Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, 3, 
21, 61, 84, 97, 128-9, 136, 153 
Juveniles, wages of, 66 seq. 

Kendall, M. G., 97-9 
Kieman, T. I., 40 
King, W. I., 10, 14, 22-3, 44, 53 
Knibbs, G. H., 36 

Kuznets, S., 3, 9? ^^3? 28-9, 36, 

53? 119-20 

La population de la France pendant la game 
avec un appendice sur les revenus prices 
avant et aprks la guerre, Michel Huber, 

38 

La Richesse de la Ftanoe, 1916, Rene 
Pupin, 39 

Laspeyre^s index, 139 
Laimdring, 1 12, 161-2; also Personal 
services 

Leak, H., 3, 128 

Leather industry, 70, 104, io6~8, 124, 
126, 138-9? 142? 147? 150? ^59? 162, 
164, 175-7 
Lehfeldt, R. A., 43 
licence EKities, 169 
Lindahl, E., 3, 8-ii, 14-17? ^9? 20, 23, 

29? 30? 42 

Livestock, income from, 97 
Local Authorities, 89, 93, 106-9, 122-3, 
125-6, 132-3, 151? 163-5, 168; see 
also Government 
Lodgers, 5, 12, 16, 24-44, 47? 96 
London and Cambridge Economic Ser- 
vice, 60, 61, 141, I5I--3? J^93> 197 



INDEX 


Maizels, A., 151 
Managers, 70-1, 79 

Manchester Statistical Society, 2, 182. 
188 

Manual labour, 75 

Manufacturing industry, 70-1, 86-90, 
92, 104, 122, 132, 194-5; 
individual industries 
Marley, Joan G., 84, 94 
Marshall, Alfred, 3 j 9? 185 

Match industry, excise, 169, 1 73; see also 
Chemical industry 

Matolcsy, M., 3, 9, 10, ii, 16, i7s 31 
Measurement of Social Phenomena, A. L. 

Bowley, ii, 14, 24 
Meliadd, Leonardo, 41 
Metal industry, 67, 70, 104, 106-8, 
123-4, ia6, 142-3, 147-50, 158, 
164, 176-7; see also Iron and steel 
Metron, 39, 41 

Mineral products industry, 70, 103, 106, 
108 

Mining industry, 70, 104, 106-8, 122, 
124, 126, 132, 142, 147-50, 157, 
164, 176-7; see also Coal mining 
Ministry of Agriculture, 95; see also 
U.K. Official Publications 
Ministry of Labour, 61, 67, 69, 73, 88, 
154, 157; see also U,K. Official 
Publications 

Mitchell, W. C., 3, 10, ii, 16, 19, 23, 29 
Mori, K„ 3, 10, 30, 34 
Mori, P., 43 

Motor Vehicle Duties, 169 
Municipalities, see Corporate bodies 

National Bureau of Economic Research 
(U.S.A.), 2, 3, 22, 44 
National debt, see Government debt 
National dividend, 131 
National Health Insurance, numbers 
covered, 101-13, 117 
National Income, 1924-31, Colin Clark, 2 
National Income, 1929-32, S. Kuznets, 
21 

National Income and Capital Formation, 
I 9 i 9 -’t 935 j S. Kuznets, 3 
National Income and Outlqy, Colin Clark, 
2, 21-2, 1 15, 119, 120 
National Income in the United States, 1929- 
1935, U.S.A. Department of Com- 
merce, 3 

National Income of Australia, Colin Clark 
and G. Grawford, 36 
National Income of New Zealand, 1937, 
F, B. Stephens, 35 

National Income of Sweden, 1861-1930, 
E. Lindahl, 3, 7, xp, 42 
Nalionctl Income ^ the Irish Free State, 
T. I, Kieman, 40 


253 

National Institute of Economic and 
Social Research, 85 
Neumark, S. D., 43 
New South Wales, national income, 41 ; 
taxation, 17 

New South Wales Official Tear Book, 

New Survey of London Life and Labour, 68, 
114 

New Zealand, Dominion of New Z^oland 
Populaiion Census, 1926, 35; national 
income, 35, 53; taxation, 10, 17 
New Official Tear Book, 35 

Non-manual workers, see Salaried 
workers 

Nursing services, 71, 133, 138; see also 
Services 

Occupied persons, 54seq-, lOi seq., 
117-18, 135, 198 

OflScial Publications, see U.K. Official 
Publications 
Orr, Sir John, 118-19 
Output, gross, 49 seq., 127, 137 seq.; 
net, 45, 52, 122-9, 137 seq., 

162 seq., 197; see also Small 
firms 

Outworkers, 109, 175-9 

Paasche’s index, 139 
Paints, see Chemical industry 
Paper, 67, 71, 104, 104-8, 123, 125- 
6, 142, 147-50, 160, 162, 164, 
176-7 

Pareto’s Law, 22, 1 15-19 
Patent medicines, excise, 169, 173; see 
also Chemical industry 
Pensions, 4, 5, 8, 16, 21, 24-44, 47, 52, 
8i— 1 18 seq. 

Personal services, 71, 86-90, 93, no, 
135, 153; see also Services 
Petroleum, customs, 166, 169, 171 seq.; 

see also Chemical industry 
Pigou, A. C., 3, 10, 15, 17, 31, 32 
Poland, national income, 14 
Police services, 71, 133, 135; see also 
Government employment; Services, 
public 

Population Census, 54, 68-76, 95-6, 98, 
loi seq., 1 14, 117-18, 133, 135, 
156; Northern Ireland, 55, 68, 
loi seq., 1 1 7 

Pottery industry, 62-3, 70, 104, 107-8, 

157 

Precioxis metal industry, 70, 124, 143, 
158, 176-7 

Price movfflments, 6, 23, 24-44, 180 seq.; 

see also Index numbers 
Principles af Economics, Alfred Marshall, 
3, 9, 131, 185 



INDEX 


254 


Printing, 67, 71, 104, 106-8, 125-6, 
142, 147-50, 160, 162, 164, 167, 
170-7 

Production, volume of, 136 seq. 
Professions, 71, 86-90, 93, 102, 105, 
no, 1 12, 130, 135, 196; see also 
Services 

Profits, 52; undistributed, 5, 17, 24-44, 
47? 52> 1 19? 132 

Public administration, 70-1, 86-90, 93; 

see also Government employment 
Public and Private Property in Great Britain, 
1935, H. Campion, 20, 49 
Public Utility Works, 102-3, 

1 57; see also Electricity, Gas, Water 
Pupin, Rene, 39 

Qmrterly Journal of Economics, 7, 22, 
116 

Railways, 62-3, 70, 107, 109, 122, 160; 

see also Transport 
Ramsbottom, E. G., 61, 62 
Rao, V. K. R. V., 13, 37 
Rates on house property, 4, 5, 8, 24-44, 
53 

Rationing, 4, 24-44 
Rediades, Pericles D., 39 
Registrar-GeneraPs estimates, 54, 55; 

see also U.K. Official Publications 
Rent, agricultural, 97-8 
Rents, 52-3; see also Services of houses 
Repair work, 1 74 
Reparations, 8, 33 
Revue d^e'conomie politique, 39 
Rhodes, E. G., 141 seq., 197 
Road fund subsidy, 45, 47, 167-9 
Royal Statistical Society, 54, 61; see 
also Journal of the Royal Statistical 
Society 

Rubber industry, 71, 125-6, 160, 162, 
164, 176-7 

Saddlery industry, 138; see also Leather 
industry 

Sailors, income of, 8 
Salaried workers, 68, 79, 85-91 
Salaries, 52, 68, 74-5, 79, 80, 84- 
95 

Savings, 5, 21, 24-44, 48, 53, 134, 
187 seq. 

Savings certificates, 81, 84 
Scotland, Department of Agriculture, 
101 

Seeds, cost of, 97, 99, 100 
Selling value, 128^, 132 
Services, 5, 24-44, 129, 132, 192; do- 
mestic, 4, 11-13, 24-44, 46, 53; 
see also Domestic services; of durable 
goods, 4, 10, 24-44, 46; of houses. 


4, 10, 24-44, 46; see also Houses; 
professional, 4, 7, 24-44; 
Professions; public, 4, 9, 24-46, 
182 seq.; see also Government; to 
oneself or family, 4, 11-13, 24-44, 
46,54 

Shiomi, S., 34 

Shipbuilding industry, 70, 104, 124, 
126, 142, 147-50, 158, 164 
Shipping services, 8, 29 
Shop assistants, 68-9, 75-9, 75-84, 91- 
2; see also Distributive trades 
Silk, customs and excise, 165, 171; see 
also Textile industry 
Small firms, net output of, 127, 174-9 
Societies, see Corporate bodies 
Soldiers, income of, 8 
Sources of national income, 3, 6, 21-2, 
24-44, 48, 50, 52 

South African Journal of Economics ( The ) , 

Spain, national income, 41 
Spirits, excise, 167, 169, 170, 173; see 
also Drink 

Stamp, Lord, 2, 3, 8, 9, ii, 12, 14-17? 
20, 21, 23, 25, 50, 66, 83, 98, 132-3, 

139 

Stamp, Sir Josiah, see Stamp, Lord 
Standard Time Rates and Hours of Labour, 
1929, 66 

State services, see Services, public 
Stationery trades, 71, 160; see also 
Paper 

Statist, 140, 146 

Statistical Tear Book for Hungary, 40 
Statistik und Volkswirtschaft, 43 
Statistisches Jahrhuch fur das Deutsche 
Rekk, 33 

Statistischei> Reichsamt, 34 
Stephens, F. B., 35 

Stocks, money value of, 5, 1 6, 1 7, 24-44, 
48, 1 19-21, 131-2 

Stocks and shares, changes in value of, 
4, 9, 24-44, 46 
Stone, R., 151-3 

Subsidies, 4, 9, 24-45, 123, 146, 165 seq., 
182 seq. 

Sugar, subsidy and duties, 45, 166, 
168 seq.; see also Food 
Super tax, 115 
Surtax, 113-14 

Sweden, national income, 1 1, 42 
Switzerland, national income, 42-3 

Tailoring, 159, 175-7; see also Clothing 
industry 

Tanning industry, 138, 159; see also 
Leather 

Tax System of the World, 5th ed. 1934, 

8 



INDEX 


Taxation, 4, 5, 8, 16, 19-21, 24-47, 
52-3, 134, i6g, 182 seq., see also 
Death duties. Excise duties, Im- 
port duties, Income tax, U.K. 
Official Publications 
Teaching, 71, 86-90, 93, 103, 133, 135 
‘Terms of trade’, 187, 195 
Textile industry, 67, 70, 103-4, 106-8, 
122, 124, 126, 142, 147-5O5 
161-2, 164, 171, 175-7 
The Change in the Distribution of the 
National Income^ 1880-1930, A. L. 
Bowley, 2 

The Citizen's Purse, W. H. Coates, 2 
The Conditions of Economic Progress, Colin 
Clark, 14 

The Division of the Product of Industry, 
A. L. Bowley, 2, 48 
The^conomics of Welfare, A. C. Pigou, 3 
The Income of the United States, its amount 
and Distribution, 1909-19, National 
Bureau of Economic Research, 22 
The National Income, 1924, A. L. Bowley 
and Sir Josiah Stamp, 2, 8, 21, 
66, 83, 98, 130 

The National Income and its Purchasing 
Power, W. I, King, 10, 44 
The National Income of British India, 
V. K. R. V. Rao, 13 
The National Income of Hungary, 1924/25- 
1936/37, M. Matolcsy and St 
Varga, 3 

The National Resources of South Africa, 
1922, R. A. Lehfeldt, 43 
The Nature of Capital and Income, I . Fisher. 
2 

The Private Wealth of Australia and its 
Growth, G. H. Kmibbs, 36 
The Wealth and Income of the People of the 
United States, 1915, W. I. King, 22, 
44 

Timber trades, 123, 125-6, 142, 147- 
50, 1 60-1, 164, 174-7; see also 
Wood 

^Tobacco industry, 70, 104, 107-8, 

125-6, 142, 146-50, 157, 160, 164, 
167, 170-2, 176-7; see also Food 
Trade Facilities Act, 1921, 169 
Transfers, 81, 83, 182 seq.; see also 
Gifts, Pensions, Taxation, etc. 
Transport services, 67, 71, 86-90, 93, 
105-9, 1 12, 122, 125-6, 129, 

130, 135, 153, 160, 164, 176-7, 
196 

Travel, national expenditure on, 53 

Unemployed, 58, 68, 73, 79, 102, 104-5, 
135-6 

Unemployment insurance, numbers 
covered, 1 01-13 


255 

Union of South Africa, national income, 
.43 

University of Manchester Economic 
Research Section, 85, 88 
Unoccupied persons, 79, 135 
U.K. Official Publications: 

Abstract of Labour Statistics, 55, 61; see 
also Ministry of Labour 

Agricultural Statistics, 44, 95-6, loi; 
see also Census of Agriculture, 
Ministry of Agriculture 

An Analysis of the Sources of War Finance 
and Estimate of the National Income 
and Expenditure in 1938 and 1940, 
73> 62-4; ditto for 1941, 53, 
121 

Censuses of Production, Reports, 9, 
44-53, 122-79, 196, 197; ^Iso 
Census of Production 

Charity Commissioners, Reports, 50 

Committee on National Expenditure, 
Report, 90 

Finance Accounts of the United Kingdom, 
45, 165 seq. 

Inland Revenue, Reports of Com- 
missioners, 22, 44-53? 65, 95, 1 13; 
see also Taxation 

Ministry of Labour Gazette, 62, 66, 69, 
102-3, ^52; see also Ministry of 
Labour 

Population Census, Reports, see Popu- 
lation Census 

Registrar-General’s Reports, 55, 56; 
see also Registrar-General 

Royal Commission on the Civil 
Service, Report, 90 

University Grants Committee, Re- 
ports, 50 

U.S.A., national income, 22-3, 36, 44; 
taxation, 9, 10 

U.S,A. Department of Commerce, 3 
U.S.S.R., national income, 7, 42 
UN.S.R. Handbook, 42 

Value and Capital, J. R. Hicks, 3 
Vandellos, Jose, A., 41 
Varga, St, 3, 9, 10, ii, 16, 17, 31 
Vegetables, see Gardens 
Vehicle industry, 70, 104, 106-8, 124, 
126, 142, 147~5^? 156? 163-4, 174-7 
Verijn-Stuart, G. A., 3, 10, ii, 15, 28 

Wage-bill, national, 52, 56, 59-74? 156 
Wage-census, 61-2, 65-6, 114, 154 
Wage-earners, 56-60, 68, 79-81, 84, 

1 55-6; see also Occupied persons 
Wage rates, 153 seq.; of juveniles, 67-8; 

see also Index numbers 
Wages, 21, 58, 81-4; in agriculture, 99, 
100; of juveniles, 66 seq. 



INDEX 


256 


Wages and Income in the United Kingdom 
since i860, A. L. Bowley, 57 > 


71. 77 . 154 

Wagner, A., 3, 17. 32 

War loans, see Government debts 


Waste products, 127, 129, 132 
Watch and dock trade, 158, 174; see 
also Metal industry 
Water supply, 71. ^<> 3 . 

164; see also Public Utility 


Works 

Wealthy Edwin Carman, 2 


Wirtschaft md Statistik, 33, 34 
Wood trades, 67, 71, 102-4. 106-8, 160, 
162, 174-7; see also Timber 
Wool industry, 62-35 70> 104, 159, 178; 

see also Textile industry 
Workers, see Occupied persons, Wage- 
earners 

Workers on own account, 68, 79, 80, 
88, 117, 132. 134 

Zeitschrift fur Schweiz- Statistik md 
Volkswirtsckafti 1926, 43 


CAMBmDOB! PRINTED BY WALTER LEWES, 1S»A*, AT THE UNIVERSITY